Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems
646
Founding Editors: M. Beckmann H.P. Künzi Managing Editors: Prof. Dr. G. Fandel Fachbereich Wirtschaftswissenschaften Fernuniversität Hagen Feithstr. 140/AVZ II, 58084 Hagen, Germany Prof. Dr. W. Trockel Institut für Mathematische Wirtschaftsforschung (IMW) Universität Bielefeld Universitätsstr. 25, 33615 Bielefeld, Germany Editorial Board: H. Dawid, D. Dimitrow, A. Gerber, C-J. Haake, C. Hofmann, T. Pfeiffer, R. Slowiński, W.H.M. Zijm
For further volumes: http://www.springer.com/series/300
.
Anna Schlösser
Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs
123
Dr. Anna Schlösser risklab GmbH Hedging and Derivatives Strategies Seidlstraße 24-24a 80335 Munich Germany
[email protected]
ISSN 0075-8442 ISBN 978-3-642-15608-3 e-ISBN 978-3-642-15609-0 DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 Springer Heidelberg Dordrecht London New York
© Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011 This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved, whether the whole or part of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation, broadcasting, reproduction on microfilm or in any other way, and storage in data banks. Duplication of this publication or parts thereof is permitted only under the provisions of the German Copyright Law of September 9, 1965, in its current version, and permissions for use must always be obtained from Springer. Violations are liable for prosecution under the German Copyright Law. The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, etc. in this publication does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use. Cover design: WMXDesign GmbH, Heidelberg, Germany Printed on acid-free paper Springer is part of Springer Science+Business Media (www.springer.com)
To my parents, Vladimir and Nataliya Kalemanov
.
Acknowledgements
First of all I would like to thank Prof. Dr. Rudi Zagst for offering me the possibility of writing this dissertation as well as for his valuable discussions and advises. My sincere thanks go also to Dr. Bernd Schmid who encouraged me to work on the dissertation and initiated this interesting topic. I would also like to thank Prof. Dr. Ralf Korn and Prof. Dr. Anatoliy Swishchuk for being my referees. I am especially very grateful to Prof. Swishchuk for awakening my interest in financial mathematics during my mathematics studies in Kiev. My further studies of financial mathematics in Kaiserslautern were very fruitful and opened me very good carrier chances – I thank Prof. Dr. Korn for this brilliant education. My very sincere thanks go to risklab and especially to Dr. Reinhold Hafner who supported my thesis research by giving me the necessary flexibilities during my work at risklab and for the very nice and supportive working environment. I also thank Dr. Ralf Werner very much for the long discussions and valuables ideas, for spending his time with reading my results and for motivating me in some difficult times. My most big thank are to my parents, especially to my father, who never got tired asking me when I am going to finish the thesis through these long years and also supported me in doing this. Daddy, I devote this thesis to you! I also thank my husband for his support and patience. Finally, I want to thank all my friends and colleagues for encouraging me and listening to my complains. Especially, I thank my colleague Barbara Menzinger for her valuable inputs.
vii
.
Contents
1
Introduction .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
1
Part I Fundamentals 2
Credit Derivatives and Markets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.1 Credit Risk . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.2 Traditional Credit Instruments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.2.1 Loans .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.2.2 Bonds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.3 General Aspects on Credit Derivatives .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.3.1 Definition and Classification of Credit Derivatives . .. . . . . . . 2.3.2 Reasons for Participation in Credit Derivative Market . . . . . 2.3.3 Risks in Credit Derivatives Market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.4 Single Name Credit Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.4.1 Credit Default Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.4.2 Credit Default Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.4.3 Total Return Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.4.4 Credit Spread Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.5 Multi-Name Credit Derivatives .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.5.1 Kth-to-Default Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.5.2 Portfolio Credit Default Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.6 Credit Linked Notes .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.7 Securitization-Based Multi Name Credit Derivatives . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.7.1 Definition and Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.7.2 Reasons for the Utilization of Securitization .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.7.3 Risks Related to Securitization Market .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.7.4 Classification of CDOs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.7.5 True Sale CDO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.7.6 Synthetic CDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
7 7 7 8 9 11 11 13 15 17 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 25 25 28 29 30 31 32
ix
x
3
Contents
2.8
CDS Indices . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.8.1 iTraxx Indices .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.8.2 CDX Indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.9 Credit Derivatives Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.9.1 Evolution of the Market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.9.2 Market Participants .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.9.3 Market Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.10 Securitization Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.10.1 Evolution and Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.10.2 Market Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.11.1 Causes of the Crisis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.11.2 Impact of the Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2.11.3 Efforts on Crisis Fighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
34 34 41 43 44 44 47 50 51 52 55 56 62 65
Mathematical Preliminaries .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.1 Stochastic Calculus.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.1.1 Probability Spaces and Stochastic Processes . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.1.2 Stochastic Differential Equations .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.1.3 Equivalent Measure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.2 Modeling Single-Name Defaults with the Intensity Models . .. . . . . . . 3.2.1 Default Intensity Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.2.2 Valuation of Single Name Credit Default Swaps . . . .. . . . . . . 3.2.3 Estimation of the Default Intensity of Credit Default Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.3 Hidden Markov Model .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.4 Rating Migration Probabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.5 Portfolio Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.5.1 Mean-Variance Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3.5.2 Conditional Value at Risk Approach.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
67 67 67 69 71 73 73 76 78 78 86 88 88 90
Part II Static Models 4
One Factor Gaussian Copula Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 95 4.1 General Valuation Framework for Synthetic CDOs . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 95 4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 98 4.2.1 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model of Correlated Defaults 98 4.2.2 Loss Distribution of the Large Homogeneous Portfolio Under One Factor Gaussian Model . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .100 4.2.3 Loss Distribution of the Large Homogeneous Portfolio Under a General One Factor Model .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .103 4.2.4 Analytic Expression for Expected Tranche Loss Under Vasicek Model.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 106
Contents
xi
4.2.5
4.3
5
Expected Tranche Loss of a Portfolio with Non-Zero Recovery .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .106 4.2.6 Correlation Smile .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .107 4.2.7 Base Correlation Approach for Valuation of Off-Market Tranches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .111 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .117 4.3.1 Heterogeneous Finite Portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .117 4.3.2 Different Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .121 4.3.3 More Stochastic Factors .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .123 4.3.4 Comparison of the Calibration Results of the Extension Models in the Literature . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .127
Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .129 5.1 The Main Properties of the Normal Inverse Gaussian Distribution ..129 5.2 Efficient Implementation of the NIG Distribution .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .136 5.3 One Factor NIG Copula Model .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .141 5.4 CDO Valuation Using the One Factor NIG Model . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .144 5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .147
Part III
Term-Structure Models
6
Term Structure Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .167 6.1 Extension of the Base Correlation .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .167 6.2 Term Structure One Factor NIG Copula Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .170 6.3 Non-Standardized Term-Structure NIG Model Formulation ... . . . . . .175
7
Large Homogeneous Cell Approximation for Factor Copula Models . .177 7.1 LHC Gaussian Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .178 7.2 LHC NIG Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .181 7.3 Calibration of the LHC Models.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .182
8
Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model . .. . . . . . .185 8.1 Note on Some Properties of the Term-Structure NIG Factor Copula Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .185 8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .186 8.3 Valuation of CDO Tranches with the Crash-NIG Copula Model . . . .201 8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .202 8.4.1 Data Description .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .202 8.4.2 Calibration of the Model with Two States . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .206 8.4.3 Calibration of the Model with Three States . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .216
xii
9
Contents
Simulation Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .227 9.1 Rating Migration and Default Model.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .228 9.2 Interest Rate Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .232 9.3 Credit Spread Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .233 9.4 Case Study .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .235 9.4.1 Model Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .235 9.4.2 Simulation of the Economic Factors and Pricing of the Credit Instruments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .238 9.4.3 Asset Allocation Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .242
10 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .253 A
Some Results in Chapter 4.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .257 A.1 Proof of Proposition 4.1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .257 A.2 Proof of Proposition 4.2.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .258 A.3 Lemma on Change of Limit and Integration Order .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .258 A.4 Proof of Lemma on Expected Tranche Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .259
B
Normal Inverse Gaussian Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .263
References .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .265
.
Chapter 1
Introduction
With the start of the explosive growth of the CDO market in the beginning of the 2000, pricing of various CDO structures became a very popular research subject. The world academic community introduced a variety of approaches for modeling a portfolio of credit instruments. In this thesis we are going to consider one special type of models, the so called factor copula models, that belong to the class of structural models. These models, that became especially popular in CDO pricing, determine default of a firm in dependence on some structural variable, such as asset value. Structural models were first introduced by Merton [69]. Many researcher, e.g. [39, 59] and [80], started applying the Gaussian copula model, originally introduced by Vasicek already in 1987, for modeling of a credit portfolio and pricing CDO tranches. Since then a sound part of the worldwide research activities concentrated on copula based models for portfolio credit risk. Copula models are especially suitable for modeling of the synthetic CDO structures and tranched CDS indices, since for these instruments only the portfolio loss distributions and no cash flow waterfalls must be taken into account. The availability of quoted liquid spreads for the tranched iTraxx and CDX indices, that started trading in 2004, attracted attention of the research community and made it possible to test numerous theoretical portfolio credit models empirically. Before iTraxx and CDX tranches started trading, it was difficult to find appropriate data for testing the models because of low standardization and liquidity of CDOs. Due to its simplicity, the Gaussian copula model was immediately accepted and employed by practitioners. Especially the one factor copula approach became very popular. This kind of models sets a restriction on the correlation structure which allows to compute the aggregated portfolio loss much simpler, analytically or semianalytically: the defaults of different names in the credit portfolio are assumed to be independent conditional on a common market factor. Setting additional restrictions on the model parameters, especially assuming an infinitely large homogeneous portfolio, allowed even to compute expected tranche losses for the Gaussian copula analytically. This made the model immediately to the market standard. However, it was very fast clear that the model is too simple to describe reality and it is impossible
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 1, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
1
2
1 Introduction
to fit the quotes of different tranches with the same correlation parameter. Practitioners started using the model in the way the Black–Scholes model is used for equity options and so the notion of correlation smile or skew arose. The next step of research concentrated on the effort of improving the Gaussian copula model by using a different distribution (e.g. [4, 51, 75, 81]) or introducing additional stochastic factors (e.g. [4, 50, 88]). Although semi-analytic technics for dealing with a heterogeneous portfolio were developed by Hull and White [51], Andersen et al. [5] and Laurent and Gregory [58]. However, the aim of this research still was to keep the model simple and fast in computation. In frame of this dissertation, the NIG (Normal Inverse Gaussian) factor copula model was introduced. Presented to the world scientific community as a working paper in 2005 and later as publication by Kalemanova et al. [55], the model found a bright interest among academics, that responded with further extensions of the model or by incorporating other distributions from the same family, as well as among practitioners implementing the model for their applications. Related distributions considered by other researchers after our NIG factor copula model was introduced include, e.g., variance gamma distributions considered by [71], generalized hyperbolic skew Student’s t-distribution of [1] and generalized hyperbolic distribution considered by Brunlid [20]. Albrecher et al. [2] and Brunlid [20] generalize the model as L´evy one factor model. Certainly, the one factor copula models contain too many assumptions and thus cannot be used for an exact and detailed valuation of CDO structures, especially not for cash flow structures. However, we decided to concentrate our research on this kind of models since they are very useful for other applications. In particular, these are risk management and measurement applications involving a generation of scenarios of the complete universe of market risk factors and considering CDO structures in a portfolio context. For this objective, it is necessary to have a simple and fast model that is also consistent with the scenario simulation framework. This dissertation is organized as follows. It consists of three main parts. The first part is giving an overview on the background of this work, including the credit derivatives markets and products and mathematical preliminaries. The second part presents two static copula models: the one factor Gaussian copula model, which is the basis for the further work of the dissertation, and the one factor Normal Inverse Gaussian model, which is the basic extension of the factor Gaussian model. The third part develops the term-structure extension of the NIG model as well as the LHC and regime switching features. Finally, the application of the model for the scenario simulation is also shown in the third part. More detailed, the first part includes the following building blocks. Chapter 2 gives a short introduction on credit derivatives. We define the risks related to the credit markets and consider the traditional and derivative credit instruments. We describe the functionality of the most important single-name and multi-name credit derivatives. Special attention is paid to the securitization-based multi-name credit derivatives, in particular CDOs. Also the functionality and the history of the traded CDS indices – iTraxx and CDX – is considered in this chapter. Finally, the historical development of the credit derivatives and securitization markets is described, and the reasons and impacts of the sub-prime crisis are summarized in the last section of this chapter.
1 Introduction
3
Chapter 3 provides the mathematical preliminaries that will be applied in the further chapters. First we briefly remind the basics of the stochastic calculus that are important for all models in the financial mathematics. Next, a simple singlename default model – the intensity model – is introduced. We show how to price single-name CDS with this model and how to calibrate the model to the quoted credit spread data. The next section is devoted to the Hidden Markov Models, and especially to the two algorithms for the parameter and the most likely states estimation. This model and the algorithms are going to be applied later in the regime switching-extension of the NIG model. Further in this chapter, we explain the notion of rating migration or transition matrix and show how to compute the historical rating migration probabilities for an arbitrary time period. Finally, the two optimization approaches – mean-variance and CVaR – are presented in Chap. 3. Chapter 4 presents the CDO valuation background of this thesis. First of all, the general CDS and CDO pricing framework is outlined and the Gaussian copula model, which is the basic model for our NIG extension, is described in all details. In particular, all relevant results for the portfolio loss distribution function and the expected loss of a tranche are derived for different levels of additional model restrictions. The model with the most restrictions is referred in the literature as Vasicek model and admits an analytical solution for the pricing of CDO tranches. Besides of the results for the Vasicek model, the central result is also generalized for an arbitrary distribution of the model factors. A separate section is devoted to the illustration and discussion of the correlation smile problem of the Vasicek model. Then, also the effort of fixing this problem with the base correlation approach is discussed. Finally, we give an overview of the literature on various extensions of the Vasicek model and outline the reasons why we have chosen to consider the direction of a different, heavy tailed, distribution for our extension. The basic version of the NIG factor copula model is presented and analyzed in Chap. 5. We perform empirical tests and investigations of the model and compare the results with those of the Vasicek and double-t copula models. We study the calibration aspects of the model and consider the sensitivity of parameters. Chapter 6 deals with the extension of the model to the term-structure dimension. This dimension is as important as the dimension of the attachment points. The Vasicek model does not incorporate the term-structure dimension. It just averages the correlations and other model parameters over the complete lifetime of the tranche. Thus, applying the model to the long-dated tranches is not consistent with the short-dated ones. The practitioners tried to fix the problem of the Vasicek model with the term-structure dimension by extending the method of base correlations. Opposite to the Vasicek model, the NIG factor copula model gives a possibility for an extension into the term-structure dimension. This extension is not only helpful for pricing of CDO tranches with different maturities, but also important for defining a consistent simulation framework. So, the model factors can be defined as stochastic processes and discretized in an arbitrary frequency for a simulation. The models which we considered before, attempt to describe all tranches and maturities of a CDO with only one correlation parameter assuming that the portfolio is homogeneous. Already for one point in time, this assumption is quite strong.
4
1 Introduction
In the iTraxx example, there are at least 15 market quotes on one trading day, and it is very ambitious to argue that they all can be explained by only one parameter in the case of the Vasicek model or by two parameters in the case of the NIG copula model. In Chap. 7 we apply a further extension of Large Homogeneous Cells, introduced by Desclee et al. [30] for the Vasicek model, to the NIG copula model. This extension allows more heterogeneity for the reference portfolio by considering, e.g., several different rating cells. However, it is still faster than a model allowing for a completely heterogeneous portfolio. This extension is going to be especially useful when modeling the dynamics of the credit spread of the underlying portfolio or, equivalently, of the default probability over time. The reason for that is that the quality of a portfolio, e.g., of the iTraxx portfolio, depends not only on the usual credit spread fluctuations, but also on the changes in the rating composition in the real iTraxx portfolio. It would be difficult to model this with only one stochastic process representing the “average” portfolio spread. The LHC extension allows to take the rating migrations into account in a simulation framework while having a consistent and more flexible pricing model. Finally, in Chap. 8 we present a regime-switching model extension of the NIG model, called Crash-NIG copula model. This model allows for several correlation regimes and is especially highly topical in view of the ongoing sub-prime crisis. Although the extension is less important for a stand-alone pricing application since for pricing CDO tranches on a particular day the parameters can be simply updated, this extension represents a very important feature for simulation purposes and risk management. So, a possibility of an economic crash can be taken into account in a simulation framework, which we are going to consider next. Calibration of the crash model into the historical data containing the sub-prime crisis period until May 2008, is also performed in this chapter. The results turn out to be very interesting and rational, and the calibration ability of the model is very unproblematic. The last chapter of the work is devoted to applications of the Crash-NIG copula model. As already noticed in the beginning of this introduction, the goal of this kind of model is not an absolutely accurate pricing of arbitrary CDO structures, but a very fast and simple pricing of synthetic CDO structures without requiring complex input data for modeling the reference portfolio. Such a model is important for risk management applications involving a Monte Carlo simulation. A typical example of such an application is asset allocation. Here, a consistent simulation and pricing framework is necessary for generating scenarios of various risk factors, like interest rates, credit spreads, rating migration and default, equity returns, and computing the total returns of different asset classes over the scenarios. Afterwards a portfolio optimization can be performed based on the return distributions and correlations of different asset classes. Such a consistent framework is presented and demonstrated in Chap. 9. We use the two most popular portfolio optimization approaches: the mean-variance and CVaR optimizations and consider the results of our case study. Of course, also other optimization approaches including different utility functions can be applied. However, the application of different optimization approaches is straightforward and independent from the simulation and pricing framework, and exceeds therefore the scope of the dissertation.
Part I
Fundamentals
.
Chapter 2
Credit Derivatives and Markets
2.1 Credit Risk Credit risk can be defined as the “risk of changes in value associated with unexpected changes in the credit quality”1 of a counterparty in a financial contract. These unexpected changes range from a reduction in the market value of the financial contract, due to a decline in the credit quality of the obligor, to the default of the counterparty, which is the inability of the obligor to meet payment obligations. In particular, credit risk contains the following individual risk elements: Default probability – the probability that the counterparty will default on its
contractual obligations to pay back the debt. Recovery rates – the fraction of the nominal amount which may be recovered in
case of counterparty default. Credit migration – changes in credit quality of the obligor or counterparty.
Besides of credit risk elements of individual obligors, further credit risk elements are important when considering a multi-name credit instrument or a portfolio of different credit positions: Default and credit quality correlation – the degree of correlation between default
or credit quality of one obligor and another. Risk contribution and credit concentration – the contribution of one instrument
in the portfolio to the overall portfolio risk.2
2.2 Traditional Credit Instruments Before we start with describing credit derivatives, we consider loans and bonds in this section. They are traditional credit related instruments that often serve as underlying asset in credit derivative contracts. In the meantime, there exists a great variety 1 2
See [34, p. 3]. See [15, p. 376] and [82, pp. 2–3].
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 2, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
7
8
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
of bond features.3 However, we are not going to consider them in detail since they are usually not important for derivative instruments. We discuss only the most basic characteristics of the traditional credit instruments and risks associated with them.
2.2.1 Loans Loans are contracts between two (or more parties) – the borrower or obligor, for example a corporate entity, and the lender or creditor, typically a bank. In the basic form, the parties agree upon the lending of money (the principal or notional amount) by the creditor to the borrower with the obligation for the latter to pay back the notional amount at maturity. In the meantime, the borrower has to make regular interest payments at predefined dates in return for the use of someone else’s capital. Loan contracts are private agreements and thus can be designed in various ways. The main variations in the loan agreements concern the form of payout and repayment of the principal amount. In particular, the payment from the lender to the borrower can be made in one sum, in partial amounts or it can be provided in form of a credit line. The borrower can receive the notional amount at par (at 100%) or with an agio (>100%) or a disagio (<100%). Regarding the repayment of the notional amount, we can distinguish between the repayment: In one sum at maturity (bullet repayment) In regular instalments plus the interest rate payments for the remaining sum of
the previous period (amortisable loan), or In constant regular instalments containing repayment and interest rate payment
(annuity loan)4 Another important characteristic of a loan is the underlying interest rate type, which can be fixed or floating. In the case of floating interest rates, there is usually a market interest rate which is used as benchmark (for example LIBOR5 ). The obligor has to pay the benchmark rate plus a spread. Furthermore, loans can be granted unsecured or secured. Real estate or securities often serve as collateral. Loans can be classified into defaultable or risky loans and non-defaultable or (default) risk-free6 loans, dependent on the obligor’s credit quality. “Defaultable” is a term used for any kind of loan bearing credit risk, while a non-defaultable loan has no credit risk exposure, since the obligor has the highest credit quality. Lenders and obligors are exposed to some other risks, besides of the default risk that the lender is exposed to. In particular, the most important risks of a loan are
3
For detailed analysis see [38]. See [82, p. 10]. 5 LIBOR is the London InterBank Offered Rate. It represents the interest rate between banks. 6 We use the term “risk-free” if we consider a financial instrument to be default risk-free. 4
2.2 Traditional Credit Instruments
9
Interest rate risk – risk of a potential loss that could arise from a change of the
market interest rates. Currency risk – risk of a potential loss that could arise from an adverse price
change of foreign currency. Inflation risk – risk of reduced real purchasing power of future payments driven
by inflation. A loan is the oldest means of payment obligation and it is still an important source of funding. Since loan contracts are often non-standardized, it is difficult or impossible to trade single loans. In contrast, bonds enable investors to trade debt. They are described in the following section.
2.2.2 Bonds A bond is a securitized form of a loan. At the issuing date of a bond, the bond holder or lender buys the bond with a certain principal amount7 from the issuer or borrower either at par, with an agio or a disagio. By issuing bonds, the borrower commits himself to make stipulated payments comprising the repayment of the principal amount at maturity date and interest or coupon payments at predefined coupon dates (e.g., annually or semi-annually) to the bond holder. Analogous to loans, bonds can be classified into defaultable or risky bonds and non-defaultable or (default) risk-free bonds. “Defaultable bond” is a term for any kind of bond with the risk of a default. If the issuer defaults on its payment obligations, the investor will suffer a financial loss as he only receives a recovery payment, the size of which is unknown before and is defined during the liquidation process of the obligor. Unlike the defaultable bond, the non-defaultable bond pays the coupons and the notional amount surely and in time. Hence, “non-defaultable” means that the bonds involve no credit risk exposure since they have the highest credit quality. Nonetheless, the market risk exposure remains. Treasury bonds are often considered to be non-defaultable.8 There are several types of bonds. Depending on the type of their interest payment, there exist following bonds: Fixed-coupon bonds are bonds with a constant coupon payment throughout their
lifetime. They are the most widespread form of bonds. Zero-coupon bonds do not pay any coupon throughout the lifetime. They are
issued at a substantial discount from par. Floating rate notes (FRN) have a time-varying coupon which is linked to a
benchmark, such as LIBOR, plus a constant spread. 7
Analogue to loans, the principal amount is the amount which the issuer pays back at maturity and it is the basis for calculating the interest payments. We will also denote it by nominal amount, notional amount or simply notional. 8 See [17, p. 4].
10
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
From an investor’s point of view, buying a FRN primarily means having an exposure to credit risk, as the interest rate risk is nearly eliminated by the time-varying interest rate. Unlike FRN investors, investors buying a fixed-coupon bond or a zero-coupon bond have an exposure to both credit and interest rate risk.9;10 Besides, there are also bonds with build-in option features like convertible bonds, that allow the holder to exchange the bond for a stock of the underlying firm, or callable bonds, that allow the holder to give the bond back to the issuer at a predetermined price. Further, bonds can be classified according to some other characteristics.11 Bond holders are exposed to similar risks as those of loan holders. Besides credit, interest rate, currency and inflation risks, there is also liquidity risk, which is the risk of adversely affecting the market price when trading in large size or the risk of a market dry out. Credit risk of a bond, or a credit risk instrument in general, can be characterized by credit spread and rating of the obligor. The credit spread is measured as excess return of a defaultable bond over the return of an equivalent non-defaultable bond (with respect to a certain maturity, currency, etc.). In theory, the credit spread represents the credit quality of the issuer that is assessed by the market. Hence, it compensates the investor for taking over credit risk. Consequently, a higher probability to default requires a larger credit spread of the bond. In practice, however, the credit spread may also include noncredit factors such as liquidity risk.12 Ratings express the opinion of commercial rating agencies such as Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, on the obligor’s capacity to meet his financial obligations. They are a naive measure of an issuer’s credit-worthiness and his probability of default as they reflect the average historical frequency of defaults of issuers with the same rating. They are named “naive” as rating agencies do not suppose credit ratings to be a measure of default probability over a predefined time horizon. They also reflect qualitative criteria such as management quality, transparency, product quality, etc., which are at most indirectly related to default probability. Credit ratings are relative measures of credit quality, as they are more stable through business cycles than absolute default probabilities. They do not reflect the latest information available in the market since they are normally renewed once a year. Credit ratings express the opinion of the rating agency on the general creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a particular debt security or a financial obligation. Note that a credit rating for a debt title can be better or worse than the issuer rating, for example, in the case of senior or subordinated debt. Thus, issuer ratings have limited explanation power with respect to a certain debt title.
9
The bond market risks are explained below. See [18, p. 45]. 11 High yield bonds, subordinated bonds, perpetual bonds, etc.. For a detailed description we refer to [86, pp. 133–137], and to [44, pp. 362–382]. 12 See [34, p. 156]. 10
2.3 General Aspects on Credit Derivatives
11
The main difference to loans is the tradability of bonds which entails the following advantages:
Access to the debt market for a much higher number of investors. Possibility of small investments. No need to hold investment until maturity. More standardized than loans (in general). Informational function of bond prices: They reflect market’s perception of the lender’s credit risk.
Advantage for the issuer is the possibility to raise capital at better conditions than by individually negotiating with loan creditors. Bond issuance, however, is not worthwhile or possible for every kind of borrower. Bonds can only be issued by certain institutions like governments, companies, banks, special purpose vehicles, etc. Issuing bonds is a time-consuming process which needs much more resources than borrowing from a bank. Therefore, it is only worthwhile for large issue sizes. Unlike stock holders, bond holders do not own a part of the issuing institution. They are rather lenders to the institution. Although bond markets are an important component of transferring and trading credit risk, these markets are too small to satisfy the growing interest of fixed income investors and banks. The bond market size is relatively small related to the overall credit risk universe accruing from financial intermediation. A large fraction comes from banks acting as lenders. Government and sovereign debt constitute a large fraction of the overall bond market. Thus, investors have limited possibilities to trade with corporate bonds. The existing corporate bond market enables investors mainly to invest in large corporations, investment-grade rated. Due to the relatively small market, liquidity problems may arise. The available bonds may not meet investor’s requirements, regarding, for example, maturity or currency, as they are issued mainly according to issuer’s needs. The increasing interest in credit risk from one side and the weaknesses of the bond markets from another side lead to the evolution of credit derivatives and securitizations, which are described in the following sections.
2.3 General Aspects on Credit Derivatives 2.3.1 Definition and Classification of Credit Derivatives Before we start introducing different types of credit derivatives, we give a general definition and consider a general structure of credit derivatives. In general, a derivative security or contingent claim is a financial contract whose value at expiration date T (more briefly, expiry) is determined by the price (or prices) of the underlying
12
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Protection buyer (Risk seller)
Premium payments
Conditional payment
Credit event Reference entity
Protection seller (Risk buyer)
Fig. 2.1 Basic structure of a credit derivative contract
financial assets (or instruments) at time T (within the time interval Œ0; T ).13 So, for a credit derivative, an underlying should be an instrument containing credit risk. Das [28] defines credit derivatives as a class of financial instruments, whose value “is derived from an underlying market value driven by the credit risk of private or government entities other than the counterparties to the credit derivative transaction itself.”14 A credit derivative is a bilateral financial contract which allows to separate and isolate credit risk related to a credit-sensitive underlying asset, and thus facilitates the trading of credit risk. Figure 2.1 shows the basic structure of a credit derivative. The two contract participants are called protection buyer or risk seller and protection seller or risk buyer. During the term of the credit derivative contract, the protection buyer makes one or several premium payments to the protection seller. In return, the latter has to make a conditional payment to the protection buyer if a credit event occurs during the lifetime of the derivative. A credit event is characterized with respect to a reference entity and the reference obligations, which can be any financial instrument issued by the reference entity and exposed to credit risk, such as a loan, a bond or a portfolio of loans or bonds. The possible credit events might include bankruptcy, deterioration of credit quality or changes of the credit spread. The contract terminates either at maturity or if a credit event has occurred. Apart from the conditional payment, a credit derivative can oblige the protection seller to other payments. There exists a variety of credit derivatives covering different kinds of credit risks. The corresponding classification is presented in Table 2.1. Most of the credit
13 14
See [15, p. 2]. See [28, p. 669].
2.3 General Aspects on Credit Derivatives Table 2.1 Credit derivatives classification according to covered risks Risk Default risk Credit spread risk Examples Credit default swaps, Credit spread swaps of credit credit default options, credit spread options derivatives basket default swaps, nth-to-default swaps
13
Total risk Total return swaps
derivatives are linked only to default events. The default risk can be covered by default products, such as credit default swaps, credit default options, basket default swaps, nth-to-default swaps, etc. Though the price of these instruments is also sensitive to changes in credit risk, they give no protection on changes of credit spreads. Such protection on changes in credit quality of the underlying is given, for example, by credit spread swaps and options. Finally, there are credit derivatives that transfer the total risk related to a bond. This can be done by means of total return derivatives like total return swaps. These instruments will be considered in the next sections in more details. It is also possible to classify credit derivatives according to other characteristics. There are single- or multi-name credit derivatives, linked to the credit risk of only one or a portfolio of reference instruments. Among multi-name credit derivatives, there are instruments with direct risk transfer and securitization based instruments with risk transfer via a special purpose vehicle (SPV). Besides, it is possible to differentiate between funded and unfunded credit derivatives. When entering a funded credit derivative, the protection seller transfers the nominal value of the contract to the counterparty at inception and receives it back less the defaulted value at maturity. For unfunded credit derivatives, no funds have to be provided at inception, but the defaulted value must be paid by the protection seller as the default occurs or at maturity. Table 2.2 gives the classification of credit derivatives according to these characteristics.
2.3.2 Reasons for Participation in Credit Derivative Market Financial institutions are important participants in the credit derivatives markets, that build the foundation for their development and enormous growth. Banks can achieve an economic and regulatory capital relief by effective use of credit derivatives. Economic capital is freed up, if the credit derivative contract presents an effective hedge against a position held in the portfolio. Regulatory capital can be relieved by the utilization of derivative products if credit risk exposure can be reduced according to regulatory rules. The use of credit derivatives to manage their credit risk exposure involves several advantages for financial institutions. The use of derivative products to reduce the credit risk exposure can be more tax efficient than securitization of loans. Besides, it involves lower transaction costs and allows
14
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Table 2.2 Credit derivatives classification according to funding and number of reference instruments Unfunded Funded Single name
Credit default swaps, credit default options, credit spread options Total return swaps
Single name CLN
Multi name
Basket CDS nth-to-default swaps Portfolio CDS
Multi name CLN
Multi name securitization based
Synthetic CDO
Cash CDO
the banks to maintain their client relationships. Moreover, it helps banks to improve the management of their credit portfolio and the portfolio diversification. Banks can also act as protection sellers, for reasons of portfolio management as well as for diversification and yield enhancement reasons. That way, banks can diversify their portfolio by buying credit risk from other regions or industries and they can acquire exposure to certain borrowers that they otherwise hardly could acquire. Thus, selling protection can be viewed as an alternative to loan origination.15 There are various reasons for investors to participate in the credit derivatives market. Acting as protection buyer can be not only used by corporations with the straightforward purpose to protect itself against the default of their purchasers and suppliers. Buying protection allows investors also to mimic a short selling of bonds, particularly of corporate bonds, if they expect an issuer’s credit quality to deteriorate and hence, bond prices to fall. In general, short selling of bonds is less problematic in highly liquid financial markets, such as the market for US Treasury securities. But this might prove difficult for the corporate debt market for the reasons of weakness of the bond markets already discussed above. By entering into a credit derivative contract, the investor can express his view about the future credit quality of the reference entity and hence profit from corresponding developments. Acting as protection seller allows investors to effectively leverage their credit risk exposure since the most credit derivatives are “unfunded” instruments, which means that, at inception, no capital has to be invested. This kind of investing is particularly interesting for investors with high funding costs, which could mean that buying the bond is more expensive than the income generated from the bond and consequently, a bond investment would be unattractive. Some investors, such as insurance companies, consider credit risk to be uncorrelated with other risk positions in their portfolio. Therefore, they act as protection sellers in order to add value to their portfolio while diversifying their risks.
15
See [28, p. 671], [18, pp. 31, 34, 39], [33, p. 29].
2.3 General Aspects on Credit Derivatives
15
Traditional institutional investors and asset managers are generally not able to invest in loan markets. Selling protection in credit derivatives, they can synthesize an asset that would otherwise not be available to them.16 Another advantage of using credit derivatives is the possibility to isolate credit risk from various other types of risks embedded in debt instruments. So specific credit risks can be tailored for specific needs of a market participant.
2.3.3 Risks in Credit Derivatives Market In the previous section we discussed the reasons and chances for different market participants to use credit derivatives. Besides of the credit risk, the protection buyer and protection seller get exposure to numerous other risks when entering a credit derivative contract. These risks can be classified in two kinds: risks on the contract level and risks on the market level. The contract risks are: Counterparty risk – risk that one of the counterparties (protection seller or buyer)
is unable to fulfil its contractual obligations. Basis risk – risk of a potential loss that could arise from an imperfect hedge, for
example, hedging the credit risk exposure of one reference entity with another highly correlated, but different reference entity. Legal risk – risk of potential losses that could arise from not clearly specified contract conditions or from unforeseen future events. Although the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) developed standards for credit derivatives contracts, the legal risk cannot be excluded completely. Operational risk – risk of potential losses or unrealised profits caused by the failure of the technical infrastructure. It also involves the risk of losses resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or external events. Model risk – risk of losses caused by an under- or overestimation of the fair value of a credit derivative contract due to a wrong pricing model or driven by incorrect model parameters.17 Risks of credit derivatives on the market level are: Liquidity risk – risk of adversely affecting the market price when trading in large
size or the risk of a market dry out. High market concentration – This means that the trading of credit derivatives
has been limited to a small number of market participants. From the high market concentration may also arise an illusion of liquidity. A sudden withdrawal of a
16 17
See [28, p. 671], [18, pp. 35–36]. See [33, pp. 37–44], [18, pp. 10–15].
16
18
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
large market participant may lead to considerable price movements in the market and to a serious liquidity risk in the short-term.18 Systematic mispricing – Models for pricing credit derivatives are in an early development stage. There is no generally accepted pricing model. Partly, the used models are insufficiently able to map complex portfolio products, which can lead to an underestimation of the real risk. Agency risk – In terms of occurrence probability and expected amount of loss, protection sellers are able to better evaluate the transferred credit risk than the protection buyers. Therefore, there is a danger that the protection sellers only sell bad risks. This phenomenon is also known as adverse selection. A further agency problem may occur from the fact that, after the credit risk transfer, the protection buyer has little incentive to monitor the borrower in order to influence the occurrence probability and expected amount of loss in case of default. At the granting of a credit, a bank might be even less careful, knowing that she will hedge the credit risk. This phenomenon is known as moral hazard.19 Regulatory arbitrage – Banks effectively hedge against certain positions in their portfolio by transferring the inherent credit risk to counterparties. This is particularly done with positions requiring more regulatory than economic capital. Thus, regulatory capital relief is accomplished, while credit risk exposure may then be assumed by less regulated market participants. This could result in an inefficient risk allocation as risk is systematically taken over by market participants that have less knowledge and experience in dealing with risks. Furthermore, they might have a smaller capital cushion to absorb unexpected losses as they are not regulated. Regulatory arbitrage exploits inconsistencies in capital regulation and is one of the main reasons for continually improving capital requirements.20;21 Market intransparency – As the credit derivatives market is an over-the-counter (OTC) market, there is an information deficiency. Information regarding the trading volume of credit derivatives often has been based on estimations and polls among market participants, but not on disclosure requirements. This insufficient transparency in the market and the lack of insight into firm level exposures and positions has prevented an adequate assessment of the risk allocation within a national economy. Hence, the possibility to early identify potential systemic risks threatening the stability of the financial system is limited. There are efforts to
This is the result from a poll conducted by Deutsche Bundesbank in autumn 2003 (see [33, p. 40]). Also, the FitchRatings Global Credit Derivatives Survey (see [40, p. 2]) highlights the risk for the market liquidity in case of the withdrawal of an important market-maker. 19 This risk used to be considered more likely to be of theoretical nature, and several mechanisms such as reputation effects and retention were believed to prevent these risks in practice. (See [31, p. 13], [33, p. 42].) However, exactly this risk became the main reason for the sub-prime crisis of 2007–2009. This subject will be discussed later in Sect. 2.11. 20 Regulatory arbitrage is to be prevented through the implementation of Basel II as regulatory capital is calculated by taking into account the borrower’s and the counterparty’s credit quality. 21 Deutsche Bundesbank considers risk for the stability of financial markets accruing from regulatory arbitrage not to be pivotal. (See [33, p. 41]).
2.4 Single Name Credit Derivatives
17
improve the transparency and disclosure requirements with respect to financial institutions. Not all market participants, however, can be included.22
2.4 Single Name Credit Derivatives At this point we want to describe the functionality of some basic credit derivatives. Single name credit derivatives transfer credit risk of a single reference name or asset from one contract counterparty to the other. The important single name credit derivatives with the highest market size are credit default swaps, credit default options and total return swaps.
2.4.1 Credit Default Swap A credit default swap (CDS) in its basic form is a bilateral contract in which the protection buyer pays a fixed periodic (typically quarterly paid) fee (CDS spread or premium), generally expressed in basis points (bps) on the notional amount, over a predetermined period (maturity) to the protection seller. In exchange, the protection buyer receives a contingent payment from the protection seller, triggered by a credit event of a reference entity. Figure 2.2 illustrates the functionality of a CDS. The standard CDS contract is based on ISDA Master Agreements. Moreover, it uses ISDA credit derivatives definitions and the Short Form Confirmation for individual CDS including the following key terms and conditions:23 reference entity, reference obligation, maturity, definition of credit events and settlement method. The most common maturities are 3, 5 and 10 years. The CDS maturity does not need to match that of a particular debt obligation. The standard CDS contract allows for the following credit events: Bankruptcy, obligation acceleration, failure to pay, restructuring of debt, and in case of sovereign reference entities debt moratorium or debt repudiation.24 There exist two settlement methods for the case of default. CDS can be settled in cash (more common in Europe) or physically (more common in the US). Physical settlement means that in case of default, the protection buyer has to deliver the designated obligation to the protection seller in return for the par value of the reference obligation. Cash settlement means that if a credit event occurs, the protection seller has to pay the difference between the par value and the market value or the recovery value of the reference obligation to the protection buyer in cash.
22
See [33, pp. 37–45], [31, pp. 1–14], [17, p. 211], [40, pp. 2–3]. See [27, p. 35], [28, pp. 708–709]. 24 For a description of these events we refer to [18, p. 290], [28, pp. 713–717]. 23
18
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Protection buyer
Premium (CDS spread)
Conditional payment
Credit event Reference entity
Protection seller
Fig. 2.2 Credit default swap
If a credit event occurs, the contract terminates, i.e., the protection buyer stops paying the periodic fee, and the protection seller has to compensate the protection buyer according to the stipulated settlement method. CDS can be viewed as a kind of debt insurance or guarantee. Nonetheless, there are three significant differences between CDS and insurance-based products. The notion credit event that triggers payment is broader for credit derivatives than for a guarantee. The protection buyer of a CDS does not need to prove that he actually has suffered a loss in order to obtain a contingent payment. Finally, there is a standardized documentation for CDS, which facilitates and promotes trading. A CDS can also be issued in a funded version. The protection seller (investor) buys a floating rate note (FRN), which pays a coupon of the 3 month LIBOR plus the fixed CDS spread quarterly. If no credit event occurs, the coupon is paid until maturity. Then, the investor receives the notional amount of the FRN. However, if a credit event of the reference entity takes place, the protection seller receives the recovery value and the contract terminates. This can also be considered as special case of a credit linked note as described in Sect. 2.6.
2.4.2 Credit Default Option A credit default option is very similar to a CDS contract. The central difference between them is that the protection buyer of the option does not pay a periodic fee. He rather pays an up-front fee or option premium once. The functionality of a credit default option is shown in Fig. 2.3.
2.4 Single Name Credit Derivatives
19
Protection buyer
Option premium
Conditional payment
Credit event Reference entity
Protection seller
Fig. 2.3 Credit default option
Protection buyer Total return payer
Coupon of reference entity
Libor + spread
Maturity: value growth
Maturity: value reduction
Reference entity
Protection seller Total return receiver
Fig. 2.4 Total return swap
2.4.3 Total Return Swap A total return swap (TRS) (or total rate of return swap) is a bilateral agreement between the total return receiver (protection seller) and the total return payer (protection buyer). The former receives all cash flows associated with a reference asset without owning the asset. In return, the latter receives periodic payments which are based on LIBOR plus a fixed spread with respect to the same notional amount. The basic structure of a TRS is displayed in Fig. 2.4.
20
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
A TRS contract can terminate in two ways, either if the reference entity defaults, or at maturity. If no default occurs, the difference in the reference asset’s market value between maturity and inception is calculated at maturity. If it is positive, the total return receiver obtains the difference. If it is negative, he has to pay the difference to the total return payer. In case of a default of the reference entity, however, the total return receiver has to bear the change in the value of the underlying asset by paying the difference between the market value of the reference asset at inception and its recovery value to the total return payer. Then, the contract terminates.25 From a receiver’s perspective, a TRS is a mean to replicate the total performance of a reference asset. Thus, it is used to synthetically create the cash flows of a reference asset, which, for example, cannot be bought by the investor, such as a loan, or does not exist, for instance with respect to maturity. Consequently, TRS can be used to synthesize assets in order to meet the investor’s individual needs. From a payer’s perspective, a TRS transfers the full risk of a reference asset to the receiver, including default risk and credit spread risk accruing from a change in credit quality of the reference entity. Thus, TRS can be considered as hedging vehicle, while maintaining the client relationship. A TRS contract is usually based on ISDA Master Agreement, but, in contrast to CDS, there is no standard confirmation for these contracts.26 There is a number of variations of TRS that may be different from the basic structure of TRS in some aspects. There exist TRS contracts that do not only refer to one reference asset, but to a portfolio or bond index as reference asset. Furthermore, the total return payer might not receive floating payments based on LIBOR but fixed interest payments on the notional amount.27
2.4.4 Credit Spread Option A credit spread option is an option on the spread of a defaultable reference asset (e.g. a bond) over a reference yield (e.g. LIBOR). We can differentiate between credit spread call or credit spread put options. The call (put) option gives the buyer – in return for a premium payment to the option seller – the right but not the obligation to buy (sell) the reference asset at maturity (European) or until maturity (American) at the price implied by the strike spread and the reference yield. The basic structure of a TRS is displayed in Fig. 2.5. Thus, a buyer of a call option benefits from an increase in credit quality. Then, he can buy the reference asset for a price implied by the strike spread plus the reference yield, which is lower than the market value of the reference asset. In contrast, a buyer of a put option benefits from a decrease in credit quality, as he can sell for a higher
25
See [18, p. 85], [17, pp. 212–213]. See [27, p. 35], [18, p. 85]. 27 For a more detailed description of product variations, we refer, for example, to [18, pp. 89–90]. 26
2.5 Multi-Name Credit Derivatives
21
Protection buyer
Option premium
Option exercise payment if spread < strike
Reference entity + reference interest rate
Protection seller
Fig. 2.5 Credit spread call option
price than the market value. If a default occurs, an American put option is normally exercised immediately. A European call option is usually knocked-out on default of the reference entity, which means that the option is worthless immediately.28 A credit spread option can be settled physically as well as in cash. If the option is exercised, the seller has to pay the difference between the price of the reference asset implied by the strike spread plus the reference yield, and the market price to the buyer.29 There is no standard confirmation for credit spread products according to ISDA.30 Also these contracts may be arranged in different ways. Premiums for a credit spread product can be paid up-front or in swap form. The strike spread can be represented by a fixed spread over a reference yield or by a fixed spread between two credit sensitive assets.31
2.5 Multi-Name Credit Derivatives 2.5.1 K th-to-Default Swap A basket credit default swap is a credit derivative, comparable to a single-name CDS, that is linked to a basket or portfolio of assets of more than one reference 28
See [25, p. 158]. See [14, p. 25], [25, p. 158]. 30 See [28, p. 691]. 31 See [28, p. 683]. 29
22
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
entity. It is a bilateral contract in which the protection buyer pays a fixed periodic fee (swap spread) over a predetermined period to the protection seller. In return, the protection buyer receives a contingent payment in case of the kth default of any reference entity in a basket of n, n k, during the life of the contract. Such a product is also denoted as kth-to-default swap or kth-to-default basket. The most common form of basket CDS are first-to-default (FtD) swaps. Basket CDS typically include five to ten reference entities. A basket credit default swap can terminate in two ways, either if the kth default in the basket occurs during the life, or at maturity. In case of a default of the kth reference asset, the protection seller has to pay the difference between the notional amount of the kth reference asset and the recovery value. The parties to the contract can agree not only on cash settlement in case of default, but also on physical settlement. For the protection buyer, a basket CDS is a possibility to buy protection for a basket of credit risks in a single transaction. Moreover, basket CDS are normally less expensive than purchasing protection for each reference entity through single-name CDS. The reason is that a kth-to-default swap only protects the protection buyer from the kth default. Consequently, he would have to bear default related losses accruing from defaults other than the kth default. Since kth-to-default swap is a multi-name credit derivative, correlation between the reference instruments plays a very important role. For example, if the probabilities of default of the basket reference entities are independent, the fair premium for a FtD-swap is supposed to be approximately the sum of the premiums over all reference entities. If, however, the probabilities of default are highly correlated, the premium of a FtD-swap is approximately the premium of the reference entity with the highest probability of default.32 Variations on basket CDS include, for example, loss limits. Then, the loss for the protection seller is limited, for instance to 50% of the notional amount, in case of default.
2.5.2 Portfolio Credit Default Swap A portfolio credit default swap is similar to a kth-to-default swap. It is also a credit derivative that is linked to a portfolio of assets of more than one reference entity. The main difference, however, is that the portfolio is subdivided into loss-pieces (the first-loss piece, the second-loss piece, etc.), which are prespecified in size. The first-loss piece, for instance, carries a certain percentage, for example, 10%, of default-related losses of the portfolio. Hence, the protection seller is exposed to a prespecified size of default-related losses, but not to the number of defaults. For obtaining this protection, the protection buyer of a portfolio CDS makes periodic payments to the protection seller.
32
See [28, p. 778], [18, p. 101], [17, p. 218].
2.6 Credit Linked Notes
23
In case of default, the investor, who is accountable for the respective loss-piece, has to pay the difference between the par values and the recovery values to the protection buyer as long as all payments do not exceed the original size of his loss piece. Otherwise, the protection seller of the next loss piece has to cover defaultrelated losses. After a payment from the protection seller to the protection buyer, the loss piece is reduced accordingly, and usually also the premium payment which is made by the protection buyer. If a protection seller has covered the maximum amount of losses, the contract terminates immediately. Otherwise, it terminates at maturity. As in other credit derivative contracts, the contract parties can agree on cash settlement or on physical delivery. Also for portfolio CDS, there exist different variations of the structure. Settlement in case of default can be agreed as immediate or deferred settlement. The premium payment made by the protection seller may not be reduced after a defaultrelated payment. Reference portfolios of portfolio CDS may consist not only of bonds or loans, but also of single-name CDS. This could be attractive for market participants who sold protection with CDS but then want to transfer a part or the complete credit risk accruing from the CDS contracts via portfolio CDS. For a protection seller, portfolio CDS are a possibility to achieve a leveraged credit risk exposure with limited downside risk, since he is exposed to a complete portfolio while the maximum loss is limited. Furthermore, portfolio CDS allow with one transaction to have a credit risk exposure to a diversified portfolio. Protection sellers who want to carry less risk, can enter into a higher-order-loss product, for example, a second-loss piece. Hence, a portfolio CDS gives the investor the possibility to invest according to his own risk propensity.
2.6 Credit Linked Notes A credit linked note (CLN) is a coupon paying security with an embedded credit derivative. The CLN investor buys a CLN from the CLN issuer, that can be a bank, a SPV33 or a corporation. The issuer in turn enters into a credit derivatives contract (often a CDS contract) with a protection buyer referring to the same reference entity, amounting to the notional amount of the CLN and having the same maturity as the CLN. The notional amount received from the investor (CLN is usually issued at par) is invested by the issuer in a high-grade collateral, for example, a government bond, with the same or a similar maturity as the CLN. The CLN investor receives coupon payments consisting of the premium payment from the credit derivative contract, the interest rate payment from the high-grade collateral, net of administration fees for the issuer. The coupon rate can be fixed or floating. In the latter case it is
33
More information regarding SPVs can be found in Sect. 2.7.1.
24
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Protection buyer
Premium
Conditional payment Credit event
Notional High-grade collateral
CLN issuer
Reference entity
Collateral Coupon CLN Coupon Notional
Conditional repayment
Investor
Fig. 2.6 Credit linked note
expressed, for example, as LIBOR plus a fixed spread. The basic structure of a CLN, as described above, is displayed in Fig. 2.6.34 A CLN either terminates at maturity or if a credit event of the reference entity takes place. If no default occurs, both the credit derivative contract and the CLN terminate at maturity and the investor receives the last coupon payment and the notional amount of the CLN. Though, if a default occurs, the investor has to carry the default related loss. After the issuer paid the difference between the notional amount of the derivative contract and the recovery value from the high-grade collateral to the protection buyer, the investor receives the remaining sum from the high-grade investment, which is approximately the recovery value. Then, both the CLN and the credit derivative contract terminate. From an investor’s point of view, a CLN investment can be compared to direct investment in a debt instrument issued by the reference entity, where the investor also has to carry the whole loss and the debt instrument does not exist any longer in case of default. Otherwise, he receives the stipulated coupon payments and the notional amount at maturity. But CLNs bear more risks than a direct debt investment, for instance there is counterparty risk towards an additionally involved party, the issuer. CLNs, however, can also be rated by a rating agency. The major agencies mainly use an approach considering both the credit risk of the issuer and
34
This figure is following a similar figure in [18, p. 124].
2.7 Securitization-Based Multi Name Credit Derivatives
25
of the reference entity. Thus, the rating also takes into account the counterparty risk involved in a CLN.35 There are many product variations of CLN. The type explained above is the most common type, using a CDS as a credit derivative contract. Even on that structure, there are many variations, which include a callable structure, where the issuer is allowed to call the note prior to maturity. Other credit derivatives than CDS can also be used to build up a CLN. There are total return swap linked notes, credit spread linked notes, first-to-default notes and CLN using a portfolio CDS as embedded credit derivative.36 By means of CLNs, the range of market participants in the credit derivatives market has been expanded. CLNs enable investors, who are – for regulatory restrictions or due to internal investment policies – not allowed to enter into credit derivative contracts, to invest in them anyway. Such investors are, for example, institutional investors and mutual funds. Besides, by employing CLNs, tradable products can be created which are otherwise not available to certain investors, such as corporate loans.37
2.7 Securitization-Based Multi Name Credit Derivatives 2.7.1 Definition and Functionality Securitization denotes the transfer of an asset pool into tradable securities. In its basic form, securitization is a financial transaction where assets exposed to credit risk are pooled and sold to a bankruptcy remote and autarkic special purpose vehicle (SPV),38 which in turn refinances in the money or capital market by issuing tradeable securities – the asset backed securities (ABS). A substantial characteristic of an ABS is the separation of the bank’s creditworthiness from the securities’ credit-worthiness. As the asset pool serves as principal collateral, the credit-worthiness of the SPV does not play an important role either. As SPV is usually created exclusively for a single transaction, no other factors besides the credit quality of the asset pool can affect the risk of the ABS. The ABS investors receive all cash flows from the asset pool minus service fees. Thus, the risk and return profile almost exclusively depends on the performance of the asset portfolio. Assets opposed to a large number of homogeneous borrowers with low default probabilities and a clearly defined cash flow structure are best suited
35
See [28, pp. 808–809]. For a detailed description of the functionality of these products and their variations, we refer to [28, pp. 811–827]. 37 See [18, pp. 123–125], [28, pp. 805–806]. 38 An exact definition of a SPV or special purpose entity (SPE) can be found in [9, p. 118]. 36
26
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Borrower
Granting loans
Servicer
Management of asset pool
Payments
Servicing fee
Selling of loans
Rating
Originator
SPV Price for loans
Payment contract
Selling of tranches
Forwarding of payments
Forwarding of payments
Trustee
Fee for rating
Rating agency
Price for tranches
Investors
Service Cash flow Supervision
Fig. 2.7 Basic structure of a securitization
for a securitization. Figure 2.7 shows the basic structure of a securitization. It is not intended to be exhaustive but rather gives an overview.39 The main involved parties are the originator, the SPV, the investor, the servicer, the rating agency and the trustee. The originator generates the asset pool, for example, by granting loans to borrowers. The asset pool is transferred to the SPV, which is founded only for the reason of taking over the asset pool or its risk, funded by the issuance of ABS. The originator can often serve as servicer, who is responsible for the management of the asset pool, partly including the regular collection of instalments from the borrowers, and for regular reporting for investors and rating agencies in return for a servicing fee. The trustee represents the investors’ interests. It supervises the regularity of the SPV and the asset pool management. In addition, it also supervises the accomplishment of regular reports and verifies losses. Sometimes, it is responsible for the payments to the investors such as shown in Fig. 2.7. These tasks are often performed by an independent chartered accountant. In general, ABS are issued in different risk classes, so-called tranches. In order to be able to place the securities in the capital market, it is necessary to get the tranches
39
See [73, p. 11].
2.7 Securitization-Based Multi Name Credit Derivatives Table 2.3 Classification of securitized structures according to the underlying asset
MBS RMBS CMBS
27 ABS Consumer loans Credit card receivables Leasing receivables
CDO CLO CBO
rated by a large rating agency. The agency regularly monitors the risk involved in the single tranches and adjusts the rating if necessary. The different tranches of the ABS transaction can be classified into “equity tranche”, that is also called “junior tranche” or “first-loss-piece”. According to its name, this tranche takes the first part of the portfolio losses and thus contains the highest risk. Next tranches, taking further losses are called “mezzanine tranches”. The last tranche with the less risk is the “senior tranche”. The equity tranche is often held by the originator for several reasons: First, it can be interpreted as a signal for investors about the quality of the asset pool. Second, it reduces incentives accruing from agency risks due to asymmetric information. Finally, demand for this tranche is often not sufficient. Repayments are made according to the “waterfall principle”: If cash flows have to be distributed to investors, at first, claims of senior tranche investors are satisfied, then mezzanine tranche investors receive payments, and finally equity tranche investors. Conversely, the most risky equity tranche takes over the first losses. If there are still losses to distribute, then the mezzanine tranche has to carry them, and at last the senior tranche. This is called “reverse order of seniority”. For taking over more risk, investors of the riskier tranches are compensated with a higher return. Securitization structures can be classified in three major classes according to the types of their underlying assets. The classification is presented in Table 2.3. Mortgage backed securities (MBS) are assets that are collateralized by real estate. Here, one can differentiate between mortgages granted to retail banking customers, so-called residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS), or to corporations, socalled commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS). Asset backed securities in a narrow sense are collateralized by asset pools containing a very large number of consumer debt of different type other than home mortgages. These are, for example, credit card receivables, leasing receivables and consumer loans. Collateralized debt obligations (CDO) represent the class of securitized structures with different types of assets containing corporate credit risk. The subclass of CDOs with loan portfolio as assets is called collateralized loan obligations (CLO). Collateralized bond obligation are backed by a corporate bond portfolio. Structures with a mixed portfolio, or even containing tranches of MBS, ABS or other CDOs, are called collateralized debt obligations. CDOs are of special interest for this thesis. They have the same underlying assets as many credit derivatives, and thus a similar risk exposure. In contrast, MBS, for example, had historically only little credit risk, as they were highly collateralized by real estate; in case of default, the recovery value was very high. Prepayment risk was considered to be more important, and thus MBS modeling literature employed
28
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
different approaches than in credit risk modeling. For this reason, we are going to define only CDO structures further in this section.
2.7.2 Reasons for the Utilization of Securitization In this section, we illuminate the reasons for investors to use securitized products. We differentiate between the specific reasons for financial institutions, as they are the main market driver, and general reasons for investors to engage in these products. Banks are driven by several reasons to use a securitization mechanism. One important reason is risk management and diversification. Banks use securitization to restructure its loan portfolio if it has, for example, considerable concentrations of credit risk in a certain region or a certain industry. Such concentrations can be reduced by securitizing a fraction of the portfolio or by investing in securitized products concentrating on other regions or industries. Capital relief is another important reason – transferring credit risk to third parties, can imply both an economic and a regulatory capital relief. However, from a bank’s point of view, there are some drawbacks with respect to securitization. Securitizations might be subject to restrictions such as notifications or approval by borrowers that might damage the client relationship. The economic and regulatory capital relief might be limited as banks often hold a large proportion of the equity tranche. Then, only a small part of the credit risk exposure is transferred. Finally, securitization may be time-consuming and costly regarding necessary legal steps and the structuring of the portfolio, for example, the notification and approval of the borrower, the rating process for the tranches, etc.40 There are also numerous reasons for investors to engage in securitized products. By securitising asset pools, and structuring them in several tranches, credit risk is isolated from the original obligation and transferred to investors in different tranches according to individual risk-return requirements. Before the sub-prime crisis, the investors were attracted by higher spreads of securitized products in comparison to spreads of conventional credit derivatives or obligations with the same rating. Securitized products constitute a way for investors to obtain a more diversified portfolio by adding a credit risk exposure to it. The products can enable investors to achieve a credit risk exposure that is not available in the market. Furthermore, the investor has access to structured credit risk exposure where he can invest in different tranches. So, he can determine the level of credit risk exposure he wants to have. As already mentioned before, some fixed income investors are – for regulatory, investment policy or administrative reasons – not allowed or not able to invest in unfunded credit derivatives. By investing in funded structures, an investor has exposure to the sort of credit risk he is interested in.41
40 41
See [28, pp. 863–864] and [18, pp. 30–31, 139]. See [28, pp. 805, 852, 864–867], [13, p. 3], [32, p. 58].
2.7 Securitization-Based Multi Name Credit Derivatives
29
2.7.3 Risks Related to Securitization Market In this section, we examine the specific risks induced by securitization besides of the risk transferred by the underlying asset pool. These risks are similar to the risks related to credit derivative contracts. Like for the traditional credit derivative contracts, the risks can also be classified into two groups: Risks on contract level and risks on market level. At first, we will to explain the risks on contract level. Similar to credit derivative contracts, counterparty risk is also involved in a securitization contract. As seen in Fig. 2.7, there are numerous cash flow streams involved in a securitization. All of those are exposed to the inability of a counterparty to fulfil its payment obligations, which is denoted “counterparty risk.” There are several facets regarding legal risk associated with securitizations: In order to achieve the desired status of a securitization, a financial institution has
to consider many aspects such as regulatory, tax and legal aspects. Realizing a securitization, it should be ensured that in case of a default of an
involved party, the claims are enforceable. For an effective risk management, an optimal availability of information is nec-
essary. Therefore, legal aspects regarding bank secret, protection of data privacy and disclosure requirements have to be taken into account. A securitization involves numerous parties with mutual contractual obligations. This entails risks of potential losses from the failure of the technical infrastructure, inadequate or failed internal processes or people, that is called operational risk. From the SPV’s point of view, liquidity risk emerges if there is a mismatch of the time of income streams and the scheduled payoff streams. This also includes the prepayment risk which arises if a borrower makes use of his right to cancel and pays back the loan before maturity. Then, investors have to accept foregone interest payments.42 On a market level, liquidity risk means for the SPV the inability to place the securitized bonds completely in the market. This can lead to a liquidity squeeze for the SPV. But there is also a liquidity risk for the investor, who might be unable to trade the securitized bond in the market at any time or without adversely affecting the price. Similar to the market risk/interest rate risk in traditional credit derivatives, market risk describes the risk for an investor to incur a potential loss from an adverse change of the security price due to changes of the market interest rate. A securitization involves several parties with mutual contractual obligations, which – in combination with information asymmetry – results in potential agency risk. As already explained in Sect. 2.3.3 regulatory arbitrage is used by financial institutions to achieve a regulatory capital relief, where the regulatory capital is higher than the economic capital due to inefficient regulatory rules.
42
See [73, pp. 21–34], [33, pp. 37–45].
30
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
2.7.4 Classification of CDOs In the next sections we consider the functionality and characteristics of major types of CDO products. As already mentioned, CDOs are securitisation instruments that redistribute the credit risk of the underlying portfolio into tranches with different risk and return characteristics. There exist many different types of CDOs that can be classified in three major schemes: Securitisation type. The way how the credit risk exposure is generated makes
the difference between the cash and synthetic CDOs. These are the two types of CDO structures we are going to consider more detailed in the next sections. – Cash or True Sale CDOs use a real portfolio of assets like loans, bonds, MBS, ABS or even other CDOs as collateral. – Synthetic CDOs involve credit derivatives to generate portfolio credit risk exposure. Synthetic CDOs can be divided in two further groups depending on funding of the tranches: Funded: In this case the collateral is separated from the risky pool of credit instruments and invested in risk free coupon paying securities. In this way the paying streams of a cash flow CDO can be mimicked by a synthetic CDO without the necessity to have a loan or bond portfolio. Unfunded: In the unfunded version of synthetic CDOs no funds are transferred at the inception. The investor has to pay the loss as a default in his tranche occurs. Source of return.
– Cash Flow CDOs are transactions, where payments to the CDO investors are secured and made by the cash flows generated by the underlying asset pool. This structure is usually used in static transactions with a predetermined asset pool of either loans or bonds. – Market Value CDOs are managed (or dynamic) CDO structures, where the portfolio credit risk is actively managed by a portfolio manager who has to optimize the return of the portfolio by trading the underlying assets. The manager seeks for opportunities to enhance the return of the portfolio by realizing gains from the market value changes of the portfolio by actively trading it. Therefore, the SPV does not issue tranched CLNs based on the static underlying asset pool. It rather issues tranched CLNs referring to an actively managed asset pool, which is marked to market periodically (daily or weekly). Investors in different tranches have to absorb default related losses in reverse order of seniority. Within a market value structure, the investor is exposed to both credit risk and the trading strategy of the portfolio manager. Motivation.
– Balance sheet structures are driven by the originator who wants to transfer credit risk for various reasons. The reasons may comprise capital relief, credit
2.7 Securitization-Based Multi Name Credit Derivatives
31
risk management or funding and reduction of balance sheet size (only in case of a true sales securitisation). This kind of structure is mainly used for CLOs. – Arbitrage structures are generally initiated by investment banks or asset managers who want to profit from price differences between the market price of the asset pool and the price for securitized risk in a structured form. Furthermore, the CLN issuer benefits from management and administration fees.
2.7.5 True Sale CDO The basic structure of a cash flow CDO and the main involved parties are shown in Fig. 2.8. The functionality is similar, independent of the underlying portfolio type: as mentioned above it can contain loans, bonds or even a mixture of those and other more complex types of credit instruments. To generalize it, we call the underlying portfolio a debt portfolio. The initiative for a CDO transaction is taken by the originator, which is usually a bank selling a debt portfolio to a SPV. In order to finance the purchase of the debt portfolio, the SPV issues securities which constitute a claim for the investors to interest and instalment payments (net of administration fees) from the loans. The securities are issued in different tranches that reflect a different level of risk and seniority. Figure 2.8 shows schematically only three tranches representing the different types of risk: the equity, mezzanine and senior tranches. A CDO, however, typically has much more tranches. At the coupon payment dates, the cash flows are distributed according to the waterfall principle, i.e. the investors receive payments in an order according to seniority of their tranche beginning with the most senior tranche. Consequently, the losses are distributed in the reverse order. Accordingly, the investors receive a higher coupon for less senior tranches to compensate the higher risk. The CDO tranches are rated by a rating agency. This procedure is necessary to be able to find investors. Ratings inform about the credit-worthiness and risk of the different tranches. This is important due to the lack of the investor’s information regarding the underlying asset pool. There are several criteria taken into account by rating agencies. They comprise the asset quality, a cash flow analysis, involved market and legal risk and the skills of the asset manager.43 By rating the tranches, the liquidity of the securities can be increased. This is why rating agencies are often involved in the structuring process of the securities to determine the required credit enhancements in order to reach the target rating. Typical forms of credit enhancements include, for example, subordination, overcollateralization, cash reserves and financial guarantees. Typically, the equity tranche is not rated. It is often taken over (at least in parts) by the originator as a further signal for the credit-worthiness of the asset pool.
43
For more information regarding the rating criteria for CDO tranches, we refer to [84] and to [28, pp. 858–862].
32
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Borrower
Granting loans
Asset manager
Trustee
Payments Selling of loans
Originator servicer
Rating Price for loans Coupons; notional Selling of tranches
Investors:
Equity tranche
SPV Fee for rating Price for tranches
Mezzanine tranche
Rating agency
Coupons; notional repayment Senior tranche
Service Cash flow Supervision
Fig. 2.8 True sale CDO
The trustee represents investors’ interests and supervises the asset pool management and the correctness of cash inflows and outflows.
2.7.6 Synthetic CDO The basic structure of a synthetic CDO is shown in Fig. 2.9 and is not much different from a true sale CDO. Unlike a true sale CDO, the originator does not sell the debt portfolio to the SPV. The originator rather enters as protection buyer into a credit derivative contract (usually a series of single-name CDS) with the SPV. Hence, only the credit risk associated with the portfolio is transferred while keeping the loans in the balance sheet. The SPV issues CLNs in different tranches. The SPV invests the proceeds of the CLNs in a high-grade collateral, for example, AAA-rated assets, with the same or a similar maturity as the CLN. The CLN investors receive coupon payments corresponding to the premium payment according to the risk of the specific tranche and the interest rate payment from the high-grade collateral. If there are no defaults in the underlying portfolio, the CLN investors receive their regular coupon payments. At maturity, the credit derivative contract terminates and the investors receive the last coupon payment and the notional amount. If, however,
2.7 Securitization-Based Multi Name Credit Derivatives High-grade collateral
Borrower
Granting loans
Payments
Originator servicer
33
Premium (Credit derivative) Protection Selling of tranches
Investors:
Coupons; notional repayment
Notional
Equity tranche
Rating SPV Fee for rating Price for tranches
Mezzanine tranche
Rating agency
Coupons; notional repayment Senior tranche
Service Cash flow
Fig. 2.9 Synthetic CDO
a default occurs, the CDO investors have to absorb all default related losses, starting with the most junior tranche investors. Then, the SPV liquidates a part of the highgrade investment to make the conditional payments on the credit derivative contract to the originator, and the notional amount of the corresponding CLN tranche is reduced accordingly while the spread (expressed in bps of the notional amount) remains the same. At the coupon payment dates, the cash flows are distributed according to the waterfall principle. Synthetic CDO tranches can also be rated. Typically, they are rated by a major rating agency to increase the liquidity of the tranches. From an originator’s perspective, a synthetic securitization is a possibility to manage economic and regulatory capital while maintaining the client relationship. Furthermore, it may save costs compared to a true sale CDO because of high legal costs involved in a true sale securitization and high costs for borrower approval and borrower notification process. For an investor, investing in synthetic CDOs is rather similar to investing in true sale CDOs. Contrary to a true sale CDO, synthetic CDOs do not involve prepayment risk. Besides fully funded synthetic securitizations, there are also partially funded structures, where the SPV acts as protection buyer of a super senior swap. The investor in that swap acts as protection seller and receives premium payments
34
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
in return. The remaining credit risk in the underlying portfolio is securitized in different tranches via CLNs and sold to investors as described above.
2.8 CDS Indices The classification of credit derivatives, containing single- and multi-name as well as securitization based multi-named products, have not included another, relatively new, product class on the credit derivatives market. A variety of standardized traded credit index products were introduced to create a very liquid synthetic credit derivatives market segment in order to address needs of different types of market participants. The first CDS index families were TRAC-X and iBoxx, that merged in 2004 to one index family after some years of competing. The indices merged globally, although the North American CDS indices were run by a different company from the European and Asian cash and CDS indices. In Europe the merger involved the banks behind TRAC-x – JPMorgan and Morgan Stanley – joining iBoxx Limited to form a CDS index called Dow Jones iTraxx and a cash index called Dow Jones iBoxx. The company was then renamed into International Index Company. In the US merger, JPMorgan and Morgan Stanley joined the CDS IndexCo, a company set up by the banks behind the iBoxx CDX index. North America and the emerging markets are represented by CDX indices, and Europe and Asia by iTraxx.44 The broadest and most actively traded investmentgrade indices are the CDX.NA.IG for North America and the iTraxx Europe for Europe. Both contain 125 equally weighted names. Besides the geographical segmentation of the indices, the broad market indices are also segmented by credit quality (for example, investment-grade, high yield), by sector (for example, financials, consumers, industrials, etc.) and by maturity (for example, 5 years, 10 years). All indices have in common that they include large, liquid reference entities, in particular, market segments. At the moment, these indices are traded OTC in either funded (as CLNs) or unfunded form (as credit derivatives). Almost all of the indices are available in tranched form, where every tranche is related to a specific segment of default related losses, comparable to CDO tranches. In the next section we are going to explain the functionality and variety of the indices in the iTraxx family in detail. Afterwards, we will briefly describe the CDX indices as the functionality is very similar.
2.8.1 iTraxx Indices The iTraxx indices are owned, managed and published by the International Index Company Limited (IIC), that was acquired by Markit Group Limited in November 44
“Dow Jones” was a part of the names of the indices only for some first series and was skipped afterwards.
2.8 CDS Indices
35
2007. IIC considers itself as independent index provider aiming at improvement of market efficiency and transparent markets.45 At the moment there are over 35 licensed market makers, that are all large banks worldwide.46 In the following, we have a closer look at the iTraxx index family, in particular the iTraxx Europe. As already mentioned, the iTraxx index family covers the regions Europe and Asia. For the Asian segment, there are indices iTraxx Australia, iTraxx Japan and iTraxx Asia ex-Japan. For the European region, there exists iTraxx LevX besides of iTraxx Europe. iTraxx LevX are the first European indices on Leveraged Loans CDS. They are constructed from the universe of European corporates with leveraged loan exposures. The structure of the iTraxx Europe index family is shown in Table 2.4.47 The index family consists of the three main indices: iTraxx Europe, iTraxx Europe HiVol and iTraxx Europe Crossover. In the beginning of the index history the traded maturities were 5 and 10 years. In the meantime, all three indices are available with maturities of 3, 5, 7 and 10 years. The sub-indices of iTraxx Europe, also called sector indices, Financials and Non-Financials are available only with 5 and 10 years maturity. iTraxx Europe main index is composed of 125 names with the most traded CDS volumes. The certain number of names is selected from the six sectors as displayed in Table 2.6. Not all the six sector parts of the main index are available as traded subindices, but only the Financials and Non-Financials. Financials sector-index exists in two versions: with senior CDS as in the main index and with the same names in subordinated quality. iTraxx Europe HiVol contains the 30 entities from the iTraxx Europe nonfinancials index with the widest 5-year CDS spreads. iTraxx Europe Crossover, containing the most liquid 45 or 50 non-financial entities with a rating not better than BBB- (in S&P classification or an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and with more than EUR 100 million publicly traded debt. Entities with rating BBB- and stable or positive outlook are excluded from the Crossover index. There are no sector indices for HiVol and Crossover. Besides of the index CDS that are available for the iTraxx Europe main index and Non-Financial and Financial sub-indices as well as for the iTraxx Europe HiVol and Crossover, there exist also First-to-default baskets. They are available for the single sectors, but also in the categories HiVol, Crossover and Diversified. The latter contains one reference entity of each sector. The baskets contain, however, not all the
45
See [61, p. 28], [64, p. 32]. Licensed marketmakers for the Markit iTraxx Europe indices are: ABN AMRO, Bank of America, Bank of Montreal, Barclays Capital, Bayerische Landesbank, BBVA, BNP Paribas, CALYON, Citigroup, Commerzbank, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, Dresdner Kleinwort, DZ Bank, Goldman Sachs, Helaba Landesbank Hessen-Th¨uringen, HSBC, HSH Nordbank, HypoVereinsbank, ING, IXIS, JP Morgan, Landesbank Baden-W¨urttemberg, Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Mitsubishi Securities, Morgan Stanley, Natixis, Nomura, Nord LB, Nordea, Royal Bank of Scotland, Santander, Soci´et´e G´en´erale, Straumur Burdaras, UBS and WestLB. 47 See [64]. 46
36
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Table 2.4 iTraxx Europe index family Indices iTraxx Europe Description
Top 125 names in terms of CDS volume traded in the six month prior to the roll
Top 30 highest spread names from iTraxx Europe
iTraxx Europe Crossover Exposure to 50 European sub-investment grade reference entities
Standard maturities (years)
3, 5, 7, 10 sub-indices: 5, 10
3, 5, 7, 10
3, 5, 7, 10
Derivatives: Tranches
Options
Futures
iTraxx Europe HiVol
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22%
Options on the spread movements of iTraxx indices
C
C
C
entities from the corresponding (sector-)indices, but only five names. The names for the First-to-default baskets are selected in a two step process: first, the names with the highest and the lowest spreads are eliminated, and second the most liquid names are chosen. The overview of sector-indices and first-to-default baskets is presented in Table 2.5. Another important constituent of the iTraxx family are derivatives. The iTraxx Europe is available in five standard tranches: 0–3, 3–6, 6–9, 9–12 and 12–22%, where the 0–3% tranche is to absorb the first 3% of default related losses in the pool of reference entities (equity tranche), the 3–6% tranche absorbs the losses from 3 to 6% etc. Investors can buy iTraxx options on the spread movement of iTraxx indices. Finally, iTraxx futures contracts were introduced recently by Eurex. The indices of the iTraxx family are rolled every half a year. The roll date for each index is the 20th of March and the 20th of September. New indices start on the roll date or the following business day if the roll date is not a business day. The maturity date for the March roll is always the 20th of June, and for the September roll, it is the 20th of December. The reference entities in every index are equally weighted. In the following description of the index rules and functionality we concentrate in more details on iTraxx Europe index. This index and especially its tranches are of the main interest in this thesis. The tranches of the iTraxx have the same functionality as tranches of a synthetic CDO. The availability of quoted liquid spreads for the tranched iTraxx attracted attention of the research community and made it possible
2.8 CDS Indices
37
Table 2.5 iTraxx Europe index family Index Sector indices iTraxx Europe
Non-Financials
First-to-default basket Autos Consumers Energy Industrials TMT Diversified
Financials
Financials Senior Financials Sub
iTraxx Europe HiVol
iTraxx Europe HiVol
iTraxx Europe Crossover
iTraxx Europe Crossover
to test numerous theoretical portfolio credit models empirically. Before iTraxx and CDX tranches started trading, it was difficult to find appropriate data for testing the models because of low standardization and liquidity of CDOs. iTraxx Europe is composed of the 125 most liquid CDS of investment-grade rated European reference entities with respect to the previous 6 months, following dealer liquidity polls. Each market maker has to submit a list of 200–250 reference entities based on the following criteria:
The reference entity is incorporated in Europe. The listed names had the highest CDS trading volume over the previous 6 months. The market maker’s internal transactions are excluded from the volume statistics. If several CDS of one reference entity are traded, the total volume of one name is calculated as sum of the single trading volumes.
The consolidated list of all market makers, which is sorted by liquidity of the reference entity, is denoted as master list. IIC then determines the members of the new indices according to the following criteria:48 Each entity has to be rated investment-grade by Fitch, Moody’s or S&P. If an
entity has several ratings, the lowest rating is considered. The remaining entities are assigned to their appropriate iTraxx sector (as listed
in Table 2.6) and then ranked within the sector according to the liquidity ranking of the market makers. The remaining list is denoted by sector list and is part of the overall master list. At the beginning, the index composition is set to be the same as the previous series. 48
We enumerate the most important criteria. There are some more which can be found in [62, pp. 4–5].
38 Table 2.6 iTraxx Europe by industrial sectors Non-Financials 100 entities Autos 10 Consumers 30 Energy 20 Industrials 20 Telecom, Media, Technology (TMT) 20
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Financials Financials Senior
25 entities 25
Entities that defaulted, changed sector, merged or were downgraded are excluded
from the index. Entities ranking in the top 50% of the number of entities in a sector list that are not yet in the index are added to the index.49 Entities in the index with a lower rank than 125% of the predetermined number of entities in a sector, i.e. in the case of the energy sector ranked lower than 25 as the predetermined number is 20, are eliminated and replaced by the next liquid entity not yet in the index. Entities ranked below 150 in the overall master list are removed from the index and replaced by the most liquid entity in this sector which is not yet in the index, unless the potential entity is not less liquid. The iTraxx Europe comprises 125 reference entities which are selected according to the highest ranks in each sector. The sector weights are given in Table 2.6. The 1 names in the index are all equally weighted with 125 or 0.8%. Every index has a fixed spread, which represents a kind of average spread of all reference entities. Analogously, every index has a fixed recovery rate in the case of default of a reference entity, independent from the actual recovery rate. Both, the fixed spread and the fixed recovery rate, are determined after having agreed upon the composition of the new index series. Then, IIC initiates a telephone poll with all market makers to determine the fixed spread of each index and the recovery rates. The market makers quote a spread for every index. The spread which is accepted by a majority of the participating market makers is rounded to the nearest 5 bps. Recovery rates are determined analogously, but rounded to the nearest 5%. Considering tranched iTraxx Europe indices, the fixed spread for each tranche within one series is determined at inception analogous to the process for untranched indices. There are two ways of trading iTraxx indices – unfunded or funded. Trading the index in a funded way, the protection seller (investor) buys a FRN, which pays a coupon of the 3 month LIBOR plus the fixed index spread quarterly. If no credit event occurs, the coupon is paid until maturity. Then, the investor receives the notional amount of the FRN. However, if a credit event of a reference entity takes place, the protection seller receives the recovery value but the notional amount of the FRN is reduced according to the weight of the reference entity (for example, from 100 to 99.2%) and future coupon payments are based on the new notional amount. Though, the coupon rate remains unchanged. 49
If, for example, a reference entity of the energy sector is ranked in the top 10 in the sector list, but it is not in the index, it is included. At the same time, the lowest ranking entity in this sector list is eliminated from the index.
2.8 CDS Indices
39
Trading the index in an unfunded way, the protection seller receives the quarterly spread premium determined at inception of the series. In case of no credit event, the cash flows remain the same until maturity. If, however, a credit event occurs, the default related loss is settled physically. Then, the protection buyer delivers bonds issued by the reference entity, amounting to the weight of the defaulted reference entity in the index (e.g., 0.8%) multiplied by the notional amount of the contract between the involved parties. In return, he receives the nominal value of the bonds. Afterwards, the nominal value of the contract between protection seller and protection buyer is reduced accordingly while the spread premium (in bps) remains unchanged. During the term of a series, the development of the quoted spread depends on the market implied default probabilities as well as on supply and demand, while the fixed spread for the series remains the same. Therefore, a compensation for the difference between the quoted and the fixed spread has to take place. We want to explain this fact with an example.50 Let us assume an investor who wants to act as protection seller in an unfunded CDS index with a notional amount of EUR 10,000,000 at time t. Let the fixed spread for the series be 30 bps and the quoted spread 28 bps at t. Then, the protection seller has to pay the present value of 2 bps for the remaining term of the CDS index to the protection buyer. In return, he receives 30 bps per annum quarterly on the notional amount. If, on the other hand, the quoted spread is higher than 30 bps, say 31 bps, the protection buyer has to pay the present value of 1 bp for the remaining term of the CDS index to the protection seller. Furthermore, the protection seller receives 30 bps per annum quarterly on the notional amount from the protection buyer for the remaining term of the CDS index. Regarding tranched iTraxx Europe CDS indices, market makers also quote daily spreads for the tranches. The investor of the equity tranche receives an upfront payment which is quoted in the market and an annual spread of 500 bps (i.e., 125 bps quarterly). Different from the untranched index swap, recoveries do not reduce the notional amount of the tranche immediately. Recovery amounts of the defaulted portfolio assets are paid out starting with the most senior tranche. Only after the aggregated recovery amount exceeds 100% of the implicit portfolio amount minus the tranche detachment point (e.g., 94% of the complete portfolio notional for the 3–6% tranche) the recovery of the further defaulted instruments will be paid to the tranche investor and so will start reducing the notional amount of the tranche. Since such a high aggregated recovery amount is absolutely unrealistic, this means that the complete tranched index swap notional can be lost without getting any recovery payments. The first series was launched on the 21st of June 2004, and the second on the 20th of September 2004. Since then, every 6 months (on the 20th of March and on the 20th of September), a new series of iTraxx Europe has been issued. The roll of
50
See [61, p. 14].
40 Table 2.7 Issuance of iTraxx Europe series
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets Series 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Table 2.8 Fixed spreads and recovery rates of iTraxx Europe series 10 Term in years Maturity Fixed spread 3 20.12.2011 100 5 20.12.2013 120 7 20.12.2015 125 10 20.12.2018 130
Issuance 21.06.2004 20.09.2004 21.03.2005 20.09.2005 20.03.2006 20.09.2006 20.03.2007 20.09.2007 20.03.2008 29.09.2008
Recovery rate (%) 40 40 40 40
the September 2008 was postponed to 29th of September because of the extreme market conditions. Table 2.7 gives an overview over the issuances. Exemplarily for the iTraxx Europe series 10, we show the fixed spread for the different maturities and the recovery rates. This is done in Table 2.8.51 We see an increasing fixed spread with longer maturities. The recovery rate is 40% for all maturities. A recovery rate of 40%, however, is not given for all iTraxx indices. The iTraxx Subordinated Financials of the series 10, for example, has a recovery rate of 20%.52 Figure 2.10 gives an impression of the spread history of the iTraxx Europe with different maturities.53 The spread, that was fixed for each series, is actually the spread observed at the roll date. The spread quotes between the roll dates represent the fair spreads that would make the value of the CDS on the index equal zero. We observe different regimes in the history. In spring 2005, the American car producers General Motors and Ford were in a deep crisis. After announcing high losses and negative future outlooks, their bonds were downgraded to non-investment-grade bonds. This development was also anticipated by CDS indices. However, the market recovered quite fast and the spreads were at very tight level for about 2 years. This situation changed dramatically since the beginning of the sub-prime crisis in July 2007.
51
See [64, p. 26]. See [64, p. 26]. 53 The data is taken from MorganMarkets and represents the iTraxx mid spread quoted by JPMorgan. 52
2.8 CDS Indices
41
Fig. 2.10 iTraxx Europe spread history (on the run)
2.8.2 CDX Indices As already mentioned, we describe the CDX indices only briefly since their functionality is rather similar to the iTraxx indices. The CDX indices cover the regions North America and emerging markets. Table 2.9 gives an overview on CDX indices. Analogous to the iTraxx Europe, the CDX.NA.IG has several sub-indices: CDX IG Consumer, CDX IG Energy, CDX IG Financials, CDX IG HighVol, CDX IG Industrials, CDX IG TMT. Like the iTraxx indices, the CDX indices are also composed of equally weighted reference entities. The CDX.NA.IG is available in five tranches which are slightly different from the iTraxx Europe tranches. They comprise 0–3% (equity tranche), 3–7, 7–10, 10–15 and 15–30%. Detailed construction rules for CDX are similar to those of iTraxx and can be found in [63]. The spread history of the CDX.NA.IG index with different maturities is shown in Figure 2.11.54 CDX index started trading earlier than iTraxx, in October 2003. The actual CDX series, started in September 2008, is already the eleventh series. The crisis of General Motors and Ford in May 2005 is also observed here, as well as the sub-prime crisis in 2007–2008. In 2008 the CDX indices even suffered several first defaults in their history. So far, there were three credit events in the investment grade index: Fannie Mae,
54
The data is taken from MorganMarkets and represents the CDX.NA.IG mid spread quoted by JPMorgan.
42 Table 2.9 CDX Indices Index CDX.NA.IG
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
No. of entities 125
CDX.NA.IG.HVOL
30
CDX.NA.XO
35
CDX.NA.HY
100
CDX.NA.EM
14
CDX.NA.EM.DIVERSIFIED
40
Characteristics Investment-grade reference entities, domiciled in North America Investment-grade reference entities with a wide CDS spread, domiciled in North America Rating BBB or BB (in S&P classification or an equivalent rating from another rating agency), entities that are domiciled in North America or have a majority of their outstanding bonds and loans denominated in USD Non-investment-grade entities domiciled in North America Sovereign issuers from three regions (Latin America; Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Asia) Sovereign and corporate issuers from three regions (Latin America; Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Asia); typically contain more sovereign issuers than CDX.NA.EM
Freddie Mac and Washington Mutual. High yield and emerging markets CDX suffered even more credit events. Compared to single credit derivative contracts, CDS indices offer several advantages, that fueled the growth of the market:55 They provide narrow bid-ask-spreads. They provide a diversified credit risk exposure in one single transaction. Formerly, the CDS market was mainly an interbank market. By the introduction
of CDS indices, however, investors who were formerly excluded from that market are now more easily able to take part in it. They facilitate the implementation of investment, hedging and trading strategies in the field of credit risk. They help the credit market becoming more liquid, efficient and transparent. The sectoral sub-indices can be used to limit or to extend credit risk exposure towards a certain industry. Therefore, in the meantime CDS indices provide a standard benchmark in the credit market. The main market participants are asset managers, hedge funds, insurance companies, corporate treasury and bank proprietary desks. The asset managers try to 55
For more information regarding the size and the evolution of the market, we refer to Sect. 2.9, paragraph market breakdown by instrument.
2.9 Credit Derivatives Markets
43
Fig. 2.11 CDX.NA.IG spread history (on the run)
diversify their portfolio by adding credit risk. Moreover, they regard the CDS indices as hedging tools. Hedge funds often want to implement relative value trading, for example, name vs. sector, sector vs. sector, sector vs. benchmark. This can be realized by CDS indices. Generally, the sector indices can represent a hedging tool for corporates, if they are exposed to the credit risk of one sector in particular. Furthermore, CDS indices give access to diversified credit risk. Adding CDS indices to a portfolio can be reasonable from an asset allocation perspective. For banks, CDS indices allow for a better management of credit risk. In addition, the indices are also used to bet on credit views.
2.9 Credit Derivatives Markets The credit derivatives market has grown at an enormous rate over recent years. In this section, we provide an overview on the evolution of the market and its size. Furthermore, we have a closer look at the market participants, also differentiating between protection sellers and protection buyers. Finally, we will consider the market size by instrument, by reference entity and by credit quality. As already mentioned, credit derivatives are mostly OTC-traded. Therefore, it is difficult to analyze the market. There are a few surveys of market participants,
44
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
conducted, for example, by FitchRatings56 or British Bankers’ Association (BBA),57 that publicly provide information with respect to volume, market participants or reference entities. These surveys entail some problems that have to be taken into account when using and interpreting the results: Only a limited number of market participants can be surveyed. Not all of those will answer the survey, some will answer it in a bad quality.58 The latest surveys are only available for the years 2006 and 2007, so in this section we will not be able to present any numbers for 2008. The forecasts for 2008 are not probable to reflect the realized situation in the credit markets because of the current credit crunch. We are going to address the situation during the crisis in the next section.
2.9.1 Evolution of the Market Figure 2.12 shows the development of the global credit derivatives market with respect to the total notional amount.59 The number of 33 trillion US dollar for the year 2008 is an estimated number and will probably not be realized due to the credit crisis. FitchRatings presents similar results with respect to market size in 2006. According to FitchRatings, the market expanded to USD 49.9 trillion of outstanding credit derivatives contracts bought and sold on a total notional amounts basis in 2006. This makes USD 24.9 trillion of outstanding sold positions.60 The credit derivatives market shows an impressing growth. Its size is not that huge as of interest rate derivatives, but is larger than, e.g., the size of the OTC equity derivatives (see Fig. 2.13). Also in other respects, such as liquidity, transparency, standardization and number of market participants, the credit derivatives market lags behind other derivatives markets. Credit derivatives, however, are the worldwide fastest growing derivative products and one of the fastest growing securities in the global securities market.61
2.9.2 Market Participants Large commercial and investment banks, securities houses, insurance and reinsurance companies, financial guarantors, and hedge funds are the main market 56
See [40, 41]. See [12, 19]. 58 The FitchRatings survey [41] incorporates 65 financial institutions (44 banks and broker dealers, 13 insurance and re-insurance companies, eight financial guarantors) from all over the world. So it covers all major institutions with exception of one big broker-dealer. The BBA study [19] involves 30 institutions from many different countries, which are key player in the credit derivatives market. 59 The data is taken from [12, p. 5]. 60 See [41, p. 1]. 61 See [18, p. 18]. 57
2.9 Credit Derivatives Markets
45
Fig. 2.12 Global credit derivatives market (in USD billions, excluding asset swaps)
Fig. 2.13 Comparison of OTC derivative markets (in USD billions)
participants in the credit derivatives market. There are still some more participants who only contribute a small share to the overall market such as asset managers, high-net-worth individuals, special purpose vehicles (SPV), and other corporates.62
62
See [18, p. 23].
46
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
The global banking industry still turns out to be a significant buyer of protection, with a net position63 of USD 304 billion by the end of 2006. Hence, this amount is transferred outside the banking industry to third parties, such as hedge funds and insurance companies. Analyzing the banking industry in more detail, we detect considerable regional differences. In 2004 all reported regions acted as net protection buyers. European banks bought USD 294 billion of protection, North American banks and brokerdealers bought USD 123 billion, and Australian and Asian banks bought USD 10 billion. Within the European banks, Germany had by far the smallest net share with approximately USD 15 billion. In 2003, Germany even was a net protection seller.64 In 2006, Germany was the only country with banks as a net protection seller again. Its net position was USD 76 billion sold. However, this has been driven principally by two large players. In 2006 European banks bought USD 220 billion of protection. Australian and Asian banks bought around USD 14 billion. North American banks bought USD 70 billion. UK and Switzerland was with USD 170 billion the biggest net protection buyer in 2006, after maintaining an essentially flat position in 2005.65 There are smaller regional banks within the banking sector acting as protection sellers, since they consider credit derivatives as an alternative to enhance the yield on their capital, and they view them as an alternative or additional means of originating loans.66 Insurance, re-insurance and financial guarantors mainly act as protection sellers. In 2004, the overall net position amounts to USD 556 billion, thereof USD 319 billion taken over by the insurance sector. In 2006, the net position of the insurance sector was USD 395 billion. The eight financial guaranty companies surveyed had an aggregate net position of USD 355 billion sold.67 The insurance industry considers protection selling as profitable for several reasons: Corporate default is viewed as being nearly uncorrelated with the risks in their portfolio. Thus, by selling protection, both portfolio diversification and yield enhancement of capital can be achieved. Financial strength of insurance companies makes them appealing counterparties for institutions looking for protection buying, as counterparty risk is very small.68 The difference of approximately USD 130 billion was held in 2004 by market participants that are not covered by the survey, such as asset managers or hedge
63 The net position is the difference between the amount that was gross sold and the amount that was gross bought. Thus, if the amount that was gross bought exceeds the amount that was gross sold, then the market participant is a net protection buyer, and vice versa. 64 See [40, pp. 4–6], [41, p. 4]. 65 See [41, pp. 6 and 10]. 66 See [40, v], [18, p. 24]. 67 See [41, p. 11]. 68 See [40, pp. 2, 6], [18, p. 24].
2.9 Credit Derivatives Markets
47
funds.69 In 2005, this position was already USD 377 billion and increased to USD 447 billion until the end of 2006.70 Hedge funds have emerged as players in the credit derivatives market for both protection buying and selling. They are estimated to have a share of approximately 25–30% of the overall credit derivatives trading volume. Hedge funds have become more and more important to financial markets, as they contribute to reduce or even to eliminate mispricing of financial instruments by pursuing arbitrage opportunities.71
2.9.3 Market Breakdown The credit derivatives market can be classified according to different aspects, such as instrument type, reference entity, credit quality. In this section, we give an overview on the market in these aspects. By Instrument From a global perspective, single-name CDS dominated the market before the iTraxx and CDX indices started trading. With gross sold USD 3,626 billion in 2004, they account for two-third of all gross sold credit derivatives positions. Compared to 2003, they grew by 88%. By the end of 2006, single-name CDS market grew even by 278% compared to 2004 having a volume of USD 10.1 trillion sold. However, the share of the single-name CDS decreased in 2006 down to only one third of the credit derivatives market. The category “Indices”, which contains traded CDS indices such as DJ iTraxx Europe CDS index and the DJ North American High-Yield CDS index, as well as index-related products, overtook single-name CDS and became the largest category in 2006. Its market share grew to 39% of the overall market by the end of 2006. By the end of 2004, its share was only 9%. The cumulated share of single-name CDS and indices remained unchanged at three fourth of the market. iTraxx and CDX indices proved to be very liquid even through the financial crisis in 2007–2008. The experts believe the traded volume of the indices should have even increased in 2008. The indices are becoming more and more popular as hedging and investment object in the credit asset class. The two other important product categories, portfolio products and CDOs, represent almost one quarter of the market. Portfolio products contain single tranche CDOs, nth-to-default swaps, etc. Also here a shift happened by the end of 2006, compared to 2004: The share of CDOs grew from 2.9 to 13%.
69
See [40, p. 2]. See [41, p. 5]. 71 See [19, p. 5], [40, p. 7], [43, p. 5]. 70
48
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
(a) 2004
(b) 2006
Fig. 2.14 Market shares of credit derivatives products. Source: FitchRatings
The category “Other” represents total return swaps, credit swaptions, credit linked notes and other products. Its share remained unchanged with under 2%.72;73 Figure 2.14 shows the market breakdown in 2004 and 2006, which is described above. According to the BBA study, CDS had a market share of 51% in 2004, which declined to 33% in 2006. The numbers are somewhat below those of FitchRatings. The BBA study of 2006 forecasts further decline of the single-name CDS share down to 29% in 2008. The portfolio/synthetic CDOs had a market share of 16% in 2004, which remained stable in 2006. BBA expects it to remain at the same level in 2008. Indices had a share of 11% in 2004 and increased to 38% in 2006. This number is very close to that of FitchRatings. The forecast of BBA in 2006 for the year 2008 was 39%.74 Figure 2.15 represents the market breakdown according to BBA. By Reference Entity The breakdown of reference entities in 2004 and 2006 in a global consideration is presented in Fig. 2.16.75 Corporates have a dominant share of 63% of gross sold positions in 2006 which remained stable in comparison to 2004. They are followed by financials that increased to 23% in 2006 compared to 14% in 2004. Sovereigns only have a share of 5% in 2006, that decreased slightly from 6% in 2004. Compared to 2003, the shares
72
See [41, pp. 5–6], [40, pp. 2–3]. The study also gives more insight into breakdown by instruments within the banking, insurance and financial guarantors sector. We refer the interested reader to [41]. 74 See [12, p. 6]. 75 The data is taken from [40] and [41]. 73
2.9 Credit Derivatives Markets
49
(a) 2004
(b) 2006
(c) 2008 (estimated) Fig. 2.15 Market shares of credit derivatives products. Source: BBA
(a) 2004
(b) 2006
Fig. 2.16 Market shares of reference entities (protection sold). Source: FitchRatings
remained relatively stable.76 The share of sovereign entities dramatically decreased since 1996, from an estimated share of 54%.77
76 77
See [41, p. 8]. See [12, p. 6]. The document does not give more insight into the breakdown by reference entity.
50
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
(a) 2004
(b) 2006
Fig. 2.17 Reference entities by credit rating (protection sold). Source: FitchRatings
By Credit Quality The global credit derivatives exposures in 2004 and 2006 by rating is given in Fig. 2.17.78 Within the recent years, a shift in credit quality of the reference entities has taken place. While in 2002 the share of AAA-rated reference entities was 22%, it decreased to 14% in 2004 and even to 9% in 2006. A reduction can also be observed for AA- and A-rated reference entities. The share of BBB-rated reference entities increased from 28% in 2002 to 32% in 2004 and decreased to 25% in 2006. The share of below investment-grade rated reference entities increased from 8% in 2002 to 24% in 2004 and to 40% in 2006. These developments have various reasons: Partly, the shift in the high-rated reference entities can be explained by a negative ratings migration. But there is also a change in investors’ needs and in the structure of the market participants. There was a growing demand for high-yield CDS indices and index products, which was driven to a large extent by hedge funds. They are looking for an alternative way to trade credit risk, with a focussed interest in highyield assets.79 The tendency may be the same or even stronger for the year 2008, especially for the reason of many rating downgrades in 2008 due to the credit crisis.
2.10 Securitization Markets The securitization market has grown in recent years. In the following, we provide an overview on the evolution of the market and its size. Then, we have a closer look at the market by region and by collateral.80 78
The data is taken from [40] and [41]. See [41, p. 7]. 80 The information for this section is mainly taken from [53] and [37]. The International Financial Services, London, also publishes data files on their website for all charts and tables that are contained in its report. 79
2.10 Securitization Markets
51
2.10.1 Evolution and Size Figure 2.18 shows the development of the global securitisation issuance.81 The issuance volume of 2007 amounts to USD 3,729 billion and is nearly five times as high as that of 1996. It can be observed that the issuance volume is volatile. This can be partly attributed to the interest rate level, as particularly MBS issuance is inversely correlated with interest rate level over time; if interest rates rise, MBS issuance decreases. Other factors influencing the issuance activity are investors’ demand, development of the underlying market and general market environment. Especially in recent years before the crisis, the securitization market was driven by a broader investor base, including hedge funds, institutional investors, asset managers, retail funds and private banks. These investors are looking for higher yields relative to other fixed-income markets.82 The credit crisis, started in summer 2007, was the reason for a decline in the number of new securitisations in the global market since the third quarter of 2007. However, because the crisis unfolded only late in 2007, global securitisation issues declined only slightly in 2007 compared to 2006. International Financial Services aggregated the market estimates of the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA), the European Securitisation Forum and FitchRatings for 2008 and reported the forecast of the market decline by 25%.
Fig. 2.18 Global securitisation issuance (in USD billions). Source: International Financial Services, London
81 82
The data is taken from [53] and the underlying data files. See [52, pp. 1–2, 5], [36, p. 1], [8, pp. 22–23].
52
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
2.10.2 Market Breakdown The securitisation market can be classified according to different aspects. In this section, we give an overview on the market with respect to region and collateral.
By Region In Fig. 2.19 we see the development and the size of securitisation issuance in different regions over time.83 The US market clearly dominates the global securitisation issuance with a volume of USD 2,892 billion or 76% of the whole issuance volume in 2007, followed by Europe with 18%, Japan and Australia with 2% and Emerging Markets with 1%. While all other markets almost exceptionally increased since 1996, the US market experienced both increases and decreases.84 Figure 2.20 provides information regarding European securitisation issuance.85 UK was the largest European issuer in 2007 with a volume of USD 237 billion or 34.7%, followed by Spain with 12.3%, the Netherlands with 8.2%, Italy with 5.3%, and Germany with 3.7%. About a third of the European issues are pan-European issues, which cannot be attributed to individual countries.
By Collateral Now, we give an overview on securitisation issuance in the US and in Europe with respect to their collateral.86 Figure 2.21 shows the breakdown of securitisation by collateral in the US.87 In 2007, MBS had by far the largest share of securitisation issuance (70%), followed by home equity (7.7%), credit cards, mortgage loans, autos and student loans. The report does not explain the meaning of “Other”. Furthermore, it is unclear how big the proportion of CDOs is. Over half of MBS volume is handled by three federal agencies: the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or Fannie Mae), the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnae Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or Freddie Mac). The credit crisis taking its origin in the US housing market lead to growing losses reported by the US agencies.88
83
The data is taken from [53] and the underlying data files. See [53, pp. 1–2]. 85 The data is taken from [53] and the underlying data files. 86 No global breakdown by collateral was available. 87 The data is taken from [53] and the underlying data files. We rearranged the data to meet our needs. 88 See [53, p. 2]. 84
2.10 Securitization Markets
53
(a) US
(b) Others Fig. 2.19 Global securitisation issuance by region (in USD billions). Source: International Financial Services, London
Figure 2.22 represents a breakdown of securitisation issuance in Europe by collateral in 2007.89 The most dominant share of total securitisation issuance in Europe in 2007 had MBS with a proportion of 61.9% (thereof RMBS 52.3% and CMBS
89
The data is taken from [53].
54
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Fig. 2.20 European securitisation issuance by region 2007. Source: International Financial Services, London
Fig. 2.21 US securitisation issuance by collateral 2007. Source: International Financial Services, London
9.6%). Growth in RMBS has been partly linked to diversification into alternative sources of funding by some banks. For example, RMBS outstanding at Northern Rock totalled 58% of its mortgage assets in 2006. The CMBS market in Europe fell back to USD 48 billion in 2007 from USD 60 billion in 2006. The CDO market had the second-largest issuance volume with 26.5%.90 The overall European securitisation issuance remained at approximately the same level with 497 billion Euro in 2007, compared to 481 billion Euro in 2006. This is actually due to the high issuance in the first half of the year 2007. In the result of the global credit market crisis, the issuance declined in the second half by more than 42%. Especially bad was the fourth quarter of the year. RMBS volume in the fourth
90
See [37, p. 2].
2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis
55
Fig. 2.22 European securitisation issuance by collateral 2007. Source: International Financial Services, London
quarter decreased by 52% compared to the fourth quarter of 2006. In the CDO sector the decrease in the fourth quarter of 2007 was even almost 80% in comparison to the fourth quarter of 2006. Overall issuance in 2008 is expected to be significantly lower.91
2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis After having considered development and characteristics of credit derivatives and securitisation markets, we should pay a special attention to the very dramatic and extreme market situation during the ongoing sub-prime crisis. As we will see in our analysis in the next chapters, the crisis has put the markets in an unusual and extreme regime of high credit spreads and high correlation. In this section we are going to describe the origins as well as the run and impact of the crisis. We concentrate especially on the discussion of the complex reasons of the sub-prime crisis since they are important for understanding the impacts and the market situation in 2007– 2009. We also give a short overview of the crisis timeline as well as responses of different authorities in their effort to soften the effects of the crisis. However, we are not going to analyze the efforts and forecasts since this is a very extensive subject that goes beyond the scope of this thesis.
91
See [37, p. 1].
56
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
2.11.1 Causes of the Crisis The sub-prime crisis, having its main origin from the housing bubble in the US, was driven and intensified by numerous other reasons and especially their interaction. The boom of the securitization practice changed the traditional lending procedure of the banks dramatically. The lending standards became extremely low attracting many sub-prime borrows. The consequence was the high demand on homes and the building boom as well as fast growth in home price, that, on its turn, was creating a believe that the price will continue growing and so attracted more and more borrowers and speculators. Before we start discussing the reasons of the sub-prime crisis in detail, we want to notice, that especially the globalization of the financial markets made this crisis especially severe and did not leave untouched the complete world economy.
Boom in the US Housing Market As already mentioned, the boom in the US housing market was the main factor that created the sub-prime crisis. High demand on the US housing market led to the building boom, that generated a surplus on unsold homes and so even stronger falling prices after the housing bubble has collapsed. Figure 2.2392 shows that home sales of existing as well as new homes were continuously increasing from 1996 until 2005. The natural consequence of the growing demand on the housing market were the rising home prices. According to the data of the housing study of the Harvard university, that is shown in Fig. 2.24, the home price in USA increased by approximately 60% during this time period.93 This figure also shows the corresponding development of the mortgage rate. It was on its historical low since many decades and thus creating an easy condition for mortgage financing. The mortgage rate became very low in 2000–2005 due to the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve. Fed lowered the federal funds rate from 6.5 to 1% during 2000–2003 in order to fight the effects of the terror attacks of 2001 and the internet sector bubble of late 1990. The number of homesales in USA has grown to such a high level not mainly due to the population growth. This can be seen from Fig. 2.25 showing the growth in the homeownership rate. This rate, being at 64% for quite a long time until 1994, started increasing continuously up to 69% in 2004–2005. Unfortunately, this growth cannot be explained by the increase in the personal wealth of the US population. Many
92
The data is taken from [46]. Median sales price of existing single-family homes determined by the National Association of Realtorsr , indexed by the Freddie Mac Conventional Mortgage Home Price Index. Mortgage rates are from the Federal Housing Finance Board, Monthly Interest Rate Survey.
93
2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis
57
Fig. 2.23 Home sales in USA. Source: Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University
Fig. 2.24 Home price and mortgage rate evolution in USA. Source: Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University
sub-prime borrowers were encouraged to buy and finance a house by the following favorable conditions: Growing home prices and believe they will continue growing. Low mortgage rates. Low credit borrowing conditions and attractive credit options and features.
58
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Fig. 2.25 Homeownership rates in USA. Source: Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University
We are going to explain the last argument later in this section. Besides of sub-prime home buyers, also speculators played a sound role in this housing bubble. 28% of all home sales in 2005 was made for investment purposes.94 Another 12% of homes sold were vacation residences. All together this makes 40% of home sales in 2005 that were not the main residences of the buyers. Since investors always tend to react fast in order to bound their losses in falling markets, they started selling the houses and leaving the market in 2006 as soon as the prices started dropping. Together with accelerating foreclosures in late 2006, this created a growing offer in the housing market and made the home prices collapsing very fast. The prices of homes of many borrowers became much lower than their mortgages leading to high losses for the banks.
Securitization Boom Growing investor’s appetite for securitization products was another factor that played a serious role in the origination and especially in the magnitude of the sub-prime crisis. As already explained in detail in Sect. 2.7.1, securitization is a mechanism of pooling a high number of risky assets (especially such, for which no direct secondary market exists, like, e.g. mortgages, credit cards receivables, auto loans, etc), which are used as collateral for the securities, that are issued and sold
94
See [26] (http://money.cnn.com/2007/04/30/real estate/speculators fleeing housing markets/ index.htm).
2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis
59
to investors in many tranches with different risk levels. As already described, the securities collateralized by mortgages are called MBS. So the default risk of borrowers financing their houses was transferred from banks to a wide circle of investors mainly through MBS. Further, MBS were even pooled with other structured securities once again to serve as collateral for CDOs. As described in Sect. 2.10, MBS and CDO investment have won on popularity and interest among the investors. Although it is very difficult to estimate the real risk of such instruments due to their high complexity, investors mainly relied on their high ratings from the rating agencies when doing their investment decisions. The fact, that the yields on these instruments have been higher than the yields on the traditional corporate bonds with the same rating, made the MBS and CDO investments especially attractive for investors. In the traditional lending practice, a bank giving a mortgage to a borrower was keeping the default risk. In such a case, the bank was interested to prove the value of the house and the credit ability of the borrower. In the new lending practice, where the default risk of many borrowers was pooled and removed from the balance sheet of the bank, the bank did not really care anymore whether the borrower will be ever able to repay his mortgage. The banks were interested in originating mortgages in order to earn fees and transfer the risks from their books via a securitization mechanism. At this point we must notice, that not all banks were practicing this kind of lending. Of course, there were still banks retaining the credit risks of the mortgages they have lent. Unfortunately, the practice of sub-prime mortgages origination with risk-transfer became so much widespread, that the losses from it were more than enough to create a global economic crisis. Figure 2.26 shows that the volume of sub-prime mortgage origination in USA was continuously increasing until 2005 while the volumes of prime mortgages were decreasing. The securitized share of sub-prime mortgages increased from 54% in 2001 to 75% in 2006.95 We also want to notice, that the problem with securitization instruments that appeared during the sub-prime crisis is not a problem of the concept of securitization, but a problem of implementation and risk measurement and management. Since the risks used to be considered almost uncorrelated and the historical default rates were quite low, the real danger of these transaction was overseen even by rating agencies. As the housing and securitization boom escalated, these “uncorrelated risks shifted” and became “systematic” and “highly correlated.”96 The damage from defaulted MBS to the US and European financial sector was very high since many financial institutions invested huge amounts in MBS and CDO after having issued much debt. Especially investment banks, that were subject to less strict regulation rules than commercial banks, could take a very high leverage by borrowing money at low interest rates for investing them in MBS and CDOs in hope to get high returns.
95 96
See [104] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subprime mortgage crisis), [29]. See [83].
60
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
Fig. 2.26 Sub-prime versus prime mortgages originations. Source: Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University
High-Risk Lending Practices The last years before the collapse of the housing boom in the US were characterized with widespread high-risk lending and borrowing practices. Low mortgage rates as well as low sub-prime risk premium made financing houses attractive for a much brighter range than traditional borrowers. In order to be able to earn more fees by originating loans, the risks of which could be transferred from the books with the help of securitization instruments, lenders and brokers began offering mortgages in a very aggressive way. Figure 2.26 shows the growing volumes of sub-prime mortgages and especially their share in total volume until late 2006 – beginning 2007. From the beginning 2007, when the default rates increased dramatically, this sub-prime lending practice stopped, while the volumes of prime mortgages stayed stable. Many sub-prime borrowers, even such without any income, were attracted to buy and finance a house through a number of extremely risky lending options. For example, adjusted-rate mortgages (ARM) were very popular. These are mortgages with low interest rates for some initial period, which were adjusted to market rates afterwards. Many borrowers could not pay much higher monthly amounts after the rate was adjusted. Another risky credit option was “interest-only” option, where no principal payments were to be made during some initial period. The so called “payment option” was going even a step further and allowing the borrower to pay variable amounts and adding any unpaid interest to the principal. The automated loan approval practice has especially been criticized: there were no sufficient reviews and documentation for a large part of sub-prime mortgages.
2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis
61
Fig. 2.27 Loan-to-Price (LtP) ratios for single-family mortgages in USA. Source: Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University
This resulted in average Loan-to-Price ratios (see Fig. 2.27) which increased up to 80% in 2007. The share of loans with LtP ratio above 90% grew even to 30%. After the home prices collapsed in 2007–2008, the outstanding loans of many borrowers were even much higher than the house prices.
Credit Ratings Rating agencies have suffered a serious reputation damage during the sub-prime crisis. Many CDOs and MBS, securitized by sub-prime mortgages, were granted high investment rate ratings from rating agencies that allowed the originators to sell large volumes of these products to investors around the world. The risk was often estimated as low because the over-collateralization and interest coverage tests as well as asset correlation, which was believed to be quite low, were seen to have risk-reducing effects. Only some month after the beginning of the sub-prime crisis, the rating agencies started reviewing their rating criteria and lowered credit ratings of many CDOs and MBS.
Government Actions Unfortunately, these were also US government policies that contributed to the crisis. Increasing homeownership rates, especially among the low income social class,
62
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
was a goal of the administrations of Clinton and Bush. To meet that goal, the government actions encouraged the mortgage industry to lower the lending standards. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were even receiving government incentive payments for purchasing MBS pooled by low income borrowers. We refer an interested reader to [100]97 for more details and references on this point.
2.11.2 Impact of the Crisis The impacts of the sub-prime crisis were very strong and serious for the overall global economy. They started in 2007 with the collapse in the US mortgage industry and continued with the liquidity crisis affecting the complete financial sector. Banking downturn became especially visible in September 2008 with failure, merger and government rescue actions of several big banks and insurance companies. The implications for other industrial sectors and general economy came much faster than experts ever assumed.
Collapse in Sub-Prime Mortgage Industry and Downturn in Financial Sector On this point, we just want to list some central events of the ongoing credit crunch. We follow here the article [103]98 and [99]99 and refer to them for a detailed timeline: February–March 2007. Sub-prime industry collapse, several sub-prime lenders
97
declaring bankruptcy, announcing significant losses, or putting themselves up for sale. These include Accredited Home Lenders Holding, New Century Financial, DR Horton and Countrywide Financial. April 2, 2007. New Century Financial, largest US sub-prime lender, files for Chap. 11 bankruptcy.100 July 30, 2007. IKB communicates an urgent notice: the bank is in a threatening situation due to losses on the US sub-prime market. August 2007. Worldwide “credit crunch” as sub-prime mortgage backed securities are discovered in portfolios of banks and hedge funds around the world, from BNP Paribas to Bank of China. August 16, 2007. Countrywide Financial Corporation, the biggest US mortgage lender, narrowly avoids bankruptcy by taking out an emergency loan of USD 11 billion from a group of banks.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Government policies and the subprime mortgage crisis. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subprime crisis impact timeline. 99 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Global financial crisis of 2008-2009. 100 Chapter 11 is a chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, which permits reorganization under the bankruptcy laws of the United States. 98
2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis
63
September 30, 2007. Internet banking pioneer NetBank goes bankrupt, and the
Swiss bank UBS announces that it lost USD 690 million in the third quarter. October 5, 2007. Merrill Lynch announces a USD 5.5 billion loss as a conse-
quence of the sub-prime crisis, which is revised to USD 8.4 billion on October 24. March 16, 2008. Bear Stearns is acquired for USD 2 a share by JPMorgan Chase
in a fire sale avoiding bankruptcy. The deal is backed by the Federal Reserve, providing up to USD 30 billion to cover possible Bear Stearn losses. July 11, 2008. IndyMac Bank failure. IndyMac Bank was the largest savings and loan association in the Los Angeles area and the seventh-largest mortgage originator in the United States. July 17, 2008. Major banks and financial institutions reported losses of approximately USD 435 billion. September 7, 2008. Federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which at that point owned or guaranteed about half of the US’s USD 12 trillion mortgage market, effectively nationalizing them. This causes panic because almost every home mortgage lender and Wall Street bank relied on them to facilitate the mortgage market and investors worldwide owned USD 5.2 trillion of debt securities backed by them. September 14, 2008. Merrill Lynch is sold to Bank of America. September 15, 2008. Lehman Brothers files for bankruptcy protection. September 17, 2008. The US Federal Reserve lends USD 85 billion to American International Group (AIG) to avoid bankruptcy. September 21, 2008. The two remaining investment banks, Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley, with the approval of the Federal Reserve, converted to bank holding companies, a status subject to more regulation, but with readier access to capital. September 25, 2008. Washington Mutual is seized by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and its banking assets are sold to JP MorganChase for USD 1.9 billion. September 28, 2008. Fortis, a huge Benelux banking and finance company, was partially nationalized by Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg. September 29, 2008. Wachovia, the 4th largest bank in the United States, is announced to be possibly acquired by Citigroup. German finance minister announced a rescue of Hypo Real Estate, a Munich-based holding company comprised of a number of real estate financing banks, but the deal collapsed on Saturday, October 4. The government of Iceland nationalized Glitnir, Iceland’s third largest lender. September 30, 2008. The Irish government undertook a 2 year “guarantee arrangement” of six Irish banks with the potential liability involved about 400 billion dollars. October 3, 2008. Wachovia rejected the previous offer from Citigroup in favor of acquisition by Wells Fargo. October 6, 2008. Revised bailout plan for German mortgage lender Hypo Real Estate.
64
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
October 7, 2008. Standard & Poor’s cut Iceland’s foreign-currency sovereign
credit rating from A =A 2 to BBB=A 3 and local-currency sovereign credit rating from A C =A 1 to BBB C =A 2. S&P also lowered Iceland’s banking industry country risk assessment from group 5 to group 8, worrying that “in a severe recession scenario, the cumulative amount of non-performing and restructured loans could reach 35–50% of total outstanding loans in Iceland”. October 9, 2008. Icelandic Financial Supervisory Authority took control of the country’s biggest bank Kaupthing Bank. October–December 2008. Further announcements of government rescue actions in Europe, US and Asia. December 2008. Madoff Ponzi scandal. January 19, 2009. “Blue Monday”. Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS) announced the biggest corporate losses in United Kingdom history. Shares in all other British banks suffered heavy losses on this day.
Market Crash After the Dow Jones Industrial Average hit a record high on July 19, 2007, closing above 14,000 for the first time, the downturn of the global financial markets began. Dow Jones Industrial, S&P500, DAX 30 as well as many other indices lost about 20% until the collapse of the financial sector began in September 2008. The week of October 6–10 was the worst week for the stock market in 75 years. The Dow Jones lost 22.1% during its worst week on record. Since reaching a record high of 14,164.53 on October 9, 2007, Dow Jones was down 40.3% by the end of this week. The Standard & Poor’s 500 index lost 18.2% this week that was its worst since 1933. Since its own high on October 9, 2007, it was down 42.5%. The developments in the financial sector described above as well as poor industrial forecasts resulted in panic and sell-out in the market. Since then, the markets were characterized by a very high volatility.
Automobile Industry Crisis The automobile industry was the first suffering serious problems after the financial crash in the second half of 2008.101 The problems started already some years before due to the high oil prices making consumers turning away of SUV’s,102 that was the main market of General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in the US, and preferring more oil efficient and cheap cars from the abroad. The credit crunch in 2008 contributed to a rapid worsening of the situation. The sales of the most car manufacturers felt by up to 30% in 2008 due to tightening in consumer credits. Besides, the manufacturers
101 102
See [96], http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Automotive industry crisis of 2008. Sports Utility Vehicles.
2.11 Sub-Prime Crisis
65
faced the liquidity and crediting problems themselves. Also automotive suppliers suffered large order cuts starting October 2008. General Economic Effects The credit crisis has and will have serious implication for the global economy in general. Experts are aware of decrease in consumption and GDP all around the globe followed by unemployment growth. In USA, for example, the unemployment rate rose already until October 2008 to its highest level since 1994, reaching 6.5%.103 The consequences of the sub-prime crisis are especially heavy for minority groups in USA that received a disproportionate number of sub-prime mortgages, and so have experienced a disproportionate level of the resulting foreclosures. This had also the implication of dramatic reduction in sub-prime lending to minorities. Due to surplus of new houses and homes of defaulted borrowers that can not be sold, house-related crimes like robbery and arson increased significantly in the US.
2.11.3 Efforts on Crisis Fighting As already mentioned, we are going to consider various efforts on fighting the crisis only briefly not going deep into the details. The most important actions are: Government bailouts of financial firms. The timeline of the financial sector down-
turn presented above which contained only some of the most central points shows that numerous government bailout actions in US and Europe have taken place. Many large banks, insurances and the US GSEs would not be able to manage the consequences of the crisis without the help of governments. This process is still going on in the beginning of 2009.104 Economic and consumption stimulus of governments. US and European governments also undertook some actions to stimulate consumption, and thus to limit the decrease in economic growth, by, e.g., changing the income tax or giving income tax rebates. Housing and economic recovery act of 2008 in USA. Several acts intended to restore confidence in the American mortgage industry.105 Lowering interest rates by Fed and central banks. The targets for the federal funds rate and discount rates of Fed and central banks were significantly lowered. 103
See [23], http://www.rte.ie/business/2008/1107/usa.html. For more information see, e.g., [102] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List of acquired or bankrupt banks in the late 2000s financial crisis), [98] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac), [93] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Government inter vention during the subprime mortgage crisis), [97] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proposed bailout of U.S. financial system (2008)). 105 For more information see, e.g., [94] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008). 104
66
2 Credit Derivatives and Markets
For the end of 2008 the target rate in USA was only 0–0.25% while the Eurozone was still hesitating to go that low and reached only 2% in middle January 2009. Fed providing short-term liquidity loans to banks. Besides of lowing interest rates, Fed was supporting the liquidity in the market by providing banks with short-term liquidity loans.106 Fed purchasing MBS from GSEs.107 To help making also mortgage rates lower, Fed announced a USD 600 billion program for purchasing MBS from GSEs. Fed does not want to risk pumping the money in the ill financial system directly in the hope that the banks will pass it as credits. Fed is going to provide companies, consumers and real estate buyers directly with the money. Fed credits directly or refinances the banks that give credits and so tries to make the credit markets functioning again. Changes in regulation. Without a doubt, the lessons from the sub-prime crisis must be learned and leave their marks in regulation and legislature. Possible actions are being considered for lending practice, bankruptcy protection, tax policies, affordable housing, credit counseling, education, and the licensing and qualifications of lenders.108 “Hope now alliance”. This is a collaborative effort between the US Government and private industry to help certain sub-prime borrowers. President George W. Bush announced a plan to voluntarily and temporarily freeze the mortgages of a limited number of mortgage debtors holding ARMs. In general, the program encourages loan adjustments in order to avoid foreclosures.109
We also want to note, that a large number of sub-prime crisis related crimes was under investigation of FBI and criminal police in Europe.
106
For more information see, e.g., [92] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Federal Reserve responses to the subprime crisis). 107 Government Sponsored Enterprise: Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. 108 For more information see, e.g., [95] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regulatory responses to the subprime crisis). 109 For more information see, e.g., [101] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hope Now Alliance).
Chapter 3
Mathematical Preliminaries
In this chapter the mathematical preliminaries relevant for this thesis are provided. First of all, we present the basic definitions and the central facts of the stochastic calculus. In the second section, one of the most popular reduced-form single-name credit risk models, namely the default intensity model is described. This model is going to be used in the further chapters for CDS and CDO modeling. We will not discuss the variety of the single-name credit risk models in this thesis, since we concentrate on the portfolio credit risk and correlation modeling. In the third section, the central facts and estimation algorithms of the Hidden Markov Models theory are covered. Finally, the structure of the rating migration matrices and computation of the migration probabilities is discussed in the fourth section.
3.1 Stochastic Calculus We use [106] and [15], for the description of the theory of stochastic calculus.
3.1.1 Probability Spaces and Stochastic Processes Definition 3.1 (-Algebra). If ˝ is a given set, then a -algebra F on ˝ is a family F of subsets of ˝ with the following properties: (i) ˝ 2 F (ii) A 2 F ) AC D ˝nA 2 F 1 S Ai 2 F . (iii) A1 ; A2 ; : : : 2 F ) A WD i D1
The pair .˝; F / is called a measurable space. Definition 3.2 (Measure). A measure on a measurable space .˝; F / is a function W F ! Œ0; C1/ such that
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 3, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
67
68
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
(i) .¿/ D 0 and .A/ 0 for all A 2 FT . (ii) If A1 ; A2 ; : : : 2 F are disjoint (i.e. Ai Aj D ¿ if i ¤ j ) then 1 1 X [ Ai D .Ai /: i D1
i D1
Definition 3.3 (Probability Measure). A probability measure Q on a measurable space .˝; F / is a function Q W F ! Œ0; 1 such that (i) Q.¿/ D 0; Q.˝/ D 1. T (ii) If A1 ; A2 ; : : : 2 F are disjoint (i.e. Ai Aj D ¿ if i ¤ j ) then 1 1 X [ Q Ai D Q.Ai /: i D1
i D1
Definition 3.4 (Probability Space). The triple .˝; F ; Q/ is called a probability space. A set A 2 F with Q.A/ D 0 is called a .Q/ null set. .˝; F ; Q/ is called a complete probability space if F contains all subsets of the .Q/ null sets. To define stochastic processes we additionally introduce filtered probability spaces. Definition 3.5 (Filtration). A filtration F is a non-decreasing family of sub-sigmaalgebras .Ft /t 0 with Ft F and Fs Ft for all 0 s < t < 1. We call .˝; F ; Q; F/ a filtered probability space, and require that (i) F0 contains all subsets of the .Q/ null sets of F . (ii) F is right-continuous, i.e. Ft D Ft C WD \s>t Fs . .˝; F ; Q; F/ is a complete filtered probability space, if F and each Ft , 0 s < t < 1, is complete. One can think of Ft as the information available at time t, and F D .Ft /t 0 describes the complete flow of information over time assuming that no information is lost in the course of time. To describe the behavior of the financial instruments, their volatility and correlation, we use stochastic processes. Definition 3.6 (Stochastic Process). A stochastic process is a family X D .Xt /t 0 D .X.t//t 0 of random variables Xt defined on the filtered probability space .˝; F ; Q; F/. The stochastic process X is called (i) Adapted to the filtration F if Xt D X.t/ is Ft measurable for all t 0. (ii) Measurable if the mapping X W Œ0; 1/ ˝ ! Rk ; k 2 N, is .B.Œ0; 1// ˝ F B.Rk // measurable with B.Œ0; 1// ˝ F denoting the product sigmaalgebra created by B.Œ0; 1// and F . (iii) Progressively measurable if the mapping X W Œ0; t ˝ ! Rk ; k 2 N, is .B.Œ0; t/ ˝ Ft B.Rk // measurable for each t 0.
3.1 Stochastic Calculus
69
Note that for each t fixed, we have a random variable ! ! Xt .!/; with ! 2 ˝. When fixing ! 2 ˝, we have a function in t, i.e. t ! Xt .!/; called a path of Xt . An important example for a stochastic process is the Wiener process, denoted by W D .Wt /t 0 D .W .t//t 0 . Sometimes it is also called Brownian motion. Definition 3.7 (Wiener Process). Let .˝; F ; Q; F/ be a filtered probability space. The stochastic process W D .Wt /t 0 D .W .t//t 0 is called a .Q/ Brownian motion or .Q/ Wiener process if (i) W .0/ D 0 Q a.s. (ii) W has independent increments, i.e. W .t/ W .s/ is independent of W .t 0 / W .s 0 / for all 0 s 0 t 0 s t < 1. (iii) W has stationary increments, i.e. the distribution of W .t C u/ W .t/ only depends on u for u 0. (iv) Under Q, W has Gaussian increments, i.e. W .t C u/ W .t/ N.0; u/. (v) W has continuous paths Q a.s. We call W , W D .W1 ; : : : ; Wm / D .W1 .t/; : : : ; Wm .t//t 0 a m-dimensional Wiener process, m 2 N, if its components Wj , j D 1; : : : ; m, m 2 N; are independent Wiener processes. One basic concept for modelling in finance, is the so-called martingale. Definition 3.8 (Martingale). Let .˝; F ; Q; F/ be a filtered probability space. A stochastic process X D .X.t//t 0 is called a martingale relative to .Q; F/ if X is adapted, EQ ŒjX.t/j < 1 for all t 0, and EQ D ŒX.t/jFs D X.s/ Q a.s. for all
0 s t < 1:
3.1.2 Stochastic Differential Equations A tool to describe the behaviour of financial assets and derivatives is the Itˆo Process. Definition 3.9 (Itˆo Process). Let Wt be a m-dimensional Wiener process, m 2 N. A stochastic process X D .X.t//t 0 is called an Itˆo process if for all t 0 we have
70
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
Z
t
X.t/ D X.0/ C
Z .s/ds C
0
Z D X.0/ C
t
.s/ds C
0
t
.s/d W .s/ 0 m X
Z
(3.1)
t
j D1 0
j .s/d Wj .s/;
where X.0/ is .F0 / measurable and D ..t//t 0 and D ..t//t 0 are m-dimensional progressively measurable stochastic processes with Z
t 0
Z
j.s/j ds < 1 t
0
j2 .s/ds < 1
Q a.s.
for all
t 0;
Q a.s.
for all
t 0;
(3.2) j D 1; : : : ; m:
(3.3)
A n-dimensional Itˆo process is given by a vector X D .X1 ; : : : ; Xn /; n 2 N, with each Xi being an Itˆo process, i D 1; : : : ; n: Remark 3.1. For convenience we write (3.1) symbolically dX.t/ D .t/dt C .t/d W .t/ D .t/dt C
m X
j .t/d Wj .t/;
(3.4)
j D1
and call this stochastic differential equation (SDE) with drift parameter and diffusion parameter . To use Itˆo’s Lemma, we have to define the quadratic covariance process. Definition 3.10 (Quadratic Covariance Process). Let m 2 N and W .W1 .t/; : : : ; Wm .t//t 0 and X2 D .X2 .t//t 0 be two Itˆo processes with dXi .t/ D i .t/dt C i .t/d W .t/ D i .t/dt C
m X
D
ij .t/d Wj .t/; i D 1; 2:
j D1
Then we call the stochastic process hX1 ; X2 i D .hX1 ; X2 it /t 0 defined by hX1 ; X2 it WD
m Z X j D1 0
t
1j .s/ 2j .s/ds
the quadratic covariance (process) of X1 and X2 . If X1 D X2 DW X we call the stochastic process hX i WD hX; X i the quadratic variation (process) of X , i.e. hX; X it WD
m Z X j D1 0
t
Z j2 .s/ds
t
D 0
k.x/k2 ds;
3.1 Stochastic Calculus
where k.t/k WD WD 1 .
71
qP
m j D1
j2 ; t 2 Œ0; 1/ denotes the Euclidean norm in Rm and
Theorem 3.1 (Itˆo’s Lemma). Let W D .W .t//t 0 be a m-dimensional Wiener process, m 2 N, and X D .X.t//t 0 be an Itˆo process with dX.t/ D .t/dt C .t/d W .t/ D .t/dt C
m X
j .t/d Wj .t/:
(3.5)
j D1
Furthermore, let G W R Œ0; 1/ ! R be twice continuously differentiable in the first variable, with the derivatives denoted by Gx and Gxx , and once continuously differentiable in the second, with the derivative denoted by Gt . Then we have for all t 2 Œ0; 1/ Z
t
Gt .X.s/; s/ds G.X.t/; t/ D G.X.0/; 0/ C 0 Z Z t 1 t Gx .X.s/; s/dX.s/ C Gxx .X.s/; s/d hX i .s/ C 2 0 0 or briefly dG.X.t/; t/ D .Gt .X.t/; t/ C Gx .X.t/; t/.t/ 1 C Gxx .X.t/; t/ k.t/k2 /dt C Gx .X.t/; t/.t/d W .t/: 2
3.1.3 Equivalent Measure Q be two measures defined on Definition 3.11 (Equivalent Measure). Let Q and Q Q is absolutely continuous with respect the same measurable space .˝; F /. We say Q Q Q, if Q.A/ Q Q Q to Q, written Q D 0 whenever Q.A/ D 0, A 2 F . If both Q Q we call Q and Q Q equivalent measures and denote this by Q Q Q. and Q Q, The definition of equivalent measures states that two measures are equivalent if and only if they have same null sets. Definition 3.12 (Radon Nikodym Derivative). Let Q be a sigma-finite measure Q be a measure on the measurable space .˝; F / with Q Q < 1. Then Q Q Q and Q if and only if there exists an integrable function f 0 Qa.s. such that Q Q.A/ D
Z f d Q 8A 2 F : A
Q with respect to Q and is also written f is called the Radon–Nikodym derivative of Q Q dQ as f D d Q .
72
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
Let D ..t//t 0 be a m-dimensional progressively measurable stochastic process, m 2 N, with Z
t
0
j2 .s/ds < 1
Q a:s:
8t 0; j D 1; : : : ; m
Let the stochastic process L. / D .L.; t//t 0 D .L..t/; t//t 0 , 8t 0 be defined by R Rt 1 t 0 2 L.; t/ D e 0 .s/ d W .s/ 2 0 jj.s/jj ds Note that the stochastic process X. / D .X.; t//t 0 D .X..t/; t//t 0 with Z t Z 1 t 0 X.; t/ WD .s/ d W .s/ C jj.s/jj2 ds 2 0 0 or 1 dX.; t/ WD jj.t/jj2 dt C .t/0 d W .t/ 2 P 2 is 8t 2 Œ0; 1/ an Itˆo process with ..t/; t/ D 12 jj.t/jj2 D 12 m j D1 j .t/ and 0 ..t/; t/ D .t/ . Thus, using the transformation G W R Œ0; 1/ 7! R with G.x; t/ D e x and Itˆo’s Lemma (Theorem 3.1) with G.X.; t/; t/ D e X.;t / D L.; t/ we obtain:1 dL.; t/ D L.; t/.t/0 d W .t/ Lemma 3.1 (Novikov Condition). Let and L. / be as defined above. Then L. / D .L.; t//t 2Œ0;T is a continuous (Q) martingale if h 1 Rt i 2 EQ e 2 0 jj.s/jj ds < 1: Remark 3.2. Under Novikov’s condition Z
T 0
and
Z
T 0
k.s/k2 ds < 1
k.s/k2 ds < 1
Q a:s:
Q a:s:
for all t 2 Œ0; T
Q D QL.;T / on the measure Remark 3.3. For each T 0 we define the measure Q space .˝; FT / by Q Q.A/ WD EQ Œ1A L.; T / D
1
For a detailed calculation, see [106, p. 33].
Z A
L.; T /d Q for all A 2 FT ;
3.2 Modeling Single-Name Defaults with the Intensity Models
73
which is a probability measure if L.; T / is a Q-martingale. In this case, L.; T / is Q i.e. L.; T / D d QQ on .˝; FT /. the Q-density of Q, dQ Q In the following, we provide the Girsanov Theorem, which shows how a .Q/ Wiener process WQ D .WQ .t//t 2Œ0;T starting with a .Q/ Wiener process W D .W .t//t 0 can be constructed. Theorem 3.2 (Girsanov). Let W D .W1 .t/; : : : ; Wm .t//t 0 be a m-dimensional Q and T 2 Œ0; 1/ be as defined above, .Q/ Wiener process, m 2 N; ; L. /; Q, and the m-dimensional stochastic process WQ D .WQ 1 ; : : : ; WQ m / D .WQ 1 .t/; : : : ; WQ m .t//t 2Œ0;T be defined by Z t WQ j .t/ WD Wj .t/ C j .s/ds; t 2 Œ0; T ; j D 1; : : : ; m; 0
i.e.
d WQ .t/ WD .t/dt C d W .t/; t 2 Œ0; T :
If the stochastic process L. / D .L.; t//t 2Œ0;T is a .Q/ martingale, then the Q stochastic process WQ is a m-dimensional .Q/ Wiener process on the measure space .˝; FT /.
3.2 Modeling Single-Name Defaults with the Intensity Models This section provides a brief introduction to the default intensity model, that will be applied in the next chapter for the pricing of single name CDS and CDO tranches. We choose this model to calculate the expected losses in the notional of the instruments at every spread payment date. Further, the valuation formulas of the single-name CDS with the default intensity model are derived, and the estimation procedures of the constant and step-wise constant intensity models are described in this section.
3.2.1 Default Intensity Model Default intensity models characterize default probabilities in a very simple way, independently from other market factors, what makes the model very convenient for use and calibration. The default intensity models belong to the class of reducedform models. In contrast to structural models, reduced form models do not connect defaults to fundamental data of a firm, such as the stock market capitalization or the leverage ratio.2 They rather assume defaults to be exogenous events that occur at unknown times . These models assign probabilities to different outcomes of . 2
For theoretical background regarding credit risk modeling, we refer, for example, to [34] or [42].
74
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
Reduced form models characterize the random nature of defaults for an obligor typically in terms of the first “arrival” of defaults over time with a Poisson process. We start with the definitions of the Poisson distribution and the exponential distribution, continue with the definition of the Poisson process and, finally, the default intensity model.3 Definition 3.13 (Poisson Distribution). A random variable X follows a Poisson distribution with parameter > 0 (X P./), if Q ŒX D x D exp./
x ; xŠ
x 2 N0 :
(3.6)
Then, Q ŒX x is given by Q ŒX x D
x X
exp./
i D0
i : iŠ
Mean and variance of a Poisson distributed random variable are given by E ŒX D and V ŒX D : Before we define the Poisson process, we give the definition of the exponential distribution. Es we are going to see later, this distribution is tightly connected to the Poisson process. Definition 3.14 (Exponential Distribution). A random variable X follows an exponential distribution with parameter > 0 (X Exp./), if its density function is of the form f .x/ D exp.x/;
x 0:
The corresponding distribution function has the form F .x/ D 1 exp.x/;
x 0:
(3.7)
Mean and variance of an exponential distributed random variable are given by E ŒX D
1 1 and V ŒX D 2 .
Now, we can define a counting process, and afterwards the Poisson process and its characteristics.4
3
For more background regarding the Poisson distribution, we refer, for example, to [45, p. 213], or to [57, p. 86]. 4 Here we follow [68, pp. 484–487].
3.2 Modeling Single-Name Defaults with the Intensity Models
75
Definition 3.15 (Counting process). A stochastic process X D X.t/t 0 is called a counting process if its sample paths are right continuous with left limits existing, and there exists a sequence of random variables T0 D 0; T1 ; T2 ; : : : tending almost surely to 1 such that 1 X IfTk t g : (3.8) X.t/ D kD1
A homogeneous Poisson process is a special case of a counting process. Definition 3.16. A stochastic process X D X.t/t 0 is a homogeneous Poisson process with intensity > 0 if the following properties hold: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
X is a counting process. X.0/ D 0 almost surely. X has stationary and independent increments. X.t/ P.t/.
Following theorem contains the main properties of the homogeneous Poisson process (see [68, p. 486]). Theorem 3.3. For X a counting process the following statements are equivalent: (i) X is a homogenous Poisson process with intensity > 0. (ii) X has stationary and independent increments and QŒX.t/ D 1 D t C o.t/; as t # 0; QŒX.t/ 2 D o.t/; as t # 0: (iii) The times between events .k D Tk Tk1 /fk1g are independent identically distributed with exponential distribution Exp./. (iv) For all t > 0, X.t/ P.t/ and, given that X.t/ D k, the occurrence times T1 ; T2 ; : : : ; Tk have the same distribution as the ordered sample from k independent random variables, uniformly distributed on Œ0; t. So the conditional joint density is f.T1 ;:::;Tk jX.t /Dk/ .t1 ; : : : ; tk / D
kŠ If0
In the context of credit risk modeling, Q ŒXt D x denotes the probability of exactly x defaults within a t-year time interval. Mean and variance of a Poisson process are consequently given by E ŒX D t and V ŒX D t: The unconditional probability of no defaults (survival probability) in a t-year time interval can be easily calculated by setting x D 0 in (3.6): Q ŒXt D 0 D exp.t/:
(3.9)
76
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
Analogously, we can calculate the unconditional probability of exactly one default in a t-year time interval by setting x D 1 in (3.6): Q ŒXt D 1 D t exp.t/:
(3.10)
For pricing credit derivatives, the expected time of the first default is of great interest. Let be the time of the first default, which is a continuous random variable with distribution function Q.t/. For Q.t/ we can write ( Q Œ t D 1 Q Œ > t ; if t 0 Q.t/ D 0 ; if t < 0: Note that Q Œ > t is the probability of no defaults up to time t, which is given by (3.9). Thus, for t 0, we can write Q.t/ D 1 exp.t/:
(3.11)
This can be thought of as the unconditional probability of the first default before or at time t. / The unconditional density function of is defined as @Q.t @t , and we can write q.t/ WD
@Q.t/ D exp.t/: @t
(3.12)
Note that q.t/ is the density function and Q.t/ the distribution function of an exponentially distributed random variable. Therefore, the time of first default is exponentially distributed when defaults follow a Poisson process.5 The survival probability until time t is given by: Q Œ > t D exp.t/;
t 0:
It is possible to extend the default intensity model to the case of a non constant, but deterministic function of intensity rate .t/. Then it can be shown that the survival probability can be written as 1 0 t Z exp @ .s/ds A : 0
3.2.2 Valuation of Single Name Credit Default Swaps We make the following assumptions and notations on the CDS contract: t1 < < tn D T denote the spread payment dates with T the maturity of the
CDS. 5
See [18, p. 317].
3.2 Modeling Single-Name Defaults with the Intensity Models
77
t0 such that t0 < t1 is the valuation date. We assume that this date lies not earlier
than the settlement date of the CDS, i.e. this is not a forward CDS. The premium payments are made in arrear – at time tk for the payment period
from tk1 to tk .
We assume that the notional amount equals 1. We denote the annual spread that is the base for the calculation of the premium
payments with s.
Rt .s/ds
D e .t t0 / is the survival probability from t0 to t as defined in the previous section. B.t0 ; ti / is the discount factor. We assume recovery R. S.t0 ; t/ D e
t0
Then, the premium leg of the CDS is calculated as: Premium Leg CDS.t0 ; .ti /i D1;:::;n ; s; / n X ti s S.t0 ; ti / B.t0 ; ti / D D
i D1 n X
(3.13)
ti s e .ti t0 / B.t0 ; ti /;
i D1
where ti D ti ti 1 . Protection payments are made immediately at default. However, to avoid integration we assume that the protection is paid only at times ti as well. The protection payment at time ti equals .1 R/ with the probability that the default happened during the previous payment period. Then the value of the protection leg can be calculated according to: Protection Leg CDS.t0 ; .ti /i D1;:::;n ; R; / Ztn D .1 R/B.t0 ; s/d.1 S.t0 ; s//
(3.14)
t0
D D
n X i D1 n X
.1 R/ .S.t0 ; ti 1 / S.t0 ; ti // B.t0 ; ti / .1 R/ e .ti 1 t0 / e .ti t0 / B.t0 ; ti /:
i D1
Then the value of the CDS from the point of view of the protection seller is PV CDS.t0 ; .ti /i D1;:::;n ; s; R; / D Premium Leg CDS.t0 ; .ti /i D1;:::;n ; s; / Protection Leg CDS.t0 ; .ti /i D1;:::;n ; R; /:
(3.15)
78
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
3.2.3 Estimation of the Default Intensity of Credit Default Swaps The CDS contracts are settled in such way that their initial value is zero, i.e. the both parties do not have to make any initial payments. This means that given a market spread quote s at time t0 of the CDS with payment dates .ti /i D1;:::;n , we know that its value is zero: PV CDS.t0 ; .ti /i D1;:::;n ; s; R; / D 0: (3.16) The value of the recovery is not observable, one has to make some assumption on it for pricing a CDS. Then the only unknown parameter is the default intensity and we can find it solving (3.16). If CDS contracts of the same firm with different maturities are traded in the market, it does not make much sense to use a constant intensity. If we estimate the constant intensity from the CDS spreads with different maturities we will get different values. Furthermore, we do not use the information on the default intensity from the shorter maturities to value the contracts with longer maturities. This brings inconsistency into the model. So we can extend the model and use some timedependent function for the default intensity. The most simple form for the default intensity function is clearly a step-wise constant function: 8 ˆ 1 ; if t0 t T1 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ : < :: .t/ D i ; if Ti 1 < t Ti ; ˆ ˆ ˆ::: ˆ ˆ : ; if T k k1 < t Tk given the market quotes for CDS with maturities T1 ; : : : ; Ti ; : : : ; Tk . The corresponding survival probability is then Rt .s/ds
e
t0
D e 1 .T1 t0 /:::i .Ti Ti 1 /:::l .t Tl1 /
for l such that Tl1 < t Tl . Then the values of i can be estimated recursively starting with the shortest maturity.6
3.3 Hidden Markov Model A Hidden Markov Model (HMM) is characterized by two stochastic processes. The first process .Xk /k2N0 is a Markov chain with multiple states. However, this Markov chain is not observable, but only the second stochastic process .Yk /k2N0 is 6
A simple example of estimating the default intensity for one maturity is given in Sect. 4.2.6.
3.3 Hidden Markov Model
79
observable. The distribution of the second process Yk depends on the current state of the Markov chain Xk only. In this section, we give a general definition of HMM and outline the two important estimation algorithms, the Baum–Welch and Viterbi. The Baum–Welch algorithm is used to estimate the model parameters. Afterwards, the “most likely” sequence of the Markov chain states can be defined with the help of the Viterbi algorithm. We follow [24] and [56] to present the basics of the Hidden Markov Models. Definition 3.17 (Transition function). Let .˝1 ; F1 / and .˝2 ; F2 / be two measurable spaces. A transition function from .˝1 ; F1 / to .˝2 ; F2 / is a function K W ˝1 F2 ! Œ0; 1, such that: (i) A2 7! K.!1 ; A2 / is a probability measure for all !1 2 ˝1 . (ii) !1 ! 7 K.!1 ; A2 / is measurable for all A2 2 F2 . (Interpretation: K.!1 ; A2 / denotes the conditional probability of A2 given !1 ) In case ˝1 D ˝2 , K is called Markovian transition function on .˝1 ; F1 /. A transition function has a density with respect to a measure , if there exists a non-negative measurable (on F1 ˝ F2 ) function p: ˝1 ˝2 ! Œ0; 1 such that Z K.x; A/ D
p.x; y/ .dy/; A
A 2 F2 ; x 2 !1
(3.17)
The function k is called a transition density. Definition 3.18 (Markov Chain). Let .˝; F ; Q; F/ be a filtered probability space and K be the Markovian transition function on the measurable space .˝; F /. An ˝valued stochastic process .Xk /k2N0 is called a Markov Chain under Q with respect to the filtration F with transition function K, if .Xk /k2N0 is adapted to the filtration F and it holds for all k 2 N0 and A 2 F : Q.XkC1 2 AjFk / D K.Xk ; A/:
(3.18)
The distribution of X0 is then the initial distribution of the Markov Chain, and ˝ is called a state space. Definition 3.19 (Hidden Markov Model). Let .˝1 ; F1 / and .˝2 ; F2 / be two measurable spaces. Further, let K1 be a Markovian transition function on .˝1 ; F1 /, and K2 be a transition function from .˝1 ; F1 / to .˝2 ; F2 /. Then a transition function T on the space product .˝1 ˝2 ; F1 ˝ F2 / is defined as “ T Œ.x; y/; C D C
K1 .x; dx 0 /K2 .x 0 ; dy 0 /; .x; y/ 2 ˝1 ˝2 ; C 2 F1 ˝ F2 : (3.19)
The Markov Chain .Xk ; Yk /k2N0 with the transition function T and the initial distribution ˝ K2 , with a probability measure on .˝1 ; F1 /, is called a Hidden
80
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
Markov Model. It is assumed that the transition function T has a transition density t, that can be written as tŒ.x; y/; .x 0 ; y 0 / D p1 .x; x 0 /p2 .x 0 ; y 0 /;
(3.20)
where p1 and p2 are the transition densities of K1 and K2 respectively. Further we consider a HMM as in Definition 3.19. The transition functions and the initial distribution are usually unknown and have to be estimated. The common way to estimate the unknown parameters is the maximization of the likelihood function. This means the joint distribution density of .X0 ; Y0 ; : : : Xn ; Yn/ which is given by fn .x0 ; y0 ; : : : ; xn ; yn I ˚/ D .x0 I ˚/p2 .x0 ; y0 I ˚/p1 .x0 ; x1 I ˚/p2 .x1 ; y1 I ˚/ p1 .xn1 ; xn I ˚/p2 .xn ; yn I ˚/; (3.21) has to be maximized with respect to the parameter vector ˚. To do so, the realisations of the random variables should be plugged into the joint distribution function. However, a HMM has the problem that the process .Xk /k2N0 is not observable. So the realizations x0 ; : : : ; xn of X0 ; : : : ; Xn are unknown. For this reason a different approach is used to estimate the parameters of a HMM. Instead of maximizing the joint distribution function, the expected value of the logarithm of the joint distribution function conditional on the given observations is maximized. An algorithm, estimating the parameters via maximizing the expected value, is called an expectation maximizing algorithm or EM-Algorithm. An EM-Algorithm has two steps in each iteration, the E-step and the M-step. These steps of the algorithm on an HMM with the joint distribution in (3.21) are as follows: E-Step: Let ˚ i be the estimator of the parameter vector ˚ in the i th iteration.
Define Q.˚I ˚ i / D E˚ i Œlog.fn .X0 ; Y0 ; : : : ; Xn ; Yn I ˚//jY0 ; : : : ; Yn D E˚ i Œlog .X0 I ˚/jY0 ; : : : ; Yn n X C E˚ i Œlog p2 .Xk ; Yk I ˚/jY0 ; : : : ; Yn
(3.22)
kD0
C
n1 X
E˚ i Œlog p1 .Xk ; XkC1 I ˚/jY0 ; : : : ; Yn
kD0
M-Step: Find ˚ maximizing Q.˚I ˚ i / and set ˚ i C1 D ˚.
In following we assume, that the state space of the Markov Chain .Xk /k2N0 is finite, i.e. ˝1 D f1; : : : ; sg, s 2 N. The Markovian transition function K1 on .˝1 ; F1 / is then given by a stochastic matrix which is called a transition matrix. We denote the transition matrix of .Xk /k2N0 with ˘ .
3.3 Hidden Markov Model
81
Definition 3.20 (Stochastic Matrix). Let M ¤ ; be a countable set. A matrix ˘ D .˘.x; y//x;y2M W M M ! Œ0; 1P is a stochastic matrix, if y 7! ˘.x; y/ is a countable density for all x 2 M (i.e. D y2M ˘.x; y/ D 1/: Remark 3.4. Consider a Markov Chain .Xk /k2N0 with a finite state space ˝1 D f1; : : : ; sg and a transition matrix ˘ . The (3.18) can be written as Q.XkC1 D xkC1 jX0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk / D ˘.xk ; xkC1 /;
(3.23)
for all k 0, x0 ; : : : ; xkC1 2 ˝1 with Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk / > 0. Before we present the Baum–Welch and the Viterbi Algorithms, we introduce some further notations:
The observed sequence of the process .Yk /k2N0 is denoted with y0 ; : : : ; yn .
jl , j; l D 1; : : : ; s denotes the components of the transition matrix ˘ . The density of the initial distribution X0 is denoted with ı. ıj D Q.X0 D j /, j D 1; : : : ; s, denotes the components of ı. The density of the transition function K2 is denoted with p, and set pk .x/ D p.x; yk I ˚/ D Q.Yk D yk jXk D x/. ˛k;j D Q.Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk ; Xk D j /, 1 j s. ˇk;j D Q.YkC1 D ykC1 ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXk D j /, 1 j s. kjn .j / D Q.Xk D j jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn /, 1 j s. k1Wkjn .j; l/ D Q.Xk1 D j; Xk D ljY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn /, 1 j; l s.
Further, we assume that p is the density of the normal distribution: p.x; yI ˚/ D p
.y x /2 ; exp 2x2 2 x2 1
(3.24)
where the distribution parameter x , x depend on the state x, with x 2 f1; : : : ; sg. The vector ˚ contains all unknown parameters: ˚ D ..ıj /j D1;:::;s ; . jl /j;lD1;:::;s ; .j /j D1;:::;s ; .j /j D1;:::;s /:
(3.25)
Now the Baum–Welch algorithm can be presented. Algorithm 3.3.1 (Baum–Welch algorithm) .i / .i / .i / .i / Let ˚ i D ..ıj /j D1;:::;s ; . jl /j;lD1;:::;s ; .j /j D1;:::;s ; .j /j D1;:::;s / be the parameter values in the i th iteration, and denote all expressions depending on ˚ i by a superscript .i /. 1. Initialization: Choose some starting values for the parameters .0/ .0/ ˚ 0 D ..ıj.0/ /j D1;:::;s ; . jl /j;lD1;:::;s ; ..0/ j /j D1;:::;s ; .j /j D1;:::;s /:
82
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
Set i D 0. 2. E-Step: Forward recursion: for j D 1; : : : ; s set .i / D Q.i / .Y0 D y0 ; X0 D j / D Q.i / .Y0 D y0 jX0 D j /Q.X0 D j / ˛0;j
D p0.i / .j /ıj.i / : For k D 1; : : : ; n determine for all j D 1; : : : ; s .i /
˛k;j D Q.i / .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk ; Xk D j / D
s X
Q.i / .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk ; Xk1 D l; Xk D j /
lD1
D
s X
Q.i / .Xk D j; Yk D yk jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk1 D yk1 ; Xk1 D l/
lD1
Q.i / .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk1 D yk1 ; Xk1 D l/ D
s X
Q.i / .Yk D yk jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk1 D yk1 ; Xk1 D l; Xk D j /
lD1 .i /
Q.i / .Xk D j jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk1 D yk1 ; Xk1 D l/ ˛k1;l D
s X lD1
D
s X
.i / Q.i / .Yk D yk jXk D j / Q.i / .Xk D j jXk1 D l/ ˛k1;l „ ƒ‚ … „ ƒ‚ … .i /
.i /
pk .j /
lj
.i / ˛k1;l pk.i / .j / lj.i / :
(3.26)
lD1
Backward recursion: for j D 1; : : : ; s set .i / D 1: ˇn;j
For k D n 1; : : : ; 0 determine for all j D 1; : : : ; r .i / ˇk;j D Q.i / .YkC1 D ykC1 ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXk D j /
D D
s X lD1 s X
Q.i / .XkC1 D l; YkC1 D ykC1 ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXk D j / Q.i / .YkC2 D ykC2 ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXk D j; XkC1 D l; YkC1 D ykC1 /
lD1 .i /
Q .XkC1 D l; YkC1 D ykC1 jXk D j /
3.3 Hidden Markov Model
D
s X
83
Q.i / .YkC2 D ykC2 ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXkC1 D l/
lD1
Q.i / .YkC1 D ykC1 jXk D j; XkC1 D l/ Q.i / .XkC1 D ljXk D j / s s X X .i / .i / .i / .i / .i / D ˇkC1;l Q.i / .YkC1 D ykC1 jXkC1 D l/ jl D ˇkC1;l pkC1 .l/ jl : ƒ‚ … „ lD1
lD1
.i /
pkC1
For k < n set kjn .j I ˚ i / D Q.i/ .Xk D j jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn / D
Q.i/ .Xk D j; Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn / Q.i/ .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn /
D
Q.i/ .Xk D j; Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk / Q.i/ .YkC1 D ykC1 ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXk D j / Ps .i/ lD1 Q .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn ; Xk D l/ .i/
.i/
˛k;j ˇk;j D Ps ; .i/ .i/ lD1 ˛k;l ˇk;l k1Wkjn .j; lI ˚ i / D Q.i/ .Xk1 D j; Xk D ljY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn / D
Q.i/ .Xk1 D j; Xk D l; Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn / Q.i/ .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn /
Q.i/ .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk1 D yk1 ; Xk1 D j / D Ps .i/ mD1 Q .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn ; Xk D m/ Q.i/ .Yk D yk ; : : : ; Yn D yn ; Xk D ljY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk1 D yk1 ; Xk1 D j / .i/
D ˛k1;j Q.i/ .Xk D l; Yk D yk ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXk1 D j / 1 Q.i/ .YkC1 D ykC1 ; : : : ; Yn D yn jXk D m; Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk / 1 .i/ Q .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk ; Xk D m/ Ps
mD1
.i/
D
.i/
.i/
.i/
˛k1;j ˇk;l pk .l/ jl
D Ps
.i/ mD1 Q .YkC1 D ykC1 ; : : : ; Yn .i/ .i/ .i/ .i/ ˛k1;j ˇk;l pk .l/ jl : Ps .i/ .i/ mD1 ˛k;m ˇk;m
D yn jXk D m/Q.i/ .Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk ; Xk D m/
3. M-Step: Find ˚ D ..ıj /j D1;:::;s ; . jl /j;lD1;:::;s ; .j /j D1;:::;s ; .j /j D1;:::;r / such that the function Q.˚I ˚ i / D E˚ i Œ
s X
j D1
1fX0 Dj g log ıj jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn
84
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
C C
n X kD0 n X kD1
E˚ i Œ
s X
1fXk Dj g log pk .j /jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn
j D1
E˚ i Œ
s s X X
1f.Xk1 ;Xk /D.j;l/g log jl jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yn D yn
j D1 lD1
" # s n 1 XX .yk j /2 i 2 0jn .j I ˚ / log ıj kjn .j I ˚ / log 2 j C D 2 j2 j D1 j D1 s X
i
kD0
C
s X s n X X
k1Wkjn .j; lI ˚ i / log jl
kD1 j D1 lD1
is maximized. The solution of the optimizationP problem can be found P with the method of Lagrange multiplier under the constraints sj D1 ıj D 1 and slD1 jl D 1 and is given by ıj D 0jn .j I ˚ i /; Pn i kD0 kjn .j I ˚ /yk ; j D P n i kD0 kjn .j I ˚ / sP n i 2 kD0 kjn .j I ˚ /.yk j / Pn j D ; i kD0 kjn .j I ˚ / Pn k1Wkjn .j; lI ˚ i / Pr
jl D Pn kD1 ; i kD1 lD1 k1Wkjn .j; lI ˚ / for j; l D 1; : : : ; s. Set ˚ i C1 D ˚, i D i C 1 and return to 2.
In following the Viterbi algorithm is presented. This algorithm estimates the sequence of the states of the Markov Chain .Xk /k2N0 for the known parameter set ˚, i.e. for the given initial distribution ı, the transition distribution ˘ and the parameter of the density p. For this, denote 0Wkjk .x0 ; : : : ; xk / WD Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk / lk D log Lk D log Q.Y0 D y0 ; : : : Yk D yk /:
Remark 3.5. It holds: 0WkC1jkC1 .x0 ; : : : ; xkC1 / D Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; XkC1 D xkC1 jY0 D y0 ; : : : ; YkC1 D ykC1 / D
Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; XkC1 D xkC1 ; Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; YkC1 D ykC1 / Q.Y0 D y0 ; : : : YkC1 D ykC1 /
3.3 Hidden Markov Model
D
85
1 Q.XkC1 D xkC1 ; YkC1 D ykC1 jX0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk ; LkC1 Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; Yk D yk / Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk ; Y0 D y0 ; : : : Yk D yk /
D
1 LkC1
Q.YkC1 D ykC1 jXkC1 D xkC1 /Q.XkC1 jXk D xk /
Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk jY0 D y0 ; : : : Yk D yk /Lk D
Lk pkC1 .xkC1 / xk ;xkC1 0Wkjk .x0 ; : : : ; xk /: LkC1
Algorithm 3.3.2 (Viterbi algorithm) Initialization: for i D 1; : : : ; s set m0 .i / D log Q.X0 D i; Y0 D y0 / D log.Q.Y0 D y0 jX0 D i /Q.X0 D i // D log.ıi p0 .i //: Forward recursion: For k D 0; : : : ; n 1 determine for all j D 1; : : : ; s mkC1 .j / D max
fx0 ;:::;xk g2˝1k
log Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk ; XkC1 D j;
Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; YkC1 D ykC1 / D max log.Q.X0 D x0 ; : : : ; Xk D xk ; XkC1 D j j fx0 ;:::;xk g2˝1k
Y0 D y0 ; : : : ; YkC1 D ykC1 / Q.Y0 D y0 ; : : : YkC1 D ykC1 // D D
max
log 0WkC1jkC1 .x0 ; : : : ; xk ; j / C lkC1
max
.lk lkC1 / C log 0Wkjk .x0 ; : : : ; xk /
fx0 ;:::;xk g2˝1k fx0 ;:::;xk g2˝1k
C log xk ;j C log pkC1 .j / C lkC1 D
max Œmk .i / C log. ij / C log.pkC1 .j //;
i 2f1;:::;rg
bkC1 .j / D arg max mkC1 .j /. Backward recursion: Let xO n be the state j for which the mn .j / is maximal. For k D n 1; : : : ; 0 set xO k D bkC1 .xO kC1 /:
86
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
3.4 Rating Migration Probabilities It is common sense and also confirmed, for example, by Standard & Poor’s that there is a clear correlation between credit quality and default remoteness: the higher the issuer’s rating, the lower its probability of default, and vice versa.7 We assume a set of ratings R 2 fAAA; AA; A; BBB; BB; B; C C C g, where AAA denotes the best credit quality, CCC denotes the worst non-defaulted credit quality and RD 2 fAAA; AA; A; BBB; BB; B; C C C; Dg, where D denotes the state of default. Finding generalizations of the following results for finer rating scales is straightforward. A migration or transition matrix is a quadratic matrix describing the probabilities of changing from one state to another. Table 3.1 shows the transition matrix containing global average 1-year transition rates from 1981 to 2007, where issuers who withdrew their rating were removed and the row sums were normalized so that they sum up to one. This matrix has to be read as follows. The probability for an issuer who is AAArated in t to become AA-rated in t C 1 is 7.95% or to become A-rated in t C 1 is 0.48%. The migration matrix M D .mij /i;j D1;:::;8 from Table 3.1 is needed for the following theorem. Theorem 3.4 (Log-Expansion). Let I be the identity matrix and M D .mij /i;j D1;:::;n a migration matrix which is strictly diagonal dominant, i.e. mi i > 12 for every i . Then, the log-expansion OQ n D
n X
.1/kC1
kD1
.M I /k .n 2 N/ k
converges to a matrix OQ D .oij /i;j D1;:::;n satisfying
Table 3.1 Global average 1-year transition rates (%), 1981 to 2007 AAA AA A BBB BB B AAA 91:39 7:95 0:48 0:09 0:09 0:00 AA 0:62 90:99 7:62 0:56 0:06 0:10 A 0:04 2:17 91:49 5:62 0:41 0:17 BBB 0:01 0:18 4:24 90:07 4:31 0:77 BB 0:02 0:06 0:23 5:90 83:88 7:93 B 0:00 0:06 0:18 0:32 6:73 83:01 CCC 0:00 0:00 0:28 0:42 1:18 13:60 D 0:00 0:00 0:00 0:00 0:00 0:00
7
See [85, p. 16].
CCC 0:00 0:02 0:03 0:17 0:87 4:50 54:89 0:00
D 0:00 0:01 0:06 0:25 1:11 5:20 29:64 100:00
3.4 Rating Migration Probabilities
87
P 1. njD1 oQ ij D 0 8i D 1; : : : ; n, Q D M:8 2. exp.O/ The convergence OQ n ! OQ is geometrically fast. Proof. See [16]. Remark 3.6. The generator of a time-continuous Markov chain is given by a matrix O, O D .oij /1i;j n , satisfying the following properties: P 1. njD1 oij D 0 8i D 1; : : : ; n 2. 1 < oi i 0 8i D 1; : : : ; n 3. oij 0 8i D 1; : : : ; n with i ¤ j . Theorem 3.5 is a standard result from Markov chain theory. Theorem 3.5. The following properties are equivalent for a matrix O 2 Rnn : (i) O satisfies properties 1 to 3 in Remark 3.6. (ii) exp.tO/ is a stochastic matrix 8 t 0. Proof. See [72, Theorem 2.1.2]. Using Theorem 3.4, Remark 3.6 and Theorem 3.5 we can construct credit curves for every time t and every rating class R. At first, we calculate the log-expansion OQ D .oQ ij /i;j D1;:::;8 of the adjusted 1-year migration matrix M D .mij /i;j D1;:::;n with Theorem 3.4. The resulting matrix OQ is displayed in Table 3.2. In order to be a generator matrix, OQ has to satisfy the properties enumerated in Remark 3.6. Property 1 is satisfied because it is guaranteed by Theorem 3.4. Obviously, property 2 is also satisfied. But property 3 is hurt twice by oQ AAA;B and by
Table 3.2 Log-expansion of M AAA AA AAA 9:03 8:72 AA 0:68 9:57 A 0:04 2:38 BBB 0:01 0:14 BB 0:03 0:05 B 0:00 0:06 CCC 0:00 0:01 D 0:00 0:00
A 0:15 8:35 9:14 4:67 0:09 0:19 0:36 0:00
BBB 0:07 0:36 6:19 10:77 6:79 0:08 0:52 0:00
BB 0:10 0:04 0:31 4:94 18:13 8:07 0:86 0:00
8
B 0:01 0:11 0:15 0:64 9:44 19:59 20:06 0:00
CCC 0:00 0:02 0:03 0:19 0:93 6:62 60:77 0:00
D 0:00 0:00 0:05 0:19 0:81 4:57 38:99 0:00
The matrix exponential function is defined analogously to the ordinary exponential function: Let X be a n n matrix, the exponential of X, denoted by exp.X/, is defined as exp.X/ D
1 X Xk : kŠ kD0
88
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
oQ C C C;AA . Bluhm suggests to set these values to zero and in return, to decrease the diagonal elements of the corresponding rows. The resulting matrix is the generator matrix O D .oij /i;j D1;:::;8 . Bluhm justifies this manipulation since the implied error, calculated as matrix norm9 of M and exp.O/ jjM exp.O/jj2 D 3:3497 10008 is negligible. Now, we can calculate the migration probability for every t 0 by P .Ri ;Rj / .t/ D .exp.tO//l.Ri /;l.Rj / ; where l.R/ denotes the transition matrix row corresponding to the given rating R.
3.5 Portfolio Optimization This section gives definitions of two very popular portfolio selection approaches: mean-variance and CVaR. Mean-variance portfolio optimization is the classical portfolio theory based on the model of [65]. The basic assumption is that investors select their portfolios taking into account only the first two moments of the asset’s return – mean and variance – and the correlation between the assets.
3.5.1 Mean-Variance Approach The central statements of Markowitz are the following (see [86, p. 6]): Portfolio selection is based on expected returns and variance (as measure of risk). It is sensible to construct portfolios, in order to reduce risk. Correlation is the key
to risk reduction. Portfolios are denoted as “efficient”
– If there is no other portfolio with the same expected return, but with a lower risk, or – If there is no other portfolio with the same risk, but with a higher expected return.
9
The matrix norm for a matrix X and is defined as follows: v uX u n 2 jjXjj2 WD t Xi;j : i;j D1
3.5 Portfolio Optimization
89
In order to introduce the mean-variance portfolio selection formally, we need a few definitions first. We assume n given assets to invest in with returns Ri , i D 1; : : : ; n, and denote the: Expected return of asset i by i WD EŒRi and WD .1 ; : : : ; n /T . Covariance matrix by ˙ D .ij /i;j D1;:::;n , where ij D C ovŒRi ; Rj , i; j D
1; : : : ; n. Let xi be the portfolio weight of asset i with n X
xi D 1:
i D1
Then, we denote the portfolio by x WD .x1 ; : : : ; xn /T . If there are n assets to invest in, the expected portfolio return .x/ is calculated as weighted sum of the n expected asset returns i , with the weight xi .x/ D EŒR.x/ D
n X
xi i D T x:
i D1
The variance of the portfolio return .x/2 is given by .x/2 WD V ŒR.x/ D
n n X X
xi xj ij D x T ˙x:
i D1 j D1
The efficient frontier is the boundary of all .x/-.x/-combinations, i.e. .x/.x/-combinations of all portfolios which are not dominated. If .x/-.x/ lies on the efficient frontier, then for a given .x/, there is no portfolio with a higher .x/, and for a given .x/ there is no portfolio with a lower .x/. The efficient frontier, with no short sales allowed, is determined according to the following optimization problem: min x T ˙x x
(3.27)
s:t: T x 1T x D 1 x 0; where 1 D .1; : : : ; 1/T . If we solve the optimization problem in (3.27) for every possible , we obtain the set of all efficient portfolios. A .x/-.x/-diagram is called an efficient frontier. The portfolio on the efficient frontier with the lowest variance is called minimumvariance portfolio (MVP). In order to come to an optimal asset allocation for a certain investor, further tools like utility functions have to be applied. They imply a certain amount of utility
90
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
to risk-return combinations for an investor. Applied to a certain efficient frontier, maximizing the expected utility leads to a unique optimal asset allocation.10 There are two main reasons that justify the framework of Markowitz for asset allocation. First, if an investor has a quadratic utility function, he decides in accordance with the .x/.x/ criteria, independent of the return distributions. Second, if the distribution of security returns is normal, the traditional portfolio selection is valid for exponential utility functions. Often, the assumptions of the framework of Markowitz are too restrictive. Quadratic utility functions only take into account the first and the second moment of a return distribution. They do not incorporate higher moments such as skewness and kurtosis. In literature, however, one can find empirical evidence on investor’s preference towards a positive skewness (see, for example, [47]). Thus, it is not appropriate to justify the application of the mean-variance approach by quadratic utility functions. Often, the hypothesis of normally distributed returns has to be rejected for asset returns, particularly for financial instruments which can suffer from defaults such as various credit instrument. For this reason, we consider another optimization approach, called Conditional Value at Risk (CVaR) and popular for credit portfolios, that takes into account the tail distribution, besides of the mean.
3.5.2 Conditional Value at Risk Approach Before introducing the concept of the conditional value at risk, we briefly introduce the value at risk concept. A very popular risk measure is the Value at Risk (VaR), representing the maximum possible loss of a portfolio with respect to a given time horizon and a given significance level. The VaR (relative to the distribution’s expected value) can be formally described according to the following definition. Definition 3.21 (Value at Risk). Let .1 ˛/ be the confidence level for the value at risk with ˛ 2 .0; 1/. Then, the value at risk of a portfolio’s return is defined by VaR.x; ˛/ D EŒR.x/ sup fy 2 R W P ŒR.x/ < y ˛g :
(3.28)
In practice, confidence levels of 95 or 99% are usually observed, corresponding to a level of ˛ of 5 or 1%, respectively. In the case of a continuous distribution function, the above definition of the VaR can also be rewritten according to VaR.x; ˛/ D EŒR.x/ FR1 .˛/;
(3.29)
where FR1 denotes the inverse distribution function of portfolio returns R.x/.11 10 11
For an introduction into utility theory, we refer, for example, to [7]. For more background regarding VaR, we refer, for example, to [106, pp. 251–253].
3.5 Portfolio Optimization
91
Often, the VaR is measured relative to zero. Then, (3.28) and (3.29) reduce to
and
VaR0 .x; ˛/ D sup fy 2 R W P ŒR.x/ < y ˛g ;
(3.30)
VaR0 .x; ˛/ D FR1 .˛/:
(3.31)
The VaR as risk measure involves a few problems, such as not taking into account the tail distribution and a lack of subadditivity. The conditional value at risk (CVaR) is a coherent risk measure, overcoming some deficiencies of the VaR concept.12 The CVaR13 represents the expected value of all losses that exceed a certain VaR. Formally, we can define the CVaR according to Definition 3.22 (Conditional Value at Risk). Let .1˛/ be the confidence level for the value at risk with ˛ 2 .0; 1/. Then, the conditional value at risk of a portfolio’s return is defined by CVaR.x; ˛/ D EŒR.x/jR.x/ FR1 .˛/ D EŒR.x/jR.x/ VaR0 .x; ˛/:
(3.32)
From the CVaR formulas above, it becomes evident that the CVaR provides information on the negative tail of a return distribution as it is not only focussed on the ˛-quantile but also takes into account the shape of its tail. The portfolio optimization problem with respect to the CVaR risk-measure is given by
Let X denote the set of all random variables X. Furthermore, a risk measure is defined as measurable mapping W X ! R, and we call .X/ the risk of risk position X. Then, a risk measure is called coherent if it satisfies axioms 1–4. Axiom 1 [Monotonicity]. For all X, Y 2 X with X Y 12
.X/ .Y /: Axiom 2 [Translation-Invariance]. For all X 2 X and for all c 2 R we have .X C c/ D .X/ c: Axiom 3 [Positive Homogeneity]. For all X 2 X and for all 0 we have . X/ D .X/: Axiom 4 [Subadditivity]. For all X, Y 2 X we have .X C Y / .X/ C .Y /: (See, for example, [106, pp. 254–255]) CVaR is also known under the names expected shortfall, worst conditional expectation, tail conditional expectation, which is, for example, defined in [106, pp. 262–265]. 13
92
3 Mathematical Preliminaries
min CVaR.x; ˛/ x
(3.33)
s:t: T x 1T x D 1 x 0: Solving the optimization problem in (3.33) for every possible , we obtain the set of all efficient portfolios and the corresponding efficient frontier, which can be displayed in a .x/-CVaR.x; ˛/-diagram. Rockafellar and Uryasev [77] showed that CVaR can be efficiently minimized using linear programming and nonsmooth optimization techniques.
Part II
Static Models
.
Chapter 4
One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
This chapter introduces the basic framework for synthetic CDO pricing and the popular one factor Gaussian model of correlated defaults. The central results for the analytical calculation of the portfolio loss distribution under the assumption of the large homogeneous portfolio are presented and generalized for arbitrary distributions. Further, we discuss the problems of the one factor model with the Gaussian distribution, as well as the attempts to fix them with the help of implied and base correlations.
4.1 General Valuation Framework for Synthetic CDOs We consider a synthetic CDO with a reference portfolio consisting of credit default swaps only. A protection seller of a synthetic CDO tranche receives from the protection buyer spread payments on the outstanding notional at regular payment dates (usually quarterly). If the total loss of the reference credit portfolio exceeds the notionals of the subordinated tranches, the protection seller has to make compensation payments for these losses to the protection buyer (Fig. 4.1). Basically, the pricing of a synthetic CDO tranche that takes losses from K1 to K2 (with 0 K1 < K2 1) of the reference portfolio, works in the same way as the pricing of a credit default swap. Let’s assume that t1 < < tn D T
(4.1)
denote the spread payment dates with T the maturity of the synthetic CDO. Further, t0 such that t0 < t1 is the valuation date. More precisely, the premium payments are made in arrear – at time tk for the payment period from tk1 to tk . For simplicity we assume that the premium at time tk is paid on the notional outstanding at this point of time.
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 4, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
95
96
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model s ·Outstanding National · Dt Premium payments
- t
Protection payments
Fig. 4.1 Premium and protection payments of a CDO tranche
Now we introduce some further notations: We denote the annual spread that is the base for the calculation of the premium
payments with s.
LR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ denotes the pro-rata loss of the tranche .K1 ; K2 / up to time t taking
into account recoveries in the portfolio.
The short rate r.t/ is assumed to be independent from the tranche loss.
We consider the risk-neutral measure Q and denote the hexpectation iof the .t/ with tranche loss that accounts for recoveries in the portfolio EQ LR .K1 ;K2 / tRi
t r.u/d u ELR .t/, and the discount factor E e 0 with B.t0 ; ti /. Q .K1 ;K2 / The value of the premium leg of the tranche is computed as the present value of all expected spread payments: 2 3 ti n R r.u/d u X 6 7 t0 Premium Leg D ti s EQ 4 1 LR 5 .K1 ;K2 / .ti / e i D1
D
n X ti s 1 ELR .t / B.t0 ; ti /; .K1 ;K2 / i
(4.2)
i D1
where ti D ti ti 1 . Protection payments are made immediately at default. However, to avoid integration we assume that the protection is paid only at times tk as well. The protection payment at time tk equals the pro rata loss of the tranche defaulted during the previous payment period. Then the value of the protection leg can be calculated according to:
4.1 General Valuation Framework for Synthetic CDOs
97
3 2t Zn Rs r.u/d u 5 Protection Leg D EQ 4 e t0 dLR .K1 ;K2 / .s/ t0 tRi
n i h r.u/d u X R EQ e t0 LR .K1 ;K2 / .ti / L.K1 ;K2 / .ti 1 / i D1
n X R .t / EL .t / B.t0 ; ti /: D ELR i i 1 .K1 ;K2 / .K1 ;K2 /
(4.3)
i D1
At issuance of the CDO tranche the tranche spread is determined so that the values of premium and protection legs are equal: n P i D1
sD
R ELR .K1 ;K2 / .ti / EL.K1 ;K2 / .ti 1 / B.t0 ; ti / n P
ti 1 ELR .K1 ;K2 / .ti / B.t0 ; ti /
:
(4.4)
i D1
Equations (4.2)–(4.4) show that in order to price a CDO tranche it is necessary to know the distribution function of the tranche loss or of the overall portfolio loss. Given the portfolio loss Lportfolio .t/, the corresponding percentage tranche loss is calculated as LR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ D
min.LR portfolio .t/; K2 / K1 K 2 K1
C :
(4.5)
Assume, the discrete distribution of the aggregate loss of the reference portfolio after applying recoveries up to time t is known. There are m possible values that it can take: R;k R LR portfolio .t/ D fLportfolio .t/ with risk-neutral probability F .t; k/gkD1;:::;m : .min.LR;k
.t /;K2 /K1 /C
portfolio Then the .K1 K2 / CDO tranche suffers a percentage loss of K2 K1 with probability F R .t; k/ and the expected loss of the tranche up to time t can be easily calculated:
2 6 ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ D EQ 4
min.LR portfolio .t/; K2 / K1 K 2 K1
C 3 7 5
C X 1 F R .t; k/: min.LR;k portfolio .t/; K2 / K1 K 2 K1 m
D
kD1
(4.6)
98
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
Now we consider the case when a continuous portfolio loss distribution function F R .t; x/, accounting for portfolio loss after the recovery is applied, is known, the percentage expected loss of the .K1 K2 / CDO tranche can be computed as: ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/
1 D K2 K 1
Z1 .min.x; K2 / K1 /dF R .t; x/:
(4.7)
K1
Proposition 4.1. The expected tranche loss can be written as 0 ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ D
1 B @ K2 K 1
Z1
K1
Z1 .x K1 /dF R .t; x/
1 C .x K2 /dF R .t; x/A:
K2
(4.8) Proof. See Appendix A.1
Thus, the central problem in the pricing of a CDO tranche is to derive the loss distribution of the reference portfolio. In the next sections we present the factor copula model of correlated defaults as well as semi-analytical and analytical approximation methods to compute the portfolio loss distribution and the expected loss of a tranche.
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation 4.2.1 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model of Correlated Defaults The Vasicek model (see [89–91]) is the asymptotic version of the one factor Gaussian model of correlated defaults. Its central idea is to approximate the credit portfolio with an appropriate large homogeneous portfolio. Using a conditional independence framework, Vasicek derives a limiting analytic form for the portfolio loss distribution. We start with the definition of the one factor Gaussian copula model of correlated defaults (see, e.g., [49, pp. 496–499]). Random variable i denotes the time to default of a firm i . For modeling a credit portfolio, we are interested in the joint distribution of the times to default. However, it is impossible to model them with a multivariate normal distribution since the marginal default distributions are not normal. The Gaussian copula approach allows to model the correlation structure separately from the marginal distributions. This is made by transforming the default times into new variables Ai by a “percentile-topercentile” transformation:
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
Ai D ˚ 1 .Qi .i // ;
99
(4.9)
where Qi is the distribution function of the default time i . The new variables Ai are by construction standard normally distributed. Now it is possible to assume that the joint distribution of Ai , i D 1; : : : ; m is multivariate normal with correlation matrix ˙. In this way, the correlation structure of the default times is defined through the correlation structure of the transformed variables. The transformed variables Ai can be interpreted as standardized asset returns since asset returns are (approximately) normally distributed. Certain simplifications in defining and especially calibrating the correlation matrix can be achieved by using risk factors. So, instead of defining the pairwise correlation between Ai and Aj for each pair i; j , the correlation can be defined by using a common factor. Definition 4.1 (One factor Gaussian copula). Consider a portfolio of m credit instruments. The standardized asset return up to time t of the i th issuer in the portfolio, Ai .t/, is assumed to be of the form: Ai .t/ D ai M.t/ C
q
1 ai2 Xi .t/;
(4.10)
where M.t/ and Xi .t/; i D 1; : : : ; m are independent standard normally distributed random variables. Under this copula model the variable Ai .t/ is mapped to default time i of the i th issuer using a percentile-to-percentile transformation, i.e. the issuer i defaults before time t when
or equivalently
˚.Ai .t// Qi .t/;
(4.11)
Ai .t/ ˚ 1 .Qi .t// DW Ci .t/;
(4.12)
where Qi .t/ denotes the probability of the issuer i to default before time t Qi .t/ D QŒi t: The risk-neutral probabilities are implied from the observable market prices of credit default instruments (e.g. bonds or CDS). The factor M can be interpreted as the systematic common market factor and Xi as the idiosyncratic factors. Correlation between the asset returns of the issuers i and j equals ai aj . Conditionally on M , the asset returns of the different issuers are independent. According to (4.10), the i th issuer defaults up to time t if Xi .t/
Ci .t/ ai M.t/ q : 1 ai2
100
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
Then the probability that the i th issuer defaults up to time t, conditional on the factor M.t/, is 0 1 B Ci .t/ ai M.t/ C pi .tjM / D ˚ @ q A: 1 ai2
(4.13)
4.2.2 Loss Distribution of the Large Homogeneous Portfolio Under One Factor Gaussian Model Introducing the assumption of the large homogeneous portfolio allows to derive analytical formulas for the portfolio loss distribution and the expected tranche loss, that makes the valuation of synthetic CDOs very fast. Definition 4.2 (Large Homogeneous Portfolio (LHP)). The large homogeneous portfolio is a portfolio consisting of a sufficiently large number of issuers having the same characteristics:
the same portfolio weights the same default probability Q.t/ the same recovery R the same correlation to the market factor a.
This means that the default thresholds C.t/ of all issuers are the same as well and the default probability of all issuers in the portfolio conditional on M is given by p.tjM / D ˚
C.t/ aM.t/ p : 1 a2
(4.14)
Before we start the derivation of the portfolio loss distribution function we recall the following result. Proposition 4.2. For any p and x in .0; 1 it holds:1 lim
bmxc X
m!1
kD0
0; if x < p m k mk D p .1 p/ 1; if x > p k
Proof. See Appendix A.2
Lemma 4.1. Assuming zero recovery of all portfolio assets, the loss distribution of an infinitely large homogeneous portfolio with the asset returns following a one factor Gaussian copula model 1
bac denotes the floor of a real number which is the largest integer not exceeding a.
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
p Ai .t/ D aM.t/ C 1 a2 Xi .t/;
101
(4.15)
where M.t/; Xi .t/ are independent standard normally distributed random variables, is given by p F1 .t; x/ D ˚
! 1 a2 ˚ 1 .x/ C.t/ ; a
(4.16)
with x 2 Œ0; 1 the percentage portfolio loss. Proof. Consider a homogeneous portfolio consisting of m issuers. Then, the per k with probability centage portfolio loss takes values m kD0;:::;m
k Q L.t/ D jM.t/ m m p.tjM /k .1 p.tjM //mk D k C.t/ aM.t/ k C.t/ aM.t/ mk m ˚ D p p : (4.17) 1˚ k 1 a2 1 a2 Hence, due to conditional independence and two possible states, the conditional loss distribution is binomial. The unconditional loss distribution can be obtained by integrating the expression in (4.17) with the distribution of the factor M.t/:
1
Z k Q L.t / D D m
1
m k
!
˚
C.t / au p 1 a2
k C.t / au mk d˚ .u/ : 1˚ p 1 a2 (4.18)
Now we consider the cumulative probability of the percentage portfolio loss not exceeding x for x in Œ0; 1:
k Q L.t/ D : m
bmxc
Fm .t; x/ D
X
kD0
We perform the substitution s D ˚ uD
C.t/
C.t p /au 1a2
. Then we have:
p 1 a2 ˚ 1 .s/ a
102
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
and so ˚.u/ D ˚
C.t/
p
Thus d˚.u/ D d˚
C.t/
! 1 a2 ˚ 1 .s/ : a
! p 1 a2 ˚ 1 .s/ : a
The new integration bounds are from 1 to 0: C.t/ au 1 u 1 , 1 p 1 , 1 s 0: 1 a2 Then, from (4.18) we get the following expression for Fm .t; x/: Z1 bmxc X m Fm .t; x/ D s k .1 s/mk d˚ k
C.t/
0 kD0
p
! 1 a2 ˚ 1 .s/ : a
(4.19) Now we take it to the limit and consider the portfolio loss distribution function of an infinitely large portfolio: 2
Z1 bmxc X 4 F1 .t; x/ D lim m!1
0 kD0
m k
! s k .1 s/mk d˚
C.t /
p
!3 1 a2 ˚ 1 .s/ 5 : a (4.20)
Since the function under the integral is bounded: bmxc
X
kD0
m X m k m k mk s .1 s/ s .1 s/mk D 1; k k kD0
and its pointwise convergence is stated in the Proposition 4.2, according to Lemma in Appendix A.3 we can take the limit into the integral. Then, using the result of the Proposition 4.2 we get the cumulative distribution function of losses of a large portfolio: ! 1 a2 ˚ 1 .s/ F1 .t; x/ D d˚ a 0 ! p C.t/ 1 a2 ˚ 1 .x/ C 1: D ˚ a Zx
C.t/
p
(4.21)
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
103
Due to symmetry of the Gaussian distribution we can rewrite (4.21) as: F1 .t; x/ D ˚
! p 1 a2 ˚ 1 .x/ C.t/ : a
(4.22)
In the literature, the distribution in (4.22) is often called Vasicek distribution since it was first derived by [90].
4.2.3 Loss Distribution of the Large Homogeneous Portfolio Under a General One Factor Model The analytic expression for the distribution function of the overall portfolio loss of a large homogeneous portfolio, under the assumption of a factor copula for the dependence structure, is the central result for this class of analytic models for basket credit derivatives. A similar result is valid for distributions different from the Gaussian. For this reason we want to generalize this result. Theorem 4.1. Consider an infinitely large homogeneous portfolio with the asset returns following a one factor copula model Ai .t/ D aM.t/ C
p 1 a2 Xi .t/;
(4.23)
where FM .t; x/ is the distribution function of M.t/, FX .t; x/ is the distribution function of Xi .t/ and FA .t; x/ is the distribution function of Ai .t/. M.t/ and Xi .t/ are independent. Further, we assume for simplicity that all portfolio assets have zero recovery. Then the distribution of the portfolio loss is given by F1 .t; x/ D 1 FM
t;
C.t/
p
! 1 a2 FX1 .t; x/ ; a
(4.24)
with x 2 Œ0; 1 the percentage portfolio loss and C.t/ D FA1 .t; Q.t//, where Q.t/ is the risk-neutral default probability of each issuer in the portfolio. Proof. The proof is in analogy to the one in Lemma 4.1 but with different distributions. The expression for the default threshold C.t/ we get from the percentile-topercentile transformation Q.t/ D QŒAi .t/ C.t/ D FA .t; C.t// or equivalently
Ai .t/ FA1 .t; Q.t// D C.t/:
104
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
The probability that the i th issuer defaults up to time t conditional on the factor M.t/ is C.t/ aM.t/ : p.tjM / D FX t; p 1 a2 Consider a homogeneous consisting of m issuers. Then, the percentage portfolio k with probability portfolio loss takes values m kD0;:::;m
k Q Lm .t/ D jM.t/ m m p.tjM /k .1 p.tjM //mk D k C.t/ au k C.t/ au mk m FX t; p D : (4.25) 1 FX t; p k 1 a2 1 a2 Hence, due to conditional independence and two possible states, the conditional loss distribution is binomial. The unconditional loss distribution can be obtained by integrating the expression in (4.25) with the distribution of the factor M.t/:
k (4.26) Q Lm .t/ D m Z1 C.t/ au k C.t/ au mk m D dFM .t; u/: FX t; p 1 FX t; p k 1 a2 1 a2 1
Now we consider the cumulative probability of the percentage portfolio loss not exceeding x for x in Œ0; 1: bmxc
Fm .t; x/ D
X
kD0
k : Q Lm .t/ D m
p /au . Then we have: We perform the substitution s D FX t; C.t 2 1a
uD
C.t/
p 1 a2 FX1 .t; s/ ; a
and so FM .t; u/ D FM
t;
C.t/
p
! 1 a2 FX1 .t; s/ ; a
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
105
and thus dFM .t; u/ D dFM t;
C.t/
p
! 1 a2 FX1 .t; s/ : a
The new integration bounds are from 1 to 0: C.t/ au 1 u 1 , 1 p 1 , 1 s 0: 1 a2 Then we can rewrite Fm .t; x/ as: Fm .t; x/ D
Z1 bmxc X 0 kD0
! p C.t/ 1 a2 FX1 .t; s/ m k mk dFM t; : s .1 s/ k a
(4.27) Using the result of the Proposition 4.2 we get the cumulative distribution function of losses of an infinitely large portfolio: Zx F1 .t; x/ D dFM 0
D 1 FM
! p 1 a2 FX1 .t; s/ t; a ! p C.t/ 1 a2 FX1 .t; x/ : t; a C.t/
(4.28)
There is also another way to proof this theorem. Consider random variables i that is the loss on the i th issuer. Since we have assumed zero recovery, the loss is 1 if the issuer defaults and 0 otherwise, and thus we can compute the expected loss: C.t/ aM.t/ : EŒi D p.tjM / D FX t; p 1 a2 Now we consider the overall percentage portfolio loss Lm of the portfolio consisting of m homogeneous issuers. The loss can be written as: 1X i : m m
Lm .t/ D
i D0
Since i are independent identically distributed random variables with existing first moment, we can apply the law of large numbers: C.t/ aM.t/ L.t/ D lim Lm .t/ D EŒ1 D FX t; p : m!1 1 a2
106
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
So we can express the portfolio loss as a function of the market factor M.t/. Now we want to derive the distribution function of the portfolio loss L: F1 .t; x/ D QŒL.t/ x
C.t/ aM.t/ x D Q FX t; p 1 a2 " # p C.t/ 1 a2 FX1 .t; x/ D Q M.t/ a ! p C.t/ 1 a2 FX1 .t; x/ : D 1 FM t; a
4.2.4 Analytic Expression for Expected Tranche Loss Under Vasicek Model In the Vasicek model, it is possible to compute the integrals in (4.8) analytically. Lemma 4.2. In the Vasicek model, the expected loss at time t of the mezzanine tranche taking losses from K1 to K2 percent of the overall portfolio assuming zero recovery is given by: ˚2 ˚ 1 .K1 / ; C.t/; ˚2 ˚ 1 .K2 / ; C.t/; EL.K1 ;K2 / .t/ D ; K2 K 1 where ˚2 is the bivariate normal distribution function and the covariance matrix D
! p 2 1 a 1 p 1 a2 1
Proof. See Appendix A.4.
4.2.5 Expected Tranche Loss of a Portfolio with Non-Zero Recovery Now, we return to the large homogeneous portfolio with non-zero recovery R. For x between zero and one denoting the fraction of defaulted assets in the portfolio, only .1 R/x represents the portfolio loss. Then the loss of the senior tranche with attachment point K is equal Œ.1 R/x KC :
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
107
Thus, the expected loss of the senior tranche between K and 1 is given by Z1
C
Z1
Œ.1 R/x K dF1 .t; x/ D
Œ.1 R/ x K dF1 .t; x/ K 1R
0
Z1 x
D .1 R/ K 1R
K dF1 .t; x/: 1R
So the total loss of the equity tranche of K will occur only when assets of the total K have defaulted. Only afterwards the senior tranche from K to 1 will amount of 1R start suffering loss. Now we consider the calculation of expected loss of a mezzanine tranche between K1 and K2 under the assumption of a non-zero recovery rate R of portfolio assets using Proposition 4.1: ELR .K
1 ;K2 /
D
.t/
0
B 1 B K2 K1 @ 0
Z1
Z1 Œ.1 R/ x K1 dF1 .t; x/
K1 1R
1 C Œ.1 R/ x K2 dF1 .t; x/C A
K2 1R
1
Z1 Z1 C K1 K2 1R B B dF1 .t; x/ dF1 .t; x/C x x D A K2 K1 @ 1R 1R D EL
K1 1R
K1 K2 1R ; 1R
.t/:
K2 1R
(4.29)
This is a general result, independent from the distribution assumption.
4.2.6 Correlation Smile Due to its simplicity, the one factor Gaussian copula model with large homogeneous portfolio approximation became immediately the standard model widely used by the most market participants. As we have seen in the previous sections, the price of a CDO tranche is a function of the default correlation between the assets in the reference portfolio. Before the standard tranched CDS indices were introduced to the market and became liquid, the practitioners used historical default or asset return correlations. Recently, when the market prices of synthetic CDOs became observable the market participants extract the market implied correlations rather than using historical default or asset correlations.
108
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
Table 4.1 Pricing DJ iTraxx tranches with the Gaussian copula model
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Absolute error Correlation
Market 24.7% 160 bp 49 bp 22.5 bp 13.75 bp
Gaussian 24.7% 230 bp 77.5 bp 30 bp 6 bp 114 bp 22.67%
In this section we try to fit the Gaussian copula model to the market prices and explain the observed correlation smile. We fit the model to the market quotes of Dow Jones iTraxx Europe with 5 years maturity. We use the data from the 11th of April 2005, of the third series of the index with the settlement date on 20th of March 2005, and maturity on 20th June 2010. The average CDS spread of the corresponding CDS portfolio is 37.5 bp at this day. The constant default intensity model (see Sect. 3.2.1) is employed to derive the marginal default distribution: Q.t/ D Q Œ t D 1 et ;
(4.30)
and estimate the default intensity D 0:0063 of the large homogeneous portfolio from the average CDS spread (for details see Sect. 3.2.3). The constant recovery rate is assumed to be 40%. Table 4.1 shows the market quotes of the iTraxx tranches as well as the theoretical prices of the Gaussian copula model. The correlation parameter is chosen to fit the price of the equity tranche. The other tranches are then priced with the same correlation. We see that the Gaussian copula model overprices the mezzanine tranches and underprices the most senior tranche. This tells us that the Gaussian copula model is not able to capture the dependence structure implied by the market quotes. Actually, this is what we could expect. It would be very surprising if the model with a single correlation parameter would exactly fit the dependence structure of a portfolio with 125 different issuers. The first approach to overcome this problem was to calculate an implied correlation for each tranche. This is done in the following way. From the expressions for premium and protection leg in (4.2)–(4.3) we compute the present value of the tranche .K1 ; K2 /: PV K1 ; K2 ; S.K1 ;K2 / ; a.K1 ;K2 / D U.K1 ;K2 / C
i D1
R .t / EL .t / B.t0 ; ti /; ELR i i 1 .K1 ;K2 / .K1 ;K2 /
n X i D1
n X ti S.K1 ;K2 / 1 ELR .K1 ;K2 / .ti / B.t0 ; ti /
(4.31)
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
109
where U.K1 ;K2 / is the upfront payment, S.K1 ;K2 / the market spread of the tranche and a.K1 ;K2 / the correlation parameter of the tranche. The first sum in expression (4.31) is the present value of the premium leg and the second sum the present value of the protection leg. As we have seen in Lemma 4.2, the tranche expected loss EL.K1 ;K2 / .ti / depends on the correlation parameter a.K1 ;K2 / . To find the implied correlation of the tranche we have to solve the equation PV K1 ; K2 ; S.K1 ;K2 / ; a.K1 ;K2 / D 0 for the correlation parameter a.K1 ;K2 / . Note that the corresponding implied correla2 tion is then .K1 ;K2 / D a.K . 1 ;K2 / The equation can be easily solved by a simple root-searching algorithm. However, it can happen that there is no root or there are two of them. To demonstrate this we have computed the present values of the iTraxx tranches for different correlations in Fig. 4.2. The probability of joint defaults increases with increasing correlation. But also the probability of no defaults increases. For the equity tranche this implies a lower probability of default, and so its present value from the prospective of a protection seller increases together with the correlation. For the most senior tranche the increasing probability of joint defaults implies a higher default probability for the tranche. So its value decreases as the correlation increases. For the three middle tranches we observe the following curves: first the values decrease with the increasing correlations up to a certain point and increase afterwards. For all tranches except the 3–6% mezzanine tranche there is a single solution for the implied correlation. For the 3–6% tranche there are indeed two solutions,
0.1
0−3% 3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22%
0.08 0.06
tranche PV
0.04 0.02 0 −0.02 −0.04 −0.06 −0.08 −0.1
0
20
40 60 correlation (%)
80
Fig. 4.2 The present value of the iTraxx tranches with different correlation
100
110
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model 30 28
implied correlation (%)
26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10
3
6
9
12 tranche (%)
22
Fig. 4.3 Correlation smile for iTraxx on 11 April 2005
11% and 85%. Usually the lower value is chosen since it is closer to the values of the implied correlation of the other tranches. A very high correlation value is also unrealistic. Figure 4.3 presents the values of the implied correlation for our example of the 11th of April 2005. The shape of this curve is known as correlation smile. It was typical during the last years, when the market quotes of CDO products became available. Actually, it is not necessarily the dependence structure in the portfolio defaults that is reflected in the correlation smile. Many authors (e.g. [3, 74]) are trying to explain the correlation smile. There is a whole mixture of effects: particularly, supply and demand for certain tranches. There was little movement in the shape of the implied correlation curve since not many market players were trading across the tranches. The most market participants are concentrated in a specific tranche: banks and hedge funds are buying equity tranches, retail investors buying mezzanine tranches and insurance companies investing in senior tranches. The implied correlation of the equity tranche has usually been about 20%, that is lower than the historic asset correlation of 25–30%. As the present value of the equity tranche is an increasing function of the implied correlation, the fair spread of the equity tranche is a decreasing function of the implied correlation. This means that the market pays a higher premium on the equity tranche than the historic correlation would imply. One reason for this could be, that there are not many potential investors for the risky equity piece. The implied correlations of
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
111
the mezzanine tranches usually lie below the equity implied correlation. Since the present value of the mezzanine tranches is a decreasing function of the implied correlation, this reflects that the mezzanine tranches pay lower spreads. This can be probably explained by the high demand on mezzanine tranches. The senior tranche has an implied correlation of 30% that corresponds to the historical asset correlations, meaning the premium for the senior tranche does not deviate from the fair premium. As we have seen, the implied tranche correlation is a very simple and intuitive number. It can be directly compared to the historical asset correlations. It can be easily calculated for any tranche without any information on the other tranches. Quoting implied correlation rather than the spread of a tranche soon became very popular. This is similar to quoting implied volatility in equity option markets. However, there are some important differences that market participants should be aware of. In the equity option market, the implied volatility comes from the Black–Scholes model. Thus, knowing all other model parameters one can get the price equivalent to the quoted volatility. The models used in the CDO markets are not exactly the same. Mostly, these are variations of the one factor Gaussian copula model. However, the CDO models are still the subject of active research and evolution. So in the CDO markets implied correlation is still model dependent. Besides the discussion on the interpretation and the explanation of the implied correlation smile, there are also some practical problems. They are discussed, for example, in the papers of [67, 105]. One of the problems, that the solution for the implied correlation may not be unique for mezzanine tranches, we have already observed. The second problem is that, since the implied correlation smile is a twodimensional number depending on the lower and the upper tranche bounds, it is not clear how it can be extended to price tranches with non-standard attachment and detachment points. The next section presents a very popular market approach to solve this problem.
4.2.7 Base Correlation Approach for Valuation of Off-Market Tranches McGinty et al. [67] of JP Morgan introduced the concept of base correlations – an interesting way to overcome the two practical problems of the implied correlations described in the previous section. The idea of the base correlation approach is to decompose all tranches into a combination of ‘base’ tranches, i.e. equity tranches with attachment point 0%. This means that holding an amount N of the .K1 ; K2 / 2 tranche is equivalent to holding K2KK N of the .0; K2 / tranche and being short 1 K1 K2 K1 N
of the .0; K1 / tranche (see Proposition 4.3). Each base tranche gets an own base correlation. Thus, this is a one-dimensional parameter depending only on the detachment point. However, it also implicitly depends on the values of the lower tranche and lower base correlation. To find the base correlation curve from the tranche prices one has to use a recursive procedure.
112
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
(i) We start with the equity tranche .0; K1 / and solve the equation for a.0;K1 / : PV 0; K1 ; S.0;K1 / ; a.0;K1 / D 0: base 2 Then the base correlation is K D a.0;K and it is the same as the usual 1 1/ implied correlation of the equity tranche. (ii) For the next tranche .K1 ; K2 / we have: K2 PV 0; K2 ; S.K1 ;K2 / ; a.0;K2 / K2 K 1 K1 (4.32) PV 0; K1 ; S.K1 ;K2 / ; a.0;K1 / D 0: K2 K 1
Here, the second term is fixed since we use the value of a.0;K1 / we found in the previous step. Solving the equation for a.0;K2 / , we get the value of the base base 2 correlation K D a.0;K . 2 2/ (iii) Continue for the higher tranches. Note that (4.32) uses the following fact. Proposition 4.3. For any attachment and detachment points K1 and K2 and any time t it holds: ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ D
R K2 ELR .0;K2 / .t/ K1 EL.0;K1 / .t/
K 2 K1
:
(4.33)
Proof. Recall the definition of the tranche expected loss:
ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ D
E
C min.LR .t/; K2 / K1 K2 K 1
;
where LR .t/ is the overall portfolio loss up to time t after recovery. Since we have C min.LR .t/; K2 / K1 D min.LR .t/; K2 / min.LR .t/; K1 /; it holds for the expected tranche loss: ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/
E min.LR .t/; K2 / E min.LR .t/; K1 / D K2 K 1 h C C E Œmin.LR .t /;K2 /0 E.min.LR .t /;K1 /0 K2 K1 K2 K1 D K2 K 1 R K2 ELR .0;K2 / .t/ K1 EL.0;K1 / .t/ D : K2 K 1
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
113
0.1 0.08 0.06
tranche PV
0.04 0.02 0 −0.02 −0.04
0−3% 3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22%
−0.06 −0.08 −0.1 0
20
40 60 base correlation (%)
80
100
Fig. 4.4 The present value of the iTraxx tranches with different base correlations of the upper base tranche and the correct value of base correlation for the lower base tranche
In the implied correlation approach, both expected losses in (4.33) are computed with the same correlation .K1 ;K2 / . In the base correlation approach, the two base base and K . expected losses are computed with the own correlation K 1 2 In Fig. 4.4 we have plotted the present values of the five iTraxx tranches as a function of the upper base correlation with the correct lower base correlation. This means, we plotted the present value of the 0–3% tranche for different values of the base base correlation 3% . Afterwards we solved for the correct 3% base correlation and used it to compute the present value of the next 3–6% tranche for different values of base the base correlation 6% , and so on. As we see, the present values of all tranches are monotonic increasing functions of the base correlation. So there can be at most only one solution. Of course, it can still happen that no solution exists. The reason of the increasing monotonic behavior of all tranche present values is that now these are all base tranches, i.e. equity tranches, with fixed value for the lower base tranche. As we have already seen, the equity tranche always has an increasing present value with the increasing correlation. Figure 4.5 shows the base correlation curve for iTraxx on 11th of April 2005. This is not a smile anymore, but a monotonically increasing curve. Market participants are speaking of a correlation ‘skew’ when using base correlation. The monotonic, almost linear form of the base correlation skew suggests a simple possibility to price any non-standard tranche via interpolation of the base correlation
114
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model 55
50
base correlation (%)
45
40
35
30
25
20
3
6
9
12 tranche (%)
22
Fig. 4.5 Base correlation
values. For example, in order to price the 5–7% tranche, we can compute the corresponding base correlations through linear interpolation: 1 base C 3 3% 2 base D 6% C 3
base 5% D base 7%
2 base 3 6% 1 base : 3 9%
Then we can price the 5–7% tranche by solving the equation q q 7 5 base base PV 0; 5%; S.5%;7%/ ; 5% D0 PV 0; 7%; S.5%;7%/ ; 7% 2 2 for S.5%;7%/ . However, various interpolation methodologies are imaginable and it is not clear if they can introduce arbitrage possibilities. We interpolated the base correlation skew from the 11th of April 2005, using linear and spline methods (Fig. 4.6). Afterwards we tried to price different off-market tranches with these curves. In this example we obtained arbitrage prices using spline interpolation. Figure 4.7 shows the prices for iTraxx tranches with attachment point 15% and detachment points from 16% to 22%. It appears that, e.g., the 15–20% tranche is cheaper than the 15–22% tranche although the first tranche is more risky than the second one.
4.2 Vasicek Model of Credit Portfolio: Large Homogeneous Portfolio Approximation
115
55
50
base correlation (%)
45
40
35
30
25
20
linear interpolation spline interpolation 4
6
8
10
12 14 tranche (%)
16
18
20
22
Fig. 4.6 Spline vs. linear interpolation of the base correlation skew
14 13.8 13.6
tranche spread (bp)
13.4 13.2 13 12.8 12.6 12.4 12.2 12 16
17
18 19 20 detachment point (x%)
21
Fig. 4.7 Spreads for the 15-x% tranches calculated with base correlation approach
22
116
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
Although base correlations have even more important drawbacks, the market participants started using them immediately since it was the only model available for the time, that allowed to price the off-market tranches in a consistent way. Hull and White [51] point out that the base correlations are actually even more difficult to interpret than the implied correlations. Willemann [105] analyze the properties of base correlations and show some drawbacks of the model. Also [74] explain that this is not a proper model but just a fix of the Gaussian copula model. For example, they point out that an arbitrage-free model for a correlated credit portfolio should satisfy following conditions: (i) The expected outstanding notional of any tranche must be a monotonically decreasing function of time, or equivalently the expected tranche loss must be an monotonically increasing function of time: t 7! ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ %
(4.34)
(ii) The absolute value of the expected loss of an equity tranche must be a monotonically increasing function of the detachment point for any time t: K 7! ELR .0;K/ .t/ %; 8t
(4.35)
(iii) The sum of the absolute expected losses of the .K1 ; K2 / tranche and the .K2 ; K3 / tranche must equal the absolute expected loss of the .K1 ; K3 / tranche, for any time t: .K2 K1 /ELR .K
1 ;K2 /
.t/ C .K3 K2 /ELR .K
2 ;K3 /
.t/ D .K3 K1 /ELR .K
1 ;K3 /
.t/: (4.36)
The standard implied correlation approach as well as the base correlation guarantee the first condition since the expected tranche loss for different times t is base base computed with the same correlation values .K1 ;K2 / or K and K . 1 2 None of the approaches guarantees the second condition, so both are not arbitrage-free. Using Proposition 4.3, we can rewrite (4.36) as R .K2 K1 /ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ C .K3 K2 /EL.K2 ;K3 / .t/ R R R D K2 ELR .0;K2 / .t/ K1 EL.0;K1 / .t/ C K3 EL.0;K3 / .t/ K2 EL.0;K2 / .t/ R R D K3 ELR .0;K3 / .t/ K1 EL.0;K1 / .t/ D .K3 K1 /EL.K1 ;K3 / .t/:
(4.37)
In the implied correlation approach the first two summands in (4.38) are computed using correlation .K1 ;K2 / and the second two using correlation .K2 ;K3 / . So the third condition does not in general hold for the implied correlation approach. For base the base correlation approach ELR .0;Ki / .t/ is computed with correlation Ki . So the first and fourth summands cancel out and thus the condition 3 holds.
4.3 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model
117
Thus, the base correlation approach is a bit safer than the implied correlation. However, it is not a good model of the correlated portfolio defaults, but just an attempt to correct a simple one factor Gaussian model to fit the market, like the implied volatility tries to correct the Black–Scholes model. A good model should be not only arbitrage-free but it also must allow to price off-market tranches and compute greeks. Beside, for our purposes of a portfolio simulation framework it would be difficult to model the dynamics of the complete base correlation skew. For this reason we devote the next section to the development of a model that is able to describe the correlation smile properly.
4.3 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model The calculation of loss distribution of the reference portfolio over different time horizons is the central problem of pricing synthetic CDOs. Computationally intensive Monte Carlo simulation techniques have to be used if the correlation structure is assumed to be completely general. The concept of conditional independence yields substantial simplification: If it is assumed that defaults of different titles in the credit portfolio are independent, conditional on a common market factor, it is much simpler to compute the aggregate portfolio loss distributions for different time horizons, as we have already seen in the previous sections. For this reason, the factor copula approach for modeling correlated defaults has become very popular. As we have already seen, [89–91] made an additional simplifying assumption of a large homogeneous portfolio (LHP), i.e. assuming it is possible to approximate the real reference credit portfolio with a portfolio consisting of a large number of equally weighted identical instruments (having the same term structure of default probabilities, recovery rates, and correlations to the common factor), and got a closed-form analytic pricing formula for synthetic CDO tranches. The fundamental problem, however, was that if we calculate the correlations that are implied by the market prices of different tranches of the same CDO using the LHP approach, we do not get the same correlation over the whole structure, but observe a correlation smile. Starting 2004, when tranched iTraxx and CDX indices started trading, many researchers were working on this problem mainly trying to extend the popular Vasicek or one factor Gaussian copula model in order to get better empirical results. The most of the models are relaxing or changing one or more assumptions of the Vasicek model. In some cases analytic solutions are still available, in the others it is possible to apply some semi-analytical computation methods, and in some cases the use of Monte Carlo simulation is necessary. In this section we give an overview of the most important model extensions.
4.3.1 Heterogeneous Finite Portfolio The assumptions of the large homogeneous portfolio in Definition 4.2 in the Vasicek model is actually very strong and unrealistic. Many researchers and practitioners
118
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
prefer to relax this assumption and to use the one factor Gaussian copula model as described in the Definition 4.1. A heterogeneous finite portfolio, i.e. a portfolio of m credit instruments with individual
Portfolio weight wi Default probability Qi .t/ Recovery Ri Correlation to the market factor ai ,
represents a very real case in contrast to the large homogeneous portfolio approximation. However, the distribution of the portfolio loss does not allow an analytical representation anymore, and thus the CDO pricing is not that fast as in the Vasicek model. Nevertheless, the factor model allows to use semi-analytic computation techniques avoiding time consuming Monte Carlo simulations. Examples are the approaches described by [58] who use fast Fourier transformation techniques, as well as [51] and [5] who apply an iterative numerical procedure to build up the loss distribution for the pool of reference instruments.
4.3.1.1 Probability Bucketing Approach The iterative numerical procedure of building up the loss distribution for a heterogeneous finite portfolio in the one factor Gaussian model was developed by [51] and is called probability bucketing approach. The same procedure was also independently published by [5]. The percentage portfolio loss in the case of default of the i th credit instrument is wi .1Ri /. The probability of default of the i th instrument before time t, conditional on the market factor, is as before: 1 0 B Ci .t/ ai M.t/ C pi .tjM / D ˚ @ q A: 1 ai2
(4.38)
First, the buckets Œ0; b0 ; .b0 ; b1 / ; : : : ; ŒbK1 ; 1/ for the loss distribution have to be chosen. We want to compute the probability of the total loss lying in the kth bucket for k D 0; : : : ; K. If we set b0 D 0, then the first bucket corresponds to the zero loss. The other buckets can be chosen depending on the portfolio composition as well as on the purposes, e.g. if only one tranche has to be valued it makes sense to use narrow buckets for the losses relevant for this tranche and wide elsewhere. Let P k .tjM / denote the conditional probability that the loss by time t will be in the kth bucket, and Lk .tjM / the mean loss assuming that the loss is in the kth bucket. Then P k .tjM / and Lk .tjM / are calculated iteratively assuming there are no instruments in the portfolio, afterwards assuming there is one instrument, and so on. Besides, it is assumed that all the probability P k .tjM / is concentrated at the current value of Lk .tjM /.
4.3 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model
119
In the case that there are no credit instruments, the loss is zero with probability one: P 0 .tjM / D 1; P k .tjM / D 0; k 1: The initial values of Lk .tjM /, k 1; can be set to any value, e.g. L0 .tjM / D 0; bk1 C bk Lk .tjM / D ; 2 LK .tjM / D bK1 :
1 k K 1;
Suppose, we have calculated the P k .tjM / and Lk .tjM / for the first j 1 instruments in the portfolio. The percentage loss given default from the j th credit instrument is wj .1 Rj /, and the default probability is pj .tjM / as in (4.38). Then find the bucket u.k/ containing Lk .tjM / C wj .1 Rj / for all k. Since the default of the j th instrument would move the amount of probability P k .tjM / pj .tjM / from the bucket k to the bucket u.k/, the recursive formulas for u.k/ > k are: P k .tjM /new D P k .tjM /old P k .tjM /old pj .tjM /; P u.k/ .tjM /new D P u.k/ .tjM /old C P k .tjM /old pj .tjM /; Lk .tjM /new D Lk .tjM /old ; Lu.k/ .tjM /new D P u.k/ .tjM /old Lu.k/ .tjM /old CP k .tjM /old pj .tjM / Lk .tjM /old C wj .1 Rj / = P u.k/ .tjM /old C P k .tjM /old pj .tjM / : If the loss stays in the same bucket, i.e. u.k/ D k; then: P k .tjM /new D P k .tjM /old ; Lk .tjM /new D Lk .tjM /old C pj .tjM / wj .1 Rj /: To compute the unconditional probability of the total loss lying in the kth bucket, it is necessary to integrate the conditional probability over the distribution of the factor M. This can be done with the help of some numerical integration method, e.g. Gauss quadrature: Z1 k P .t/ D P k .tju/ d˚ .u/ : (4.39) 1
120
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
The corresponding losses are assumed to be in the middle of the buckets. Afterwards, CDO tranches are priced as described in Sect. 4.1 with the tranche expected losses calculated as in (4.6). 4.3.1.2 Fast Fourier Transformation Approach Laurent and Gregory [58] presented another approach of computing the distribution function of the loss of the heterogeneous finite portfolio. It is based on the fast Fourier transform and thus its central point is the calculation of the characteristic function of the portfolio loss. For this aim, the percentage portfolio loss at time t is presented as Lportfolio .t/ D
m X
Ij .t/wj 1 Rj ;
(4.40)
j D1
where Ij .t/ is one if the j th credit instrument has defaulted up to time t and zero otherwise. Then the characteristic function of the portfolio loss, conditional on the market factor M , can be written as h i .t; ujM / D E e i uLportfolio.t / jM (4.41) 3 2 P m iu Ij .t /wj .1Rj / jM 5 D E 4e j D1 2 D E4
m Y
3 e i uIj .t /wj .1Rj / jM 5 :
j D1
The random variables Ij .t/ are independent, conditional on the market factor M. So we can get the expectation inside the product 2 E4
m Y
3 e i uIj .t /wj .1Rj / jM 5 D
j D1
m i h Y E e i uIj .t /wj .1Rj / jM :
(4.42)
j D1
These expectations are easy to compute since Ij .t/ are Bernoulli distributed .t; ujM / D
m Y pj .tjM /e i uwj .1Rj / C 1 pj .tjM / ;
(4.43)
j D1
where the probability pj .tjM / of default of the j th instrument before time t, conditional on the market factor, is as before given by (4.38).
4.3 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model
121
Now it is possible to compute the unconditional characteristic function of the percentage portfolio loss numerically by integrating the conditional characteristic function over the distribution of the factor M.t/ Z1 .t; ujv/ d˚ .v/ :
.t; u/ D
(4.44)
1
At the next step, fast Fourier transform is used to compute the distribution function of the portfolio loss from its characteristic function. Both probability bucketing and fast Fourier transform computation approaches can be used in the same way for a modified underlying model with, e.g., a different distribution of the factors. The only requirement is the possibility to derive the default probability pj .tjM /.
4.3.2 Different Distributions Various authors have proposed different ways to bring more tail dependence into the Vasicek model. The most popular approach was to use a copula that exhibits more tail dependence. Examples are the Marshall–Olkin copula in [4], the Student-t copula in [75], the double-t distribution in [51], the class of Archimedean copulas in [81]. In this section we present the double-t copula model of Hull and White, which is the starting point of our further research in this thesis. Besides, we also describe the Student-t copula model in order to show the difference between them. For the other copula models we refer, e.g., to [4, 22, 81]. 4.3.2.1 Double-t Copula Model One natural extension of the LHP approach could be an assumption of some heavy tail distribution. The double-t one factor model proposed by [51] assumes a Student-t distribution for the common market factor M as well as for the individual factors Xi : Then the loss distribution F1 in (4.22) is modified in the following way: ! p 1 a2 T 1 .x; X / C.t/ F1 .t; x; X ; M / D T ; M ; a where T denotes the Student-t distribution function with degrees of freedom. In general, the degrees of freedom X and M can be different. The asset returns Ai do not necessarily follow Student-t distribution since the Student-t distribution is not stable under convolution. The distribution function H of Ai must be computed numerically. Afterwards, it is possible to find the default thresholds C.t/ D H 1 .qi .t//: This procedure is quite time consuming and
122
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
it makes the double-t model too slow for Monte Carlo based risk management applications. Unfortunately, the integrals in (4.7) for the expected losses of synthetic CDO tranches for the LHP model, that is based on the double-t copula, cannot be computed analytically. The major problem is the instability of the Student-t distribution under convolution. The calculation of the default thresholds (that are quantiles of the distribution of asset returns) requires a numerical root search procedure involving numerical integration that increases the computation time dramatically (see Sect. 5.5). 4.3.2.2 Student-t Copula Model The double-t copula model described above is actually no copula in the usual sense. The extension of the Vasicek model to the Student-t distribution that is really the Student-t copula is described in [75]. The Student-t copula asymptotically converges to the Gaussian copula in the limit of large number of degrees of freedom . The Student-t copula model is defined so that the asset return is Student-t distributed and retains the one factor correlation structure M.t/ Ai .t/ D ai p C W .t/=
q
Xi .t/ ; 1 ai2 p W .t/=
(4.45)
where W .t/ is an additional independent random variable that follows chi-square distribution with degrees of freedom. M.t/ and Xi .t/ are independent, following standard normal distribution. Now, both market and individual factors depend on the same value of W .t/. So the model is not a ‘factor model’ anymore since the asset return cannot be decomposed into two independent factors. As in the Gaussian one factor copula model, the variable Ai .t/ is mapped to default time i of the i th issuer using a percentile-to-percentile transformation, i.e. the issuer i defaults before time t when
or equivalently
T .Ai .t/; / Qi .t/ ;
(4.46)
Ai .t/ T 1 .Qi .t/ ; / DW Ci .t/;
(4.47)
where Qi .t/ denotes the risk-neutral probability of the i th instrument to default before time t denoted with Qi .t/ D QŒi t: According to (4.45), the i th instrument defaults up to time t if p Ci .t/ W .t/= ai M.t/ Xi .t/ q : 1 ai2
4.3 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model
123
A new variable (that can be interpreted as a mixing variable) is introduced p
.t/ D Ci .t/ W .t/= ai M.t/: Then the probability that the i th instrument defaults up to time t, conditional on the factor .t/, is 0 1 B .t/ C pi .tj / D ˚ @ q A: 1 ai2
(4.48)
As shown in the proof of the Theorem 4.1, the loss of the large homogeneous portfolio before recovery follows the same distribution as the conditional probability of default of the single issuer. Then, the loss after recovery is L.t/ .1 Ri /pi .tj /: So the distribution function of the portfolio loss is F1 .t; x/ D QŒL.t/ x 2
0
1
3
7 B .t/ C 6 D Q 4.1 Ri /˚ @ q A x5 1 ai2
q x D Q .t/ 1 ai2 ˚ 1 1 Ri q x 1 ai2 ˚ 1 ; D F.t / 1 Ri where F.t / is the cumulative distribution function of .t/. This shows that the distribution function of the portfolio loss that is necessary for CDO pricing is known if we can compute the distribution function of the mixing variable .t/. Although there is no analytical way to compute the distribution function of .t/, that is a mixture of a chi-square and Gaussian distribution, there exist efficient algorithms to handle it numerically. We refer to [75] and [79] for the description of this algorithm.
4.3.3 More Stochastic Factors Another approach to improve the performance of the Vasicek model is the introduction of additional stochastic factors into the model. Andersen and Sidenius [4] extended the Gaussian factor copula model to random recovery and random factor loadings. With “random factor loadings” the authors actually mean a stochastic correlation factor. In this section we describe the ideas of this model, accompanied by some similar stochastic correlation models of other authors. There were even
124
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
more extension models with more stochastic factors, that we just want to mention here without going into details. Hull et al. [50] make the correlation stochastic and correlated with the market factor. Trinh et al. [88] allowed for idiosyncratic and systematic jumps to default.
4.3.3.1 Random Recovery Model In the extensions of the Vasicek model, introduced by [4], the recovery rate is assumed to be a random number. The idea of this extension is to incorporate the empirically observed effect of the negative correlation between recovery rates and default probabilities. The model is defined as follows. As before consider a portfolio of m credit instruments. The standardized asset return up to time t of the i th issuer in the portfolio, Ai .t/, is assumed to be of the same form as in the one factor Gaussian model: q (4.49) Ai .t/ D ai M.t/ C 1 ai2 Xi .t/; where M.t/ and Xi .t/; i D 1; : : : ; m are independent standard normally distributed random variables. The recovery is modeled as Ri .t/ D Rimax .1 Ci .i C bi M.t/ C Yi .t/// ;
(4.50)
where i and bi are constants, and Ci W R ! Œ0; 1 are arbitrary mapping functions. So the recovery is a transformation of the same systematic term M.t/, incorporating the empirical experience that recovery rates are influenced by the same market factors as the default variables, and an individual term Yi .t/. The specific model of stochastic recovery considered by Andersen and Sidenius is the cumulative Gaussian recovery model. The recovery individual factors Yi .t/ are assumed to be normally distributed as well. The mapping functions are given by the standard cumulative Gaussian distribution function Ci .x/ D ˚.x/. The formulas for the loss distribution of the large homogeneous portfolio are derived by [4] and can be easily implemented. However, the empirical calibration of the model by the authors shows that the model is unlikely to fit the observed skew.
4.3.3.2 Stochastic Correlation Several extensions of the Gaussian copula model with stochastic correlation were considered in the literature. Generally, such a model has the following specification Ai .t/ D ai M.t/ C
q 1 ai2 Xi .t/;
(4.51)
4.3 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model
125
where M.t/ and Xi .t/; i D 1; : : : ; m are independent standard normally distributed random variables, and ai are random variables with values in Œ0; 1 and independent from the market factor M.t/. The independence from M.t/ is necessary to be able to calculate the default probability via conditioning on ai and afterwards integrating over its distribution:
Z1 pi .tjM / D
˚ 0
Ci .t/ xM.t/ p dFai .x/: 1 x2
(4.52)
The most simple special case of this general stochastic correlation model is considered by [21]. In this model, the correlation random variable is defined as ai D .1 Bi /
p
C Bi
p
;
(4.53)
where Bi are independent Bernoulli random variables and ; constants in Œ0; 1. If we denote the parameter of the Bernoulli distribution by p D P ŒBi D 1 p D P ŒBi D 0 ; then the individual default probability can be easily calculated as pi .tjM / D p ˚
p p Ci .t/ M.t/ Ci .t/ M.t/ p p C p ˚ 1 1
(4.54)
and the loss distribution function of the large homogeneous portfolio is p
p
1 ˚ 1 .x/ C.t/ : p (4.55) This model is not a Gaussian copula anymore, but a factor copula. It is also possible to allow for three or more correlation values. The ability of the model to fit the market prices is better due to additional free parameters. Burtschell et al. [21] consider also another specification for the stochastic correlation: p ai D .1 Bs / .1 Bi / C Bs ; (4.56) F1 .t; x/ D p ˚
1 ˚ 1 .x/ C.t/ p
C p ˚
where Bi , i D 1; : : : ; m and Bs are independent Bernoulli random variables and constant in Œ0; 1. The model has a state of perfect correlation when Bs D 1. The Bernoulli parameters are denoted by p D Q ŒBi D 1 ps D Q ŒBs D 1 :
126
4 One Factor Gaussian Copula Model
Then correlation has the following distribution: 8 p.1 ps / < 0 with p ai D with .1 p/.1 ps / : 1 with ps The individual default probability can be computed as in (4.52) by conditioning on M.t/, Bi and Bs : pi .tjM / D
1 X
Q ŒAi .t/ Ci .t/jM; Bi D j; Bs D k Q ŒBi D j Q ŒBs D k
j;kD0
D p.1 ps /Q ŒXi .t/ Ci .t/ C ps Q ŒM.t/ Ci .t/jM hp i p M.t/ C 1 Xi .t/ Ci .t/jM C.1 p/.1 ps /Q D p.1 ps /˚ .Ci .t// C ps 1fM.t /Ci .t /g p Ci .t/ M.t/ : C.1 p/.1 ps /˚ p 1
(4.57)
Further, one can use this expression to compute the loss distribution for a heterogeneous portfolio using probability bucketing or fast Fourier transformation approaches presented above, or to derive an analytical formula for the homogeneous portfolio loss distribution. We refer to [21] for further details. There are also ideas in the literature to introduce stochastic correlation by making the correlation a function of the market factor M . This subclass of the models is also called “local correlation” and was introduced by the random factor loadings model of [4]. The “local correlation” models employ the intuitive idea that the correlation depends on the economy cycle: in the growing economy the correlation is lower than during an economy slump. The general model of Andersen and Sidenius is written in the form: Ai .t/ D ai .M.t//M.t/ C vXi .t/ C m;
(4.58)
with M.t/ and Xi .t/ independent standard normal random variables, and the two coefficients v and m are fixed so that the asset return Ai .t/ has zero mean and unit variance. Then, Andersen and Sidenius specify the model by defining the correlation function in the following way ai .M.t// D
˛ if M.t/ : ˇ if M.t/ >
This is a kind of a regime switching model. In the case ˛ > ˇ it represents the idea of economic cycles mentioned above. The special case ˛ D ˇ coincides with
4.3 Overview of the Extensions of the Vasicek Model
127
the Gaussian copula model. In general, the model is not a Gaussian copula anymore. However, the analytical expressions for the individual default probabilities, conditional on the market factor M , as well as the homogeneous portfolio loss distribution functions still can be found. We refer to [4] for these results.
4.3.4 Comparison of the Calibration Results of the Extension Models in the Literature As described above, the literature on extensions of the Vasicek model was very innovative, trying to fix the poor performance of this elegant factor copula model with the help of other distributions and other copulas in its classical sense. The fitting abilities of these models are reported in the corresponding papers. Besides, some researches have already spent the efforts of implementing different models and comparing their fitting ability on the same data set. So, Burtschell et al. [22] performed a comparative analysis of a Gaussian copula model, stochastic correlation extension to Gaussian copula from [4] (we will consider it in the next section), Student-t copula model, double-t factor model, Clayton copula and Marshall–Olkin copula. By pricing the tranches of iTraxx index, they showed that Student-t and Clayton copula models provided results very similar to the Gaussian copula model. The Marshall–Olkin copula lead to a dramatic fattening of the tail. The results of the double-t factor model and stochastic correlation model were closer to the market quotes, and the factor loading model of Andersen [4] performed similar to the latter ones. These comparison results show that a model with heavier tails or a model with additional stochastic factors produces the best fit of the market data. We find the modification of the Gaussian copula model by changing the distribution of the factors with a heavy tailed one, like, e.g., Student-t distribution, a very intuitive and nice idea. The factor copula model with a different distribution still remains very elegant and easy to handle. However, it should be possible to improve computation time of the model by incorporating some other heavy tailed distribution, having better properties than the Student-t distribution. The central research of this thesis is devoted to extending the Vasicek model to another heavy tailed distribution that improves the fitting ability and the computation speed of the model.
.
Chapter 5
Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
We have seen in the previous section, that a heavy tailed distribution of factors in the one factor copula model may help solving the correlation smile problem of the Gaussian copula model. Thus, finding a different heavy tailed distribution that is similar to the Student-t but stable under convolution would help to decrease the computation time tremendously. As computation time is an important issue for a large range of applications such as the determination of an optimal portfolio asset allocation (including CDO tranches), where CDO tranches have to be repriced in each scenario path at each time step in the future, the usage of such a distribution is crucial. In our opinion, the Normal Inverse Gaussian (NIG) distribution is an appropriate distribution to solve the problem. The family of NIG distributions is a special case of the generalized hyperbolic distributions (see [10]). Due to their specific characteristics, NIG distributions are very interesting for applications in finance – they are a generally flexible four parameter distribution family that can produce fat tails and skewness, the class is convolution stable under certain conditions and the cumulative distribution function, density and inverse distribution functions can still be computed sufficiently fast (see [87]). The distribution has been employed, e.g., for stochastic volatility modeling by [11]. In this section, all relevant definitions are introduced and all important properties of the NIG distribution are derived. We also pay attention to the efficient implementation of the distribution. Further, we introduce the Normal Inverse Gaussian factor copula model which is the key point of this thesis. Afterwards, we examine the calibration abilities and properties of the model.
5.1 The Main Properties of the Normal Inverse Gaussian Distribution The normal inverse Gaussian distribution is a mixture of normal and inverse Gaussian distributions.
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 5, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
129
130
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
Fig. 5.1 Density of the inverse Gaussian distribution
α = 1, β = 2 α = 1, β = 1 α = 2, β = 1.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0
1
2
3
4
Definition 5.1 (Inverse Gaussian distribution). A non-negative random variable X has an Inverse Gaussian (IG) distribution with parameters ˛ > 0 and ˇ > 0 if its density function is of the form: 8 .˛ ˇx/2 ˛ ˆ 3=2 ˆ
0 x 2ˇx 2ˇ fI G .xI ˛; ˇ/ D ˆ ˆ : 0 ; if x 0: The corresponding distribution function is: 8 Z x .˛ ˇz/2 ˛ ˆ 3=2 ˆ
0 2ˇz 2ˇ 0 FI G .xI ˛; ˇ/ D ˆ ˆ : 0 ; if x 0: We write then X I G .˛; ˇ/. Lemma 5.1. The standardized central moments of an Inverse Gaussian distributed random variable X I G .˛; ˇ/ are: E.X / D
˛ ˇ
˛ V .X / D E .X E.X //2 D 2 ˇ 0 !3 1 3 X E.X / AD p S.X / D E @ p ˛ V .X /
5.1 The Main Properties of the Normal Inverse Gaussian Distribution
0 X E.X / p V .X /
K.X / D E @
!4 1 AD3C
131
15 : ˛
Proof. See [54, p. 262f] with D ˛=ˇ, and D ˛ 2 =ˇ.
Definition 5.2 (Normal Inverse Gaussian distribution). A random variable X follows a Normal Inverse Gaussian (NIG) distribution with parameters ˛, ˇ, and ı if: X j Y D y N . C ˇy; y/ Y I G .ı; 2 / with WD
p ˛2 ˇ2 ;
with parameters satisfying the following conditions: 0 jˇj < ˛ and ı > 0. We then write X N I G .˛; ˇ; ; ı/ and denote the density and probability functions by fN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ and FN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ correspondingly. The density of the NIG distribution is then: Z fN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ D
1 0
and the distribution function: Z FN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ D
x 1
fN .xI C ˇy; y/ fI G .yI ı; 2 /dy
Z
1
0
(5.1)
fN .tI C ˇy; y/ fI G .yI ı; 2 /dydt (5.2)
with fN .xI ; 2 / the density function of the Gaussian distribution: fN .xI ; 2 / D p
.x /2 exp : 2 2 2 2 1
Lemma 5.2. The density of a random variable X N I G .˛; ˇ; ; ı/ can be also written in the form: fN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ D
p ı˛ exp .ı C ˇ.x // K1 ˛ ı 2 C .x /2 : p ı 2 C .x /2
R1 Where K1 .w/ WD 12 0 exp 12 w.t C t 1 / dt is the modified Bessel function of p the third kind and WD ˛ 2 ˇ 2 .
132
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
Proof. We start with plugging the expressions for the Gaussian and Inverse Gaussian densities into (5.1): fN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ Z 1 D fN .xI C ˇy; y/ fI G yI ı; 2 dy 0 Z 1 .x ˇy/2 1 ı p y 3=2 p exp .ı / D exp 2y 2y 2 0 1 ı2 dy exp C 2y 2 y Z 1 ı 1 .x /2 C ı 2 D y 2 exp exp .ı C ˇ.x // C ˛2 y dy: 2 2 y 0 With substitution y D
p
ı 2 C.x/2 ˛w
we continue:
fN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ Z 1 ˛ 2 w2 ı D exp .ı C ˇ.x // 2 ı 2 C .x /2 0 !! p p ı 2 C .x /2 ı 2 C .x /2 1 ˛w..x /2 C ı 2 / 2 exp p C˛ dw 2 ˛w ˛w2 ı 2 C .x /2 Z 1 ˛ ı p D exp .ı C ˇ.x // 2 2 ı C .x /2 0 1 p 2 1 2 exp ˛ ı C .x / .w C w / d w 2 p ı˛ exp .ı C ˇ.x // D K1 ˛ ı 2 C .x /2 : p ı 2 C .x /2
While the density function of the NIG distribution is quite complicated, its moment generating function has a simple form. Lemma 5.3. The moment generating function of a random variable X N I G .˛; ˇ; ; ı/ is p exp ı ˛ 2 ˇ2 p : MX .t/ D exp .t/ exp ı ˛2 .ˇ C t/2 Proof. Since for any density function f holds: Z
1
1
f .x/dx D 1;
5.1 The Main Properties of the Normal Inverse Gaussian Distribution
133
we have for the NIG density function: Z
p ı˛ exp .ı C ˇ.x // K1 ˛ ı 2 C .x /2 dx p ı 2 C .x /2 1 p Z 1 K1 ˛ ı 2 C .x /2 e ˇx ı˛ D p dx; exp .ı ˇ/ ı 2 C .x /2 1
1D
1
and thus we notice that, 0 @
Z
1
1
p 11 p K1 ˛ ı 2 C .x /2 e ˇx ı˛ p dx A D exp ı ˛ 2 ˇ 2 ˇ : ı 2 C .x /2
Now we have for the moment generating function h i MX .t/ D E e tX p Z 1 K1 ˛ ı 2 C .x /2 e .ˇ Ct /x p ı˛ D p dx exp ı ˛ 2 ˇ 2 ˇ ı 2 C .x /2 1 p p ı˛ exp ı ˛ 2 ˇ 2 ˇ exp ı ˛ 2 .ˇ C t/2 C .ˇ C t/ ı˛ p exp ı ˛2 ˇ 2 p : D exp .t/ exp ı ˛2 .ˇ C t/2
D
Lemma 5.4. The central moments (mean, variance, skewness and kurtosis) of a random variable X N I G .˛; ˇ; ; ı/ are: E.X / D C ı
ˇ
ˇ S.X / D 3 p ˛ ı Proof. Follows from Lemma 5.3.
V .X / D ı
˛2 3
2 ! 1 ˇ . K.X / D 3 C 3 1 C 4 ˛ ı
Figure 5.2 shows the NIG densities for different parameter sets. We change in the first three plots the value of only one of the parameters. In the last plot we show some more densities with more than one parameter changed.
134
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model 0.7
0.8 α=3, β=0,μ=0,δ=1 α=1, β=0,μ=0,δ=1 α=0.1,β=0,μ=0,δ=1
0.7 0.6
α=2,β= 0, μ=0,δ=1 α=2,β=−1.5,μ=0,δ=1 α=2,β= 1, μ=0,δ=1 α=2,β= 1.9,μ=0,δ=1
0.6 0.5
0.5 0.4
0.4 0.3
0.3 0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1 0 −4
−2
0
2
4
6
0 −4
−2
(a) ˛ variable
0
2
1 α=1,β=0,μ=0,δ=0.5 α=1,β=0,μ=0,δ=1 α=1,β=0,μ=0,δ=3
0.8
4
6
(b) ˇ variable α=1,β=0, μ=−3,δ=1 α=3,β=0, μ=−3,δ=3 α=1,β=0.9,μ=0,δ=1 α=2,β=1.9,μ=0, δ=1 α=3,β=2.9,μ=0, δ=1
0.5
0.4 0.6 0.3 0.4
0.2
0.2
0 −4
0.1
−2
0
2
4
6
0 −6
(c) ı variable
−4
−2
0
2
4
6
(d) Parameter combinations
Fig. 5.2 Densities of NIG distribution
Table 5.1 Changes in the central moments in dependence on the parameters ˛ ˇ % &
V & V %
K& K%
E% E&
V % V %
S% S&
K% K%
E% E&
ı V % V &
K& K%
We can see the influence of the parameter changes on the distribution density from Fig. 5.2. We can also derive the changes in the central moments of the distribution from Lemma 5.4. We summarize these dependencies in the following table. We change one of the parameters and give the corresponding change in the central moments (Table 5.1). Additionally, the distribution is symmetric only when ˇ D 0. So we have seen so far that the four parameter NIG family contains distributions with heavy tails and non-symmetric skewed distributions. Further very important properties of the NIG distribution are the scaling property and closure under convolution.
5.1 The Main Properties of the Normal Inverse Gaussian Distribution
135
Lemma 5.5 (Scaling and convolution properties of NIG). (i) For NIG distributed random variable X N I G .˛; ˇ; ; ı/ and a scalar c, cX is NIG distributed as well with parameters cX N I G
˛ ˇ ; ; c; cı : c c
(5.3)
(ii) For independent random variables X N I G .˛; ˇ; 1 ; ı1 / and Y N I G .˛; ˇ; 2 ; ı2 /, their sum is NIG distributed as well with parameters X C Y N I G .˛; ˇ; 1 C 2 ; ı1 C ı2 / :
(5.4)
Proof. (i) We consider the moment generating function for cX . From the properties of moment generating functions we have: McX .t/ D MX .ct/: So we get:
p exp ı ˛ 2 ˇ 2 p McX .t/ D exp .ct/ exp ı ˛ 2 .ˇ C ct/2 ! r ˛ 2 ˇ 2 exp cı c c D exp .ct/
q ˛ 2 ˇ 2 exp cı . c C t/ c
which is the moment generating function of N I G ˛c ; ˇc ; c; cı . (ii) From the properties of moment generating functions we have for independent X and Y : MXCY .t/ D MX .t/MY .t/: So for X N I G .˛; ˇ; 1 ; ı1 / and Y N I G .˛; ˇ; 2 ; ı2 / we get MXCY .t/
p p exp ı1 ˛ 2 ˇ 2 exp ı2 ˛ 2 ˇ 2 exp .2 t/ p p D exp .1 t/ exp ı1 ˛ 2 .ˇ C t/2 exp ı2 ˛ 2 .ˇ C t/2 p exp .ı1 C ı2 / ˛ 2 ˇ 2 D exp ..1 C 2 /t/ p exp .ı1 C ı2 / ˛ 2 .ˇ C t/2
which is the moment generating function of N I G .˛; ˇ; 1 C 2 ; ı1 C ı2 /.
136
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
5.2 Efficient Implementation of the NIG Distribution The Normal Inverse Gaussian distribution usually does not belong to the package of standard distributions that are already implemented in programs like Matlab, S-Plus, R and Mathematica. Since the NIG distribution functions are quite complicated we would expect them to be computationally intensive if using the straight forward implementation. The work of Tempes [87] showed that this is indeed the case. Some alternative implementations in Matlab were developed and compared in [87] and in [55]. We use this toolbox in our empirical work on the NIG copula model for CDO pricing as well. Since the computational speed will become especially important to us in the later work on the asset allocation with CDOs, we spend some additional efforts to make this toolbox1 even more efficient. This section describes and compares the alternative implementation algorithms of the NIG distribution. We denote different implementations of the density, distribution and inverse distribution functions of NIG with Funktion NIG. The computation times of various algorithms will be compared by evaluating the functions of the NIG distribution with the standard parameter set .˛; ˇ; ; ı/ D .1; 0; 0; 1/ at m points between 5 and 5. We start with the implementation of the probability density function pdf. The naive approach would be to follow the definition of the NIG distribution and to use the form of the density function in (5.1): Z fN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ D
1 0
fN .xI C ˇy; y/ fI G .yI ı; 2 /dy:
We denote this implementation with f NIG and compute the integral with the Matlab function quad.2 We will use this function further as well to compute the integrals. If the function f NIG should be evaluated at many points together, i.e. at a vector x 2 Rm , a for-loop will be used to compute the integral m times. Evaluating f NIG at m D 10:000 points takes 23.64 s.3 This is more than 1.000 times slower than the Gaussian density function and 100 times slower than Studentt density function. The reason for this extremely long computation time is that the integral must be computed at each of the m points without using any of the already computed values. However one call of the Matlab build-in and highly optimized function quad takes only 0.0002 s. So we would not be able to save any time by using any self written integration routine. Instead, it is more efficient to use a different expression for the density function containing terms with functions that
1
The NIG toolbox can be downloaded from Matlab central file exchange. The function quad approximates the integral of a function on the interval [a, b] with the recursive adaptive Simpson-quadrature. 3 The computation times in this section are taken from [87] that contains no information on the used processor. However, not the absolute numbers but the comparison of different implementation methods are important for us. 2
5.2 Efficient Implementation of the NIG Distribution Table 5.2 CPU times of the NIG probability density functions in seconds
m 1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000
137 f NIG 0 0:02 0:21 1:73 17:34 311:47
g NIG 0 0 0 0.01 0.05 0.62 6.64
are already implemented in Matlab and avoiding the integration. The alternative expression for the NIG density function in (5.2) p ı˛ exp .ı C ˇ.x // p K1 ˛ ı 2 C .x /2 ı 2 C .x /2
gN I G .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı/ D
contains the Bessel function instead of the integral. Although the Bessel function includes an integration itself, this is a build-in Matlab function4 and thus is significantly faster than performing an integration with quad. We denote the implementation of this expression for the NIG density function with g NIG. The computational times for both density functions are compared in Table 5.2. This comparison shows that the implementation g NIG is more than 500 times faster than f NIG. So we choose to use g NIG further on. Next we continue with the implementation of the probability function. There are two expressions for the probability function following from the two expressions for the density function. The first expression arises from the definition in (5.1): Z FN I G .x/ D
x
Z
1
1
0
fN .tI C ˇy; y/ fI G yI ı; 2 dydt:
As we have already learned from the implementation of the density function that explicit integration is very time consuming, so we can eliminate one integration by using the Gaussian probability function instead of the density: Z FN I G .x/ D
1 0
FN .xI C ˇy; y/ fI G yI ı; 2 dy:
The second representation of the NIG probability function follows from the alternative expression for the density function with the Bessel function in (5.2): Z GN I G .x/ D
4
x 1
p ı˛ exp .ı C ˇ.t // K1 ˛ ı 2 C .t /2 dt: (5.5) p ı 2 C .t /2
The Matlab Bessel function is besselk.
138
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
Both expressions for the probability function FN I G and GN I G contain only one integration now. In both implementations, F NIG and G NIG, we compute the integrals with quad and use a for-loop to evaluate the functions at several points. Evaluating the functions at 10.000 points needs 29.41 s for the F NIG and 59.45 s for G NIG that is both very slow. The reason for this is that the integration is performed at every point new. While it is unavoidable for the function F NIG, it is possible to use the already computed values in G NIG. Therefore, we sort the input vector x 2 Rm and get the vector x 2 Rm such that: x1 x2 xm : So the new implementation H NIG of the probability function GN I G still uses a for-loop to evaluate the function at all input points but utilizes the previously computed values: H
NIG
.xi / D H
NIG
.xi1 / C
Z
xi
xi1
g
NIG
.t/dt
(5.6)
with x0 D 1 and H NIG .x0 / D 0. Evaluation of the H NIG at 10.000 points needs only 6.97 s (incl. the sorting of the points) that is an improvement of 70% in comparison to the first implementation (see Table 5.3). Now we work on the implementation of the NIG inverse distribution function. First, we need to show that the NIG distribution function is continuous and strictly monotone for all x 2 R and all feasible parameter ˛ > jˇj; ı > 0; 2 R. Note that x enters only the Gaussian distribution function which is continuous. Since multiplying a continuous function with a constant and integrating the expression gives a continuous result, the NIG distribution function is continuous as well. Further, FN is strictly monotone increasing function and fI G is independent from x. Thus the NIG distribution function is strictly monotone increasing as well. So there exists a unique inverse function: 1 FN I G .u/ D x ” FN I G .x/ D u
” FN I G .x/ u D 0: Table 5.3 CPU times of the NIG distribution function in seconds
m 1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000
F NIG 0 0:03 0:32 2:91 29:41 402:71
(5.7)
G NIG 0:01 0:07 0:63 6:01 59:45 599:89
H NIG 0 0:02 0:07 0:75 6:97 70:32 739:01
5.2 Efficient Implementation of the NIG Distribution
139
Equation (5.7) can be solved with the Matlab function fzero. Since we want to evaluate the inverse NIG function in a vector u 2 Œ0; 1m , we need to solve this equation in a for-loop for each uj to get the corresponding xj . So fzero must be called m times with a scalar. fzero evaluates the NIG distribution function FN I G in each iteration of its search. Thus, such an implementation of the NIG inverse function would be very time consuming because of the quite long computation times of the NIG distribution function. The following algorithm of evaluation of the NIG inverse function on a vector turns out to be much more efficient. Given a vector u 2 Œ0; 1m where the function must be evaluated, we first find an interval Œxmi n ; xmax such that all the points of the input vector are: FN I G .xmi n / uj FN I G .xmax /; for all j . Since the interval can be arbitrarily large and its bounds must not be very close to the minimal and the maximal uj , it is very fast to find an appropriate interval. Further, we choose N D 2s with s, e.g., 10–14, equidistant points ti , i D 1; : : : ; N on the interval Œxmi n ; xmax and evaluate the NIG density function on this vector: y D fN I G .t/ D .fN I G .ti //i D1;:::;N : We can compute the NIG distribution function in vector t very fast using the approximation: FN I G .ti / zi D FN I G .xmi n / C
i X kD1
yi
xmax xmi n : 2s
(5.8)
So we have created a table of the NIG distribution function using a very efficient implementation approximating FN I G . This table is then used to find an x with FN I G .x/ D u by using linear interpolation inside the grid for FN I G .t/, i.e. for u D zi C .1 /zi C1 , 1 i N 1, we find x D ti C .1 /ti C1 as the interpolated inverse of the NIG-distribution at point x. The approximation method of the computation of the NIG distribution function described in (5.8) can although be used for the evaluation of FN I G at a very large number of points. Given a sufficiently large vector x, this approximation is much more efficient than the implementation H NIG, and still very exact. We denote this new implementation with H Large NIG. Now only the routines for the generation of NIG distributed random numbers are missing. Clearly, the usual way of generating uniformly distributed random numbers and transforming them to NIG distributed random numbers via applying the inverse NIG distribution function would be very inefficient. Generating NIG distributed random numbers according to the Definition 5.2 via the Gaussian and Inverse Gaussian random numbers proved to be the most efficient way.
140
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
To generate the Inverse Gaussian distributed random numbers, we use the following algorithm developed by [70]. Algorithm 5.2.1 (Simulation of IG random numbers) 1. Generate a realization of Y with Y 21 . 2. Calculate 1 0 s 1 ˛3 A ˇ2 @ Y1 D C 4 Y C Y C 4 2 Y ; ˛ 2˛ ˇ 0 Y2 D
2
1 ˇ C 4 @Y ˛ 2˛
1
s Y C4
˛3 ˇ2
Y A:
3. Generate a realization of U with U U .0; 1/. 4. Set 8 ˛ < Y1 if U ˛CˇY 1 XD : Y2 if U > ˛ : ˛CˇY1 The algorithm for generating NIG random numbers is defined in the following way: Algorithm 5.2.2 (Simulation of NIG random numbers) p 1. Generate random numbers Y1 IG.ı ˛ 2 ˇ 2 ; ˛2 ˇ 2 / with Algorithm 5.2.1. 2. Generate random number Y2p N .0; 1/. 3. Compute X D C ˇY1 C Y1 Y2 . Table 5.4 gives the CPU times of the chosen implementations of the NIG density function g NIG, two implementations of the distribution function H NIG and H Large NIG, inverse distribution function Finv NIG and the function generating NIG distributed random numbers. As before, the standard parameter set .˛; ˇ; ; ı/ D .1; 0; 0; 1/ is used for this comparison. The input vectors have values between 5 and 5 for the density and distribution functions and between 0 and 1 for the inverse distribution function. We compare the exact implementation of the distribution function H NIG with the alternative implementation H Large NIG that evaluates only the first integral exactly and approximates the next parts with the sum. For a sufficiently large vector, m > 100, the second approximative implementation is much more efficient. We will use both implementations of the distribution function depending on the size of the input vector.
5.3 One Factor NIG Copula Model
141
Table 5.4 CPU times of the NIG functions in seconds m g NIG H NIG H Large NIG 1 0 0 0.42 10 0 0.02 0.35 100 0 0.07 0.35 1.000 0.01 0.75 0.35 10.000 0.05 6.97 0.38 100.000 0.62 70.32 0.53 1.000.000 6.64 739.01 2.42
Finv NIG 0.7 1.28 1.86 2.04 2.17 2.55 4.83
Random numbers 0 0 0 0 0.02 0.17 1.25
5.3 One Factor NIG Copula Model Now we want to apply the NIG distribution to the one factor copula model of correlated defaults and to derive the semi-analytic pricing formulas for the large homogeneous portfolio under the NIG copula model. Since the convolution property of the NIG distribution in (5.4) does not hold for two arbitrary NIG random variables, we need to find the right parametrization of the factors M and Xi in the copula model so that Ai follows a NIG distribution as well. We start with M N I G .˛1 ; ˇ1 ; 1 ; ı1 / and Xi N I G .˛2 ; ˇ2 ; 2 ; ı2 /. Then applying the scaling property in (5.3) we get:
˛1 ˇ1 aM N I G ; ; a1 ; aı1 ; (5.9) a a p p p ˇ2 ˛2 1 a 2 Xi N I G p ; p ; 1 a2 2 ; 1 a2 ı2 : (5.10) 1 a2 1 a2 p Further, to be able to apply the convolution property to the expression aM C 1 a2 Xi , the two first parameters in (5.9) and (5.10) must be equal, i.e. ˛1 ˇ1 ˛2 ˇ2 ; : Dp Dp a 1 a2 a 1 a2 Since M is the common market factor, it should not depend on the portfolio correlation parameter a. So we set p
p 1 a2 1 a2 ˛1 D ˛; ˇ1 D ˇ; ˛2 D ˛; ˇ2 D ˇ: a a p Now the random variable Ai D aM C 1 a2 Xi is NIG distributed for any 1 , 2 , ı1 and ı2 . Its parameters are: Ai N I G
p p ˛ ˇ ; ; a1 C 1 a2 2 ; aı1 C 1 a2 ı2 : a a
142
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
Next, we restrict the parameters further in order to standardize the distributions of the both factors, i.e. the third and the fourth parameters are chosen so that the distributions have zero mean and unit variance. Using Lemma 5.4, we thus get: p ˇ ˛2 D 0 and ı1 3 D 1 for M with D ˛ 2 ˇ 2 ; q ˛2 ˇ2 2 C ı 2 D 0 and ı2 23 D 1 for Xi with 2 D ˛22 ˇ22 : 2 2 1 C ı1
The solution of this system of equations is: ˇ 2 3 1 D 2 ; ı1 D 2 ; 2 D ˛ ˛ p with D ˛ 2 ˇ2 . Then, the distribution of Ai is: Ai N I G
p
1 a2 ˇ 2 ; ı2 D a ˛2
˛ ˇ 1 ˇ 2 1 3 ; ; ; a a a ˛2 a ˛2
p 1 a2 3 ; a ˛2
:
Note that it has zero mean and unit variance as well: ˇ
E.Ai / D
1 ˇ 2 1 3 a D 0; C a ˛2 a ˛ 2 a1
1 3 V .Ai / D a ˛2
˛2 a2 1 3 a3
D 1:
Now we can summarize the obtained results and define the one factor NIG copula model. Definition 5.3 (One factor NIG copula model). Consider a homogeneous portfolio of m credit instruments. The standardized asset return up to time t of the i th issuer in the portfolio, Ai .t/, is assumed to be of the form: Ai .t/ D aM.t/ C
p 1 a2 Xi .t/;
with independent random variables5
ˇ 2 3 To simplify notations we denote the distribution function FN I G xI s˛; sˇ; s ˛2 ; s ˛2 with FN I G .s/ .x/. So, for example, the distribution function of the factor M is FN I G .1/ .x/, of the p factor Xi it is F 1a 2 .x/, and of Ai it is FN I G . 1 / .x/.
5
N IG.
a
/
a
5.3 One Factor NIG Copula Model
M.t/ N I G Xi .t/ N I G where D
p
143
ˇ 2 3 (5.11) ; ˛2 ˛2 ! p p p p 1 a2 1 a2 1 a2 ˇ 2 1 a2 3 ; ˛; ˇ; ; a a a ˛2 a ˛2
˛; ˇ;
˛2 ˇ2 .
Under this copula model the variable Ai .t/ is mapped to default time ti of the i th issuer using a percentile-to-percentile transformation, as in Chap. 4. The issuer i defaults before time t if FN I G . 1 / .Ai .t// Q .t/ ;
(5.12)
1 .Q .t// DW C.t/; Ai .t/ FN IG.1/
(5.13)
a
or equivalently
a
where Q.t/ denotes the risk-neutral probability of the instruments to default before time t. Now we can formulate the main result for the semi-analytic CDO pricing under the one factor NIG copula model. Proposition 5.1. Consider an infinitely large homogeneous portfolio with the asset returns following the one factor NIG copula model in Definition 5.3. Then the distribution of the portfolio loss before recovery is given by 0 B F1 .t; x/ D 1 FN I G .1/ @
1 .Q .t// FN IG.1/ a
p
1 a2 F 1
N IG.
a
p
1a 2 a
/
.x/
1 C A;
(5.14) with x 2 Œ0; 1 the percentage portfolio loss and Q.t/ the risk-neutral default probability of each issuer in the portfolio. Proof. Due to the scaling and convolution properties of NIG distribution, the distribution of Ai is: Ai N I G
˛ ˇ 1 ˇ 2 1 3 ; ; ; a a a ˛2 a ˛2
:
The portfolio loss distribution in (5.14) follows immediately from the Theorem 4.1.
144
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
5.4 CDO Valuation Using the One Factor NIG Model We use the expression in (4.8) together with F1 for the tranche expected loss,6 and rewrite it as 1 EL.K1 ;K2 / .t/ D K 2 K1
K Z2
.x K1 /dF1 .t; x/ C .1 F1 .t; K2 // :
(5.15)
K1
To compute the integral we need the density function of the portfolio loss: dF1 .t; x/ dx
f1 .t; x/ D
0
B D fN I G .1/ @ p
p D
1 a2 a
1 .Q .t// FN IG.1/
p
a
1 a2 F 1
p
N IG.
1a 2 a
/
.x/
a ! dF 1
p
1a 2 a
N IG.
dx 0 F 1
B fN I G .1/ @
1/ N IG.a
1 a2 a
/
N IG
p .Q.t // 1a2 F 1 N IG
p
1a 2 a
a
p
1a 2 a
C A
.x/
1
0 f
1
@F 1
N IG
p
1a 2 a
! .x/
1 C A :
.x/A
The integral K Z2
.x K1 /f1 .t; x/dx K1
has no analytical solution and has to be computed numerically. As we have already seen, the inverse distribution function of the NIG distribution is quite computationally intensive. Computing this integral numerically involves the evaluation of the inverse distribution function numerous times. However, it is very easy to avoid this by means of a variable change:
6
A non-zero recovery can be easily taken into account by the corresponding transformation of the attachment points as this was shown in Sect. 4.2.5.
5.4 CDO Valuation Using the One Factor NIG Model
y D F 1
p
1a 2 a
N IG
Then 0
dy D f
p
N IG
1a 2 a
145 .x/:
dx
@F 1
1: p
1a 2 a
N IG
.x/A
So we get F 1 N IG
K Z2
p
1a 2 a
! .K2 /
!
Z
.x K1 /f1 .t; x/dx D
F
N IG
F 1
K1
N IG
p
1a 2 a
fN I G .1/
! .K1 /
C.t/
p
1a 2 a
.y/
K1
!p p 1 a2 y 1 a2 dy: a a
This expression contains the inverse NIG distribution function only in the integration limits. The function under the integral contains only a NIG distribution function and a NIG density that are much faster to compute than the inverse distribution function. The important advantage of the NIG copula model is that the default thresholds are easy and fast to compute due to the convolution property of the NIG distribution. Before we consider the fitting ability of the NIG model in the next section, we want to investigate some of its properties and point out the main difference between the one factor Gaussian and NIG copula models. The Gaussian distribution is fully described by only two moments since the skewness of the Gaussian distribution is always zero and its kurtosis equals three. The NIG distribution is characterized by four moments. In the next proposition we calculate the moments of the NIG parametrization used in the NIG copula model. 2 3 ; s Proposition 5.2. A random variable X N I G s˛; sˇ; s ˇ has the 2 2 ˛ ˛ following central moments: E.X / D 0 ˇ S.X / D 3 2 s with D
p
V .X / D 1
2 ! 2 ˛ ˇ K.X / D 3 C 3 1 C 4 , ˛ s2 4
˛2 ˇ2 .
Proof. Straightforward from Lemma 5.4.
146
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
10 α=0.5 α=1 α=2
8 6
15 β =−0.5 β =−1 β =0.5 β =1
10
4 2
5
0 0
−2 −4
−5
−6 −10
−8 −10 −2
−1.5
−1
−0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
−15 0
β
2
4
(a) Skewness
α
6
8
10
(b) Skewness
30
30
α=0.5 α=1 α=2
25
β=0 β=0.5 β=1
25
20
20
15
15
10
10
5
5
0 −2
−1.5
−1
−0.5
0 β
0.5
1
1.5
2
0
0
2
4
(c) Kurtosis
α
6
8
10
(d) Kurtosis
ˇ 2 Fig. 5.3 Skewness and kurtosis of X N I G ˛; ˇ; ˛2 ;
3 ˛2
Corollary 5.1. For the one parameter NIG model, i.e. with ˇ D 0, we get the following central moments of the corresponding NIG distribution X N I G .s˛; 0; 0; s˛/: E.X / D 0 S.X / D 0
V .X / D 1
K.X / D 3 1 C
1 . s 2 ˛2
Figure 5.3 shows the skewness and kurtosis of the NIG distribution with s D 1 dependent on the parameters ˛ and ˇ. In particular, we are interested in kurtosis values implied by different values of ˛: kurtosis is higher for smaller values of ˛.
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
147
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model At this point we want to investigate the fitting ability and other properties of the one factor NIG copula model. We compare them with those of the one factor Gaussian and double-t models. To do so, we use the market quotes from the 12th of April 2006, of the 5th series of the tranched iTraxx Europe with 5 years maturity. The settlement of this series is the 20th of March 2006, and maturity the 20th of June 2011. Recall that the reference portfolio of this index consists of equally weighted credit default swaps of 125 European firms. However, all models under comparison employ the LHP assumption, i.e. that the reference portfolio contains infinitely many firms having the same characteristics. So, since the corresponding 5 year iTraxx index is trading at 32 bp at this day, we assume that all reference firms in the portfolio have a CDS spread of 32 bp. Further, the constant default intensity model (see Sect. 3.2.1) is employed for the marginal default distributions. The default intensity of the large homogeneous portfolio is estimated from the CDS spread (see Sect. 3.2.2). The constant recovery rate is assumed to be 40%. The standard tranches have attachment/detachment points at 3%, 6%, 9%, 12% and 22%. The investors of the tranches receive quarterly spread payments on the outstanding notional and compensate for losses when these hit the tranche they are invested in. The investor of the equity tranche receives an up-front fee that is quoted in the market and an annual spread of 500 bp quarterly. Gaussian and double-t factor copulas have only one parameter, the correlation. We estimate this parameter so that the price of the equity tranche fits the market quote, i.e. we calculate the implied equity correlation. The same correlation is used to price the other tranches. The versions of the NIG factor copula we consider have one parameter ˛ (ˇ D 0) or two parameters ˛ and ˇ besides the correlation parameter. We minimize the sum of the absolute errors over all tranches to estimate these parameters. Table 5.5 presents the market quotes of the iTraxx tranches as well as the prices of the LHP model with the Gaussian one factor copula, the double-t distribution with 3 and 4 degrees of freedom and the NIG factor copula with one and two parameters. In the one parameter NIG copula, the parameter ˇ is set to zero which makes the distribution symmetric. The double-t factor copula models fit only the equity tranche exactly since it has only one continuous valued parameter (correlation). The double-t model with 3 degrees of freedom underprices the second tranche while the double-t model with 4 degrees of freedom overprices it. Since the second model parameter (degrees of freedom) is only integer valued, it is in general impossible to fit the second tranche exactly. The results of the NIG copulas are similar to the results of double-t copulas. The additional free parameter in the NIG copula makes it more flexible: the second tranche can be fitted exactly as well. Surprising is that one more free parameter ˇ doesn’t improve the fitting results in this example. The NIG models overprice the three most senior tranches similar to the double-t model. The overall results of the NIG models are slightly better then those of the double-
148
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
Table 5.5 Pricing iTraxx tranches with the LHP model based on different distributions Market Gaussian t(4)–t(4) t(3)–t(3) NIG(1) 0–3% 23.53% 23.53% 23.53% 23.53% 23.53% 3–6% 62.75 bp 140.46 bp 73.3 bp 53.88 bp 62.75 bp 6–9% 18 bp 29.91 bp 28.01 bp 23.94 bp 27.9 bp 9–12% 9.25 bp 7.41 bp 16.53 bp 15.96 bp 17.64 bp 12–22% 3.75 bp 0.8 bp 8.68 bp 9.94 bp 9.79 bp Absolute error 94.41 bp 32.82 bp 27.82 bp 24.34 bp Correlation 15.72% 19.83% 18.81% 16.21% ˛ 0.4794 ˇ 0 Comp. time 0.5 s 12.6 s 11 s 1.5 s
NIG(2) 23.53% 62.75 bp 27.76 bp 17.42 bp 9.6 bp 23.77 bp 15.94% 0.6020 0.1605 1.6 s
Table 5.6 Pricing iTraxx tranches with the LHP model based on different distributions Market Gaussian t(5)–t(5) t(4)–t(4) NIG(1) NIG(2) 0–3% 23.53% 19.24% 26.85% 27.84% 26.94% 26.93% 3–6% 62.75 bp 175.65 bp 65.07 bp 47.53 bp 62.75 bp 62.75 bp 6–9% 18 bp 55.14 bp 18.33 bp 14.37 bp 19.75 bp 19.80 bp 9–12% 9.25 bp 20.10 bp 8.97 bp 7.75 bp 9.73 bp 9.73 bp 12–22% 3.75 bp 3.75 bp 3.75 bp 3.75 bp 3.75 bp 3.75 bp Absolute error 1st tranche 428.86 bp 332.24 bp 431.36 bp 340.62 bp 339.63 bp 2nd–5th tranches 160.89 bp 2.94 bp 20.35 bp 2.24 bp 2.29 bp Aggregate 589.75 bp 335.18 bp 451.71 bp 342.86 bp 341.92 bp Correlation 22.47% 13.97% 12% 9.85% 9.64% ˛ 0.6678 0.7502 ˇ 0 0.1103 Comp. time 0.5 s 12.4 s 12.6 s 1.5 s 1.6 s
t models. However, the important advantage of the NIG model is the much lower computation time. As was already mentioned in Sect. 4.2.6, the prices of the equity tranche are mainly made by a special kind of the market participants, like hedge funds, and thus can be influenced by some exogenous factors. In contrast, the most senior tranches are traded by different kinds of market participants, and therefore are supposed to be priced fairly. For this reason, we try now to calibrate the models on the most senior tranche. The correlation parameter for the Gaussian and double-t models is found to fit the 12–22% tranche exactly. The NIG models are fitted to minimize the sum of the absolute errors over the four tranches: 3–6%, 6–9%, 9–12% and 12–22%. The results are given in the Table 5.6. In this case, the double-t model with 5 degrees of freedom fits the data better than the double-t models with 3 and 4 degrees of freedom. The fit of the both models, double-t and NIG, to the four upper tranches is very good. The absolute error over the four tranches is only 2.94 bp for the double-t model and 2.24 bp for the NIG(1) model. However, both models show a large deviation from the market quote of the
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
149
equity tranche. Again, the NIG(2) model does not bring any improvement comparing to the NIG(1) model. The optimization routine even seems to fail finding an optimal solution for the NIG(2) model. We will consider this problem later in this section. Since fitting the models to the senior tranche or to the four upper tranches appeared to yield much better fitting results for all tranches besides the equity tranche, we will choose this fitting method for the rest of this chapter. Besides, we are particularly interested in alternative investment possibilities for a classical investor for whom the equity tranche is typically to risky. Thus, we are basically interested in mezzanine to senior tranches and not in the equity tranche, so an appropriate modeling of the upper tranches is much more important to us than modeling of the equity tranche. Now we want to compare the descriptive properties of the models using the second calibration. We plot density and cumulative distribution functions of portfolio losses from the Gaussian model, double-t model with 5 degrees of freedom and NIG model in Fig. 5.4. The loss distributions of the double-t and NIG models are very similar, they heavily differ from that of the Gaussian model. Figure 5.5 shows the differences between t or NIG and Gaussian densities. It is especially easy to see that both t and NIG models redistribute risk out of the lower end of the equity tranche to its higher end. The Gaussian model allocates more risk to mezzanine tranches than the other models. Figure 5.6 presents the differences between the densities of the NIG and double-t models. NIG models allocate slightly less risk at the 3–6% tranche than the double-t model does. We have plotted the density functions of the asset returns in Fig. 5.7. Please note, that while the asset distributions in the Gaussian and NIG models are standardized, i.e. have zero mean and unit variance, the variance of the asset return in the double-t model is not one. The density of the NIG(2) model is slightly skewed to the right. Further, we investigate the tail dependence of the one factor copulas under study. In particular, the amount of dependence in the lower-left-quadrant is relevant for modeling credit portfolios. Let X1 and X2 be continuous random variables. We consider the coefficient of lower tail dependence: L .x/ D P fX2 xjX1 xg: Random variables X1 and X2 are said to be asymptotically dependent in the lower tail if L > 0 and asymptotically independent in the lower tail if L D 0, where L D lim L .x/: x!1
The coefficient of upper tail dependence is defined as U .x/ D P fX2 > xjX1 > xg;
150
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 Gaussian copula t(5)−t(5) NIG(1) copula NIG(2) copula
0.2 0.1 0
0
2
4
6
8
10
Loss (%)
(a) Cumulative distribution function 60 Gaussian copula t(5)−t(5) NIG(1) copula NIG(2) copula
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
2
4
6 Loss (%)
(b) Density function Fig. 5.4 Portfolio loss distribution from LHP model
8
10
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
151
60 t(5)−t(5) − Gaussian NIG(1) − Gaussian NIG(2) − Gaussian
40
20
0
−20
−40
−60
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Loss (%)
Fig. 5.5 Difference between t or NIG and Gaussian loss density
NIG(1) − t(5)−t(5) NIG(2) − t(5)−t(5)
10
5
0
−5
−10 0
1
2
3
4 5 Loss (%)
Fig. 5.6 Difference between double-t and NIG loss density
6
7
8
9
152
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model 0.45 Gaussian copula t(5)−t(5) NIG(1) copula NIG(2) copula
0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 −5
0
5
Fig. 5.7 Distribution of asset returns
and X1 and X2 are asymptotically dependent in the upper tail if U > 0, where U D lim U .x/: x!1
We compute the tail dependence coefficients numerically and plot them in Fig. 5.8. The Gaussian copula shows no tail dependence. The tail dependence coefficient of double t(5) copula is significantly larger than that of the Gaussian copula. The tail dependence of the NIG copula lie between those of the Gaussian and double-t copulas. However, none of the models has an asymptotical dependence since the coefficients tend to zero. Note, that the upper and the lower tail dependence structures of Gaussian, double-t(5) and NIG(1) copulas are symmetric. This is not the case for the two parameter NIG copula. This copula has a higher lower tail dependence coefficient similar to that of the NIG(1) copula, and a very small upper tail dependence coefficient. These properties of the copulas under study can be observed in Fig. 5.9 as well. We have simulated pairs of correlated asset returns with Gaussian, double-t with 5 degrees of freedom, NIG with one and two parameter factor copulas and plotted the contours of their joint densities. The double-t factor copula produces more extreme values than the other copulas. The NIG copula with two parameters has more extreme values in the lower left tail than in the upper right tail. Now we return to the calibration of the NIG model. As already mentioned, we minimize the sum of the absolute deviations to fit the model to the market quotes. NIG .a; ˛; ˇ/ the fair spread, calculated with the NIG(2) model Denote with S.K 1 ;K2 /
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
153
0.25 Gaussian copula t(5)−t(5) NIG(1) copula NIG(2) copula
lambda(x)
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.05
0 −6
−5
−4
−3
−2
−1
x
(a) Lower tail dependence 0.25 Gaussian copula t(5)−t(5) NIG(1) copula NIG(2) copula
lambda(x)
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.05
0
1
2
3
4 x
(b) Upper tail dependence Fig. 5.8 Tail dependence coefficients
5
6
154
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model Gaussian
t(5)−t(5)
3
3
2
2
1
1
0
0
−1
−1
−2
−2
−3
−3 −2
0
2
−2
NIG(1)
0
2
NIG(2)
3
3
2
2
1
1
0
0
−1
−1
−2
−2
−3
−3 −2
0
2
−2
0
2
Fig. 5.9 Density contours of one factor copula
according to (4.4):7 n P R;NIG .a; ˛; ˇ/ D S.K 1 ;K2 /
iD1
R;NIG ELR;NIG .K1 ;K2 / .ti ; a; ˛; ˇ/ EL.K1 ;K2 / .ti1 ; a; ˛; ˇ/ B.t0 ; ti / n P
ti 1 ELR;NIG .K1 ;K2 / .ti ; a; ˛; ˇ/ B.t0 ; ti /
;
iD1
where ELR;NIG .K1 ;K2 / .ti ; a; ˛; ˇ/ is the expected loss of the tranche .K1 ; K2 / computed according to the NIG model with parameters a, ˛ and ˇ and recovery rate R. The up-front fee is calculated as: R;NIG U.K .a; ˛; ˇ/ D 1 ;K2 /
R;NIG ELR;NIG .K1 ;K2 / .ti ; a; ˛; ˇ/ EL.K1 ;K2 / .ti 1 ; a; ˛; ˇ/ B.t0 ; ti /
n X i D1
0:05
n X i D1
7
ti 1 ELR;NIG .K1 ;K2 / .ti ; a; ˛; ˇ/ B.t0 ; ti /:
The expected losses are computed with the assumption of 40% recovery rate.
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
155
We have plotted the spread and up-front fee surfaces for some values of correlation parameter a in Fig. 5.10. M M We denote the market quotes with S.K for spreads and U.K for the 1 ;K2 / 1 ;K2 / up-front fee. Then the objective function for the first optimization problem, i.e. calibration in all tranches, is R;NIG M .a; ˛; ˇ/ U.0;3/ j Dev1 .a; ˛; ˇ/ D jU.0;3/ R;NIG R;NIG M M .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.3;6/ j C jS.6;9/ .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.6;9/ j CjS.3;6/ R;NIG R;NIG M M .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.9;12/ j C jS.12;22/ .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.12;22/ j: CjS.9;12/
The objective function for the second optimization problem that calibrates the model into the four upper tranches is: R;NIG R;NIG M M Dev2 .a; ˛; ˇ/ D jS.3;6/ .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.3;6/ j C jS.6;9/ .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.6;9/ j R;NIG R;NIG M M .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.9;12/ j C jS.12;22/ .a; ˛; ˇ/ S.12;22/ j: CjS.9;12/
Then the optimization problems are formulated as: min Devi .a; ˛; ˇ/ ;
a;˛;ˇ
(5.16)
with i D 1; 2 for the first or the second calibration. In Fig. 5.11 the surfaces of the first objective function for different values of ˛ and ˇ and for some values of correlation are presented. We have chosen the correlation of 16% that approximately corresponds to the optimal value, and two correlation values around the optimum. For the correlation values smaller than 16% the surface is convex around its minimum, and for correlation values larger than 16% the surface is concave with minimal values on the bounds of its feasible region. The 16% correlation surface has its minimum indeed around a zero value for ˇ. However, it has a complex form being very flat with values similar to the optimum on a complete line close to the left bound ˇ D ˛ (see contours of the objective function in Fig. 5.11d). For this reason the optimizer fails to find the global minimum, but converges in some of the points on this line. The second objective function has a similar behavior around the optimal correlation value of 10% (Fig. 5.12). The objective function for the NIG model with one additional parameter ˛ and ˇ D 0, Devi .a; ˛; 0/, has a more simple convex form (Fig. 5.13). Both optimization problems are solved very fast and there are no convergence problems. For the reason of bad convergence of the optimization for NIG(2) model, and also because the second parameter ˇ seems not to result in any important improvement of the fitting ability of the model, we choose to work with the NIG(1) model in the further study. We have also performed more calibration trials for different dates in the history,
156
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
(a) Fair up-front fee of the 0–3% tranche
(b) Fair spread of the 3–6% tranche
(c) Fair spread of the 6–9% tranche
(d) Fair spread of the 9–12% tranche
(e) Fair spread of the 12–22% tranche Fig. 5.10 Fair prices of the iTraxx tranches from the NIG(2) model in dependence of its parameters
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
157
1.5
350
300
1 α
250
200
0.5 150 −1
−0.5
0 β
0.5
1
(a) 13% correlation – absolute error surface (b) 13% correlation – absolute error contours 1.5 160 140 120 α
1 100 80 60 0.5
40 −1
(c) 16% correlation – absolute error surface
−0.5
0 β
0.5
1
(d) 16% correlation – absolute error contours
1.5 300 280 260 240 1 α
220 200 180 160
0.5
140 −1
(e) 19% correlation – absolute error surface
−0.5
0 β
0.5
1
(f) 19% correlation – absolute error contours
Fig. 5.11 Absolute pricing error of all tranches from the NIG(2) model in dependence of its parameters
158
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
1.5
70 65 60 55 50
1 α
45 40 35 30 25
0.5
20 −1
(a) 7% correlation – absolute error surface
−0.5
0 β
0.5
1
(b) 7% correlation – absolute error contours 1.5 60 50 40
α
1
30 20 10
0.5 −1
(c) 10% correlation – absolute error surface
−0.5
0 β
0.5
1
(d) 10% correlation – absolute error contours 1.5 60 55 50 45 1 α
40 35 30 25 20
0.5
15 −1
(e) 13% correlation – absolute error surface
−0.5
0 β
0.5
1
(f) 13% correlation – absolute error contours
Fig. 5.12 Absolute pricing error of the 2nd–5th tranches from the NIG(2) model in dependence of its parameters
and always faced the same convergence problem in the optimization and a similar objective function. Next we want to investigate the influence of the recovery assumption on the pricing and fitting results. It is a common praxis in CDS valuation to assume a recovery
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
159
1.5
900 800 700 600 1 α
500 400 300 200
0.5
100 5
(a) All tranches: absolute error surface
10 15 correlation (%)
20
25
(b) All tranches: absolute error contours 1.5
140 120 100 80
α
1
60 40 20
0.5 5
(c) 2nd–5th tranches: absolute error surface
10 15 correlation (%)
20
25
(d) 2nd–5th tranches: absolute error contours
Fig. 5.13 Absolute pricing error of the NIG(1) model in dependence of its parameters
of 40%. So far we have also done this to calibrate the models into the data. However, the following questions arise: what deviation in price will be caused by a different recovery value? How will the calibrated model parameters change with a different recovery assumption? First, we have calculated the fair tranche spreads using the same model parameters but different recovery values. Figure 5.14 shows that changes in the results are very small. The reason for this is that given a different recovery value we get a different value for the default intensity such that the fair spread of the reference single name CDS is still the same, i.e. 32 bp. Figure 5.15a presents the values of the default intensity corresponding to different recovery values. The default intensity grows with the recovery, i.e. given a larger recovery value, the default probability has to be larger to get the same fair CDS spread. To answer the second question, we have performed a new parameter calibration of the NIG(1) model for different recovery assumptions. We have done this for both calibration methods: in all tranches and in the four upper tranches. The correlation grows slightly with growing recovery, while the value of the ˛ parameter
160
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model 0
10
20
30
40
50
70
70
25.5
0−3% (right axis)
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
80
60
25 24.5
60 50
23.5
40
23
30
22.5
20
22
10
21.5
0
0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
70
up−front fee (%)
spread (bp)
24
21
(a) Parameter set from the calibration in all tranches 70
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
29
0−3% (right axis) 28.5 3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
50
28
spread (bp)
27.5 40 27 30 26.5 20
26
10
0
up−front fee (%)
60
25.5
0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
70
25
(b) Parameter set from the calibration in 2nd–5th tranches Fig. 5.14 Fair spreads/up-front fee of the iTraxx tranches from the NIG(1) model with fixed a and ˛ parameters in dependence from recovery assumption
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model 11
161
x 10−3
10
default intensity
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
70
(a) Default intensity 0.56
18.5
0.54
18
0.5 17
alpha
implied correlation (%)
0.52 17.5
16.5 16
0.46 0.44
15.5
0.42
15
0.4
14.5
0.38 0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
0
70
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
70
(c) Optimal ˛ parameter of the NIG(1) model (calibration in all tranches)
(b) Optimal correlation parameter of the NIG(1) model (calibration in all tranches)
0.72
13 12.5
0.7
12
0.68
11.5
0.66
11
alpha
implied correlation (%)
0.48
10.5
0.64 0.62
10 0.6
9.5
0.58
9 8.5 0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
(d) Optimal correlation parameter of the NIG(1) model (calibration in 2nd–5th tranches)
70
0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
70
(e) Optimal ˛ parameter of the NIG(1) model (calibration in 2nd–5th tranches)
Fig. 5.15 NIG(1) calibration under different recovery assumptions
decreases (Fig. 5.15b–e). Table 5.7 and Fig. 5.16 present the fair spreads for the calibrated model parameters with different recovery assumptions. Here, calibration in all tranches was performed. In general, the fitting ability is very similar. The absolute
162
5 Normal Inverse Gaussian Factor Copula Model
Table 5.7 Fair spreads/up-front fee of the iTraxx tranches from the NIG(1) model with optimal a and ˛ parameters in dependence from recovery assumption (calibration in all tranches) Recovery
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Abs. error Correlation ˛
23.53% 62.74 bp 26.69 bp 16.44 bp 8.94 bp 21.08 bp 14.86% 0.5200
23.53% 62.75 bp 26.90 bp 16.65 bp 9.10 bp 21.65 bp 15.13% 0.5126
23.53% 62.75 bp 27.16 bp 16.91 bp 9.28 bp 22.35 bp 15.44% 0.5038
23.53% 62.75 bp 27.48 bp 17.23 bp 9.51 bp 23.22 bp 15.80% 0.4930
23.53% 62.75 bp 27.90 bp 17.64 bp 9.79 bp 24.33 bp 16.21% 0.4794
23.53% 62.75 bp 28.48 bp 18.22 bp 10.17 bp 25.86 bp 16.72% 0.4612
23.53% 62.75 bp 29.33 bp 19.05 bp 10.63 bp 28.01 bp 17.32% 0.4357
23.53% 62.75 bp 30.74 bp 20.39 bp 11.06 bp 31.19 bp 18.06% 0.3954
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
90
70
24.5
0−3% (right axis)
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
80
70
24
50 23.5 40
up−front fee (%)
spread (bp)
60
30 23
20 10 0
0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
70
22.5
Fig. 5.16 Fair spreads/up-front fee of the iTraxx tranches from the NIG(1) model with optimal a and ˛ parameters in dependence from recovery assumption (calibration in all tranches)
pricing error over all tranches grows from 21.08 bp for zero recovery to 31.19 bp for 70% recovery. In Table 5.8 and Fig. 5.17 the results of calibration in the four upper tranches are summarized. The absolute pricing error over the four tranches is with 1.61 bp the lowest for the zero recovery and increased monotonically with increasing recovery. It is 4.67 bp for 70% recovery. Thus, if we would let recovery be a free parameter in the optimization, the optimal solution would be for zero recovery what is quite unrealistic.
5.5 Calibration and Descriptive Statistics of the One Factor NIG Model
163
Table 5.8 Fair spreads/up-front fee of the iTraxx tranches from the NIG(1) model with optimal a and ˛ parameters in dependence from recovery assumption (calibration in 2nd–5th tranches) Recovery 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Abs. error 1st tr. 2nd–5th tr. Correlation ˛
90
0
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
27.14% 62.75 bp 19.36 bp 9.51 bp 3.75 bp
27.11% 62.75 bp 19.42 bp 9.54 bp 3.75 bp
27.07% 62.75 bp 19.49 bp 9.58 bp 3.75 bp
27.01% 62.75 bp 19.61 bp 9.65 bp 3.75 bp
26.94% 62.75 bp 19.75 bp 9.73 bp 3.75 bp
26.82% 62.75 bp 19.98 bp 9.86 bp 3.75 bp
26.64% 62.75 bp 20.37 bp 10.10 bp 3.75 bp
26.30% 62.75 bp 21.25 bp 10.66 bp 3.75 bp
361 bp 1.61 bp 8.55% 0.7006
358 bp 1.71 bp 8.79% 0.6948
354 bp 1.82 bp 9.07% 0.6880
348 bp 2.00 bp 9.42% 0.6791
341 bp 2.23 bp 9.85% 0.6678
329 bp 2.59 bp 10.42% 0.6521
311 bp 3.22 bp 11.23% 0.6280
277 bp 4.67 bp 12.50% 0.5838
20
30
40
50
60
10
70
29
0−3% (right axis)
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
80
70
28.5 28
spread (bp)
27.5 50 27 40 26.5
up−front fee (%)
60
30 26
20
25.5
10 0
0
10
20
30 40 recovery (%)
50
60
70
25
Fig. 5.17 Fair spreads/up-front fee of the iTraxx tranches from the NIG(1) model with optimal a and ˛ parameters in dependence from recovery assumption (calibration in 2nd–5th tranches)
.
Part III
Term-Structure Models
.
Chapter 6
Term Structure Dimension
First, the most quantitative research has been focused on improving the Gaussian copula model to fit different tranches of one CDO simultaneously, so that it would be possible to price off-market tranches as well. We have discussed this modeling dimension in the previous section. Since 2005 CDX and iTraxx tranches started trading more actively also in other maturities besides of 5 years, namely 7 and 10 years. Increase of liquidity in different maturities turned the research interest into the term-structure dimension of the models. The factor copula models, described in the previous section, do not incorporate the term-structure dimension. They just average the correlations and other model parameters over the complete lifetime of the tranche. The distributions of the factors are assumed to be the same over arbitrary time horizons up to maturity of the tranches: recall, that the loss distributions for each payment date (i.e. quarterly for iTraxx tranches) are needed for valuation. Thus, applying the model to the longdated tranches is not consistent with the short-dated ones. In this section we present the extension of the base correlation to the term-structure dimension, that is very popular among the practitioners. We also extend the NIG model to describe different maturities simultaneously.
6.1 Extension of the Base Correlation The base correlation skews in Fig. 6.1 are computed for 5, 7 and 10 years maturity as described in Sect. 4.2.7. As we can see these curves do not coincide in general. So it is not really clear which correlation should be used to valuate a tranche with some non-standard maturity. The problem of the factor copula models is that it does not take into account certain information. For example, to calibrate the 7 years tranches, it only uses the 7 years spreads and ignores the information one could extract from the 5 years spreads. The practitioners solved this problem by extending the base correlation approach into the maturity dimension (see e.g. [76]). This is done in a bootstrap procedure.
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 6, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
167
168
6 Term Structure Dimension 60 5 years 7 years 10 years
55
base correlation (%)
50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15
3
6
9
.
12 tranche (%)
22
Fig. 6.1 Base correlation curves for iTraxx with 5, 7 and 10 years maturity
TS (i) First, the base correlation skew a.0;K .5/, i D 1; : : : ; 5 with K1 D 3%, K2 D i/ 6%, K2 D 9%, K2 D 12% and K2 D 22%, is solved for the tranches with the shortest maturity (e.g. 5 years) as it is described in Sect. 4.2.7. (ii) Further, the base correlation skew is estimated for a longer maturity (7 years) taking into account the information for the first 5 years. In the standard t were computed using the same corapproach the expected losses ELR .0;Ki / j relation a.0;Ki / .7/ for any time tj . In the new approach the expected losses for TS tj 5 are computed using the 5 years correlation a.0;K .5/. The expected i/ TS loss for tj D 7 is computed with the term-structure correlation a.0;K .7/. The i/ expected loss for 5 < tj < 7 is computed using linearly interpolated values. So the correlation parameter is now time dependent:
TS a.0;K .tj / D i/
8 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ < ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ :
TS .5/ a.0;K / i
TS TS .7tj /a.0;K .5/C.tj 5/a.0;K .7/ i/ i/
2
TS .7/ a.0;K i/
if tj 5 if 5 < tj < 7 if tj D 7:
As in the standard base correlation approach, the following equation
(6.1)
6.1 Extension of the Base Correlation
169
Ki TS P V 0; Ki ; S.Ki 1 ;Ki / ; a.0;K .7/ / i Ki Ki 1 Ki 1 TS P V 0; Ki 1 ; S.Ki 1 ;Ki / ; a.0;K .7/ D0 i 1 / Ki Ki 1 TS .7/ recursively for i D 1; : : : ; 5, where present values must be solved for a.0;K i/ are computed as
TS .7/ P V 0; Ki ; S.Ki 1 ;Ki / ; a.0;K i/ D U.Ki 1 ;Ki / C
n X
tj S.Ki 1 ;Ki / 1 ELR B.t0 ; tj / .0;Ki / tj
j D1
n X
j D1
R ELR B.t0 ; tj /; t EL t .0;Ki / j .0;Ki / j 1
and TS .7/ P V 0; Ki 1 ; S.Ki 1 ;Ki / ; a.0;K / i 1 D U.Ki 1 ;Ki / C
n X
B.t0 ; tj / tj S.Ki 1 ;Ki / 1 ELR .0;Ki 1 / tj
j D1
n X R ELR B.t0 ; tj /; .0;Ki 1 / tj EL.0;Ki 1 / tj 1 j D1
where U.Ki 1 ;Ki / are the upfront payments and S.Ki 1 ;Ki / the market spreads of the 7 years tranches. In contrast to the standard base correlation approach, the expected losses ELR .0;Ki / tj in the present values are computed not with the constant correlation parameter a.0;Ki / .7/, but with the time dependent term-structure TS correlation parameter a.0;K .tj / as defined in (6.1). i/ TS .10/ are (iii) Afterwards, the values of the term-structure base correlations a.0;K i/ estimated in the same way to fit the spreads of the 10 year tranches using the TS TS already known values of a.0;K .5/ and a.0;K .7/, and extending (6.1) up to i/ i/ 10 years:
TS a.0;K .tj / i/
D
8 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ <
if tj 5
TS a.0;K .5/ i/ TS TS .7tj /a.0;K / .5/C.tj 5/a.0;K / .7/ i
2
i
if 5 < tj < 7
TS TS ˆ .10tj /a.0;K .7/C.tj 7/a.0;K .10/ ˆ i/ i/ ˆ if 7 tj < 10 ˆ 3 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ : TS .10/ if tj D 10: a.0;K i/
(6.2)
170
6 Term Structure Dimension
As we have already seen in Sect. 4.2.7, the base correlation approach is not arbitrage-free. Its term-structure extension destroys even the first arbitrage condition that was fulfilled in the standard base correlation approach. The expected tranche loss must be a monotonically increasing function of time: t 7! ELR .K1 ;K2 / .t/ % :
(6.3)
Since the expected losses are computed with different correlation for different t, it is no longer possible to prove this condition.
6.2 Term Structure One Factor NIG Copula Model Before we consider the possibility to extend the NIG model for the term-structure dimension, we continue our test example and calibrate the NIG copula model to the 5th series of iTraxx data from the 12th April 2006, with 5, 7 and 10 years maturity. The results are presented in Table 6.1. As before, we calibrate the model into the markets quotes of the 2nd–5th tranches. The model is calibrated to the four tranches of each of the three maturities separately. As before, the constant intensity is used for the marginal default distributions. So, for each maturity an own constant default intensity is estimated from the iTraxx spread for this maturity. The information on the other maturities is ignored. The calibration error is higher for longer maturities. The correlation of the NIG model grows with the longer maturity. The ˛ parameter is higher for 7 years maturity and lower for 10 years. Now we want to use the information on the different maturities in the marginal default distributions. Since we have the iTraxx spread for 5, 7 and 10 years maturity, we should not use the flat intensity model anymore, but better estimate intensity as a function of maturity. There are several possibilities to do this. We could parameterize the intensity as a continuous function of a certain form, e.g. Nelson–Siegel function, and estimate its parameters by fitting the corresponding theoretical CDS spreads to the iTraxx spreads of the three maturities. However, this procedure would be computationally too intensive when we want to repeat it for more than one day, e.g. for fitting the NIG model to the longer history of iTraxx market quotes. So we choose to use a step-wise constant function for the default intensity. This means the intensity up to 5 years is the same as before, i.e. estimated from the 5 year spread. Further, we use it to compute expected losses up to 5 years and search for the default intensity between 5 and 7 years by fitting the corresponding CDS spread to the market 7 years spread. Then we use analogues procedure to compute the default intensity between 7 and 10 years. The estimated function is presented in Fig. 6.2. Now we calibrate the NIG model to the data once again using the step-wise constant intensity function (Table 6.2). First we calibrate the model to the three maturities separately. The overall estimation error increases to 61 basis points. Although the optimal parameter for the three maturities are not the same, we try to calibrate the NIG model to all maturities simultaneously. The results show that
6.2 Term Structure One Factor NIG Copula Model
171
0.015 0.014 0.013
default intensity
0.012 0.011 0.01 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005
0
2
4
6 t
8
10
12
Fig. 6.2 Step-wise constant default intensity
the overall error increases to 94 basis points and the model fits the middle maturity (7 years) better than the other two.
Table 6.1 Pricing iTraxx tranches with different maturities with the NIG copula model with flat intensity Maturity (years) 5 7 10 Market
NIG(1)
iTraxx spread 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22%
32 bp 23.53% 62.75 bp 18 bp 9.25 bp 3.75 bp
41 bp 36.875% 189 bp 57 bp 26.25 bp 7.88 bp
52 bp 48.75% 475 bp 124 bp 56.5 bp 19.5 bp
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Absolute error 2nd–5th tranches Correlation ˛ Default intensity
26.94% 62.75 bp 19.75 bp 9.73 bp 3.75 bp
47.30% 189 bp 49.61 bp 22.34 bp 7.88 bp
64.09% 496.6 bp 124 bp 52.82 bp 19.51 bp
2.24 bp 9.85% 0.6678 0.0054
11.3 bp 11.40% 0.7575 0.0069
25.29 bp 12.94% 0.6183 0.0088
38.83 bp
172
6 Term Structure Dimension
Table 6.2 Pricing iTraxx tranches of different maturities with the NIG copula model using stepwise constant intensity Maturity (years) 5 7 10 iTraxx spread 32 bp 41 bp 52 bp Market 0–3% 23.53% 36.875% 48.75% 3–6% 62.75 bp 189 bp 475 bp 6–9% 18 bp 57 bp 124 bp 9–12% 9.25 bp 26.25 bp 56.5 bp 12–22% 3.75 bp 7.88 bp 19.5 bp NIG(1) separate calibration
NIG(1) joint calibration
NIG(1) with term structure
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Absolute error 2nd–5th tranches Correlation ˛
26.94% 62.75 bp 19.75 bp 9.73 bp 3.75 bp
45.77% 189 bp 48.64 bp 22 bp 7.88 bp
57.52% 516.22 bp 124 bp 51.35 bp 19.5 bp
2.24 bp 9.85% 0.6678
13.11 bp 10.96% 0.7149
46.38 bp 12.23% 0.5326
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Absolute error 2nd–5th tranches Correlation ˛
25.46% 73.14 bp 25.02 bp 12.94 bp 5.31 bp
44.71% 189.01 bp 52.41 bp 24.91 bp 9.51 bp
56.37% 516.12 bp 144.84 bp 58.42 bp 19.5 bp
22.66 bp
8.07 bp
63.88 bp
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Absolute error 2nd–5th tranches Correlation ˛
25.38% 66.09 bp 24.42 bp 13.50 bp 6.15 bp
44.51% 189 bp 52.79 bp 25.15 bp 9.66 bp
55.62% 510.52 bp 157.49 bp 63.17 bp 19.50 bp
16.42 bp
7.60 bp
75.68 bp
61.73 bp
94.61 bp 12.28% 0.6968
99.71 bp 12.33% 0.2635
Different values for ˛ in the separate calibration for the three maturities imply different kurtosis values of the distributions. Assuming the same distribution of the factors for different time horizons intuitively seems to be not realistic. For this reason we want to investigate this assumption by taking a closer look at the one factor Gaussian copula model once again. The main idea of the factor models is to describe the returns of the factors Xi .t/ and M.t/ using stochastic processes with independent increments, zero mean and variance t.
6.2 Term Structure One Factor NIG Copula Model
173
In case of the factor Gaussian model, these stochastic processes for the both factors would be simply (uncorrelated) Wiener processes. Then, the asset return p defined as Ai .t/ D aM.t/ C 1 a2 Xi .t/ is obviously a Wiener process as well. Normalizing the processes f.t/ D M.t/ M p ; t
i .t/ e i .t/ D Xp ; X t
A.t/ e A.t/ D p t
we come to the one factor Gaussian copula model in (4.10). The normalized factors follow standard normal distributions for any time horizon t. Now we introduce an appropriate process for the factors with NIG distributed increments. Proposition 6.1. Consider a processN.s/ .t/ with a scaling factor indepen s and p ˇ 2 3 dent increments d N.s/ .t/ N I G s˛; sˇ; s ˛2 dt; s ˛2 dt , D ˛ 2 ˇ 2 . Then, (i) the increments d N .s/ .t/ have zero mean and variance dt; (ii) the process N.s/ .t/ has zero mean, variance t, skewness 3 s 2ˇpt and kurtosis 2 2 ˛ 3 C 3 1 C 4 ˇ˛ ; s2 4 t 2 3 t; s t . (iii) N.s/ .t/ N I G s˛; sˇ; s ˇ 2 2 ˛ ˛ Proof. (i) and (ii) are straightforward from Lemma (5.4). (iii) follows from the convolution property of NIG distribution in (5.4). The defined process is a special case of a general NIG process N I G .˛; ˇ; t; ıt/, which is parameterized in order to have zero mean and variance t. More information on the general NIG process, its definition and properties can be found in Appendix B. Thus, we can define the processes of the common (non-normalized) market factor M and of the idiosyncratic (non-normalized) factor Xi as Xi .t/ D N
p .
1a 2 / a
.t/;
M.t/ D N .1/ .t/
with independent processes Xi and M . Then due to the scaling and convolution properties of the NIG distribution, the asset return processes Ai .t/ D aM.t/ C p 1 a2 Xi .t/ are also processes of the same kind, namely N. 1 / .t/. Normalizing a the processes i .t/ e i .t/ D Xp X ; t
f.t/ D M.t/ M p ; t
A.t/ e A.t/ D p t
(6.4)
we do not loose the time dependence in the distribution as it is the case for the Gaussian distribution.
174
6 Term Structure Dimension
Definition 6.1 (Term structure one factor NIG copula). The standardized asset return up to time t of the i th issuer in the portfolio, e Ai .t/, is assumed to be of the form: p e i .t/; e M .t/ C 1 a2 X (6.5) Ai .t/ D af e i .t/; i D 1; : : : ; m are independent processes with where f M .t/; X ei .t/ N I G X e .t/ N I G M
! p p p p 1 a2 p 1 a2 p 1 a2 ˇ 2 p 1 a2 3 p ˛ t; ˇ t; t; t ; a a a a ˛2 ˛2 ! p p ˇ 2 p 3 p ˛ t; ˇ t; 2 t ; 2 t : ˛ ˛
Then, e Ai .t/ N I G
1 ˇ 2 p 1 3 p 1 p 1 p t; t : ˛ t; ˇ t; a a a ˛2 a ˛2
Thus, it is really possible to extend the NIG copula model to the time dependent setup which is different from the standard time independent formulation. For example, the distribution of the normalized factor has a zero mean, market 2 2 ˇp ˇ ˛ variance 1, skewness 3 2 t and kurtosis 3 C 3 1 C 4 ˛ . In contrast to 4t the Gaussian distribution with zero skewness and kurtosis 3, the time component now influences the skewness and kurtosis of the NIG distribution. Note that the skewness converges to zero and the kurtosis to 3 with infinitely large t. According to the central limit theorem the sum of a large number of independent returns is approximately normally distributed. p Firm i defaults at time t if e Ai .t/ falls below the threshold C.t/ D F 1 t N IG.
.Q.t// and the distribution function of the portfolio loss at time t is 0 B F1 .t; x/ D 1 FN I G .pt / B @
F 1 N
p I G . at
/
.Q.t//
p 1 a2 F 1
p
N IG. t
a
p
1a 2 a
.x/ /
a
/
1 C C: A
(6.6)
The calibration results of the term-structure NIG model are presented in Table 6.2. The calibration error is even slightly higher than that of the joint calibration of the NIG model with the same distributions for different time horizons. However, we are going to concentrate on the term-structure model in the next chapters since it is more appropriate for determining a simulation framework. This will become more clear in Chap. 9.
6.3 Non-Standardized Term-Structure NIG Model Formulation
175
6.3 Non-Standardized Term-Structure NIG Model Formulation In this section we want to give some attention to the standardization of the stochastic processes we made in the previous section while defining the term-structure model. This was done to keep the analogue to the Vasicek model, where the asset return and the market and idiosyncratic factors are standard normal distributed. So the stochastic processes for the model p factors and the asset return in the term-structure NIG model were also divided by t in (6.4). Of course, this step is not really necessary and was intentionally done to show that there is no possibility to derive a termstructure extension for the Vasicek model, while it is possible for the NIG factor copula model. Using a Wiener process instead on standard normal distribution for different time horizons in the Gaussian copula model leads to an absolutely identical portfolio loss distribution. For the term-structure NIG model, the loss distribution for the standardized version is also identical with the loss distribution of non-standardized version, but different from that of the basic NIG copula model. Since we will need the nonstandardized version of the term-structure model in Chap. 9 for simulation, we want to define it already on this step and point out that the both versions are equivalent for the CDO pricing. Definition 6.2 (Term structure one factor NIG copula, non-standardized version). The asset return up to time t of the i th issuer in the portfolio, Ai .t/, is assumed to be of the form: p Ai .t/ D aM.t/ C 1 a2 Xi .t/; (6.7) where M.t/; Xi .t/; i D 1; : : : ; m are independent processes with Xi .t/ D N .t/, M.t/ D N .1/ .t/, i.e.
p .
1a 2 a
/
! p p p p 1 a2 1 a2 1 a2 ˇ 2 1 a2 3 t; t ; ˛; ˇ; Xi .t/ N I G a a a ˛2 a ˛2 ˇ 2 3 M.t/ N I G ˛; ˇ; 2 t; 2 t : ˛ ˛ Then, Ai .t/ D N. 1 / .t/, i.e. a
Ai .t/ N I G
1 1 1 ˇ 2 1 3 t; t : ˛; ˇ; a a a ˛2 a ˛2
To shorten the notations, we will denote: FN.s/ .t / .x/ D FN I G
3 ˇ 2 xI s˛; sˇ; s 2 t; s 2 t ˛ ˛
(6.8)
176
6 Term Structure Dimension
For the new formulation, firm i defaults at time t if Ai .t/ falls below the threshold C.t/ D FN11 .t / .Q.t// and the distribution function of the portfolio loss at time t is .a/
0
FN11 .t / .Q.t// B .a/ B F1 .t; x/ D 1 FN.1/ .t / B @
p
1 a2 FN1p a
1a 2 a
! .t /
.x/
1 C C C : (6.9) A
Chapter 7
Large Homogeneous Cell Approximation for Factor Copula Models
The models, considered in the previous chapter, attempted to describe all tranches and maturities of a CDO with only one correlation parameter assuming that the portfolio is homogeneous. Already for one point in time, this assumption is quite strong. In the iTraxx example, there are 15 market quotes on one trading day, and it is very ambitious to argue that they all can be explained by only one parameter in the case of the Vasicek model or by two parameters in the case of the NIG model. The goal of the further analysis of this thesis is to explain the time dynamics of the iTraxx quotes for the entire spectrum of tranches and maturities. To fit this with only one or two parameters will be even more unrealistic. Even more, it will be also problematic to model the dynamics of the iTraxx index spread or, equivalently, of the default probability of the large homogeneous portfolio. The reason for that is that the quality of the iTraxx portfolio depends not only on the usual credit spread fluctuations, but also on the changes in the rating composition in the real iTraxx portfolio. It would be difficult to model this with only one stochastic process representing the “average” portfolio spread. In this chapter an extension of the LHP framework that introduces more heterogeneity is considered. The new framework for modeling credit portfolios with CDO tranches was introduced by [30]. This article presents a framework for modeling the dynamic behavior of CDO tranches based on a Monte Carlo simulation of the rating migrations and credit spreads as well as the re-pricing of the CDO tranches with the large homogeneous cell (LHC) Vasicek model. Actually, the LHC idea can be used not only for rating cells but also for a more detailed classification, e.g. sectors and/or countries. However, this can be used only for portfolios containing much more issuers than the iTraxx portfolio, in order to ensure that the assumption of cells with infinitely large number of issuers can be applied. Here, like in the article of [30], only the rating cells partition will be used since iTraxx portfolio contains only 125 issuers. Of course, three to five rating cells of the iTraxx portfolio cannot be considered as large enough to be fairly approximated with an infinitely large portfolio cell. However, we accept this drawback intentionally and assume the rating cells of iTraxx to be large enough.
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 7, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
177
178
7 Large Homogeneous Cell Approximation for Factor Copula Models
In the next section we first describe the original LHC extension of the Vasicek model. Further, we apply the LHC approximation to the NIG factor copula model and provide the pricing formulas for CDO tranches in this model. Finally, the comparison of the empirical results conclude this chapter.
7.1 LHC Gaussian Model We start this section with the formal definition of the large homogeneous cell. Definition 7.1 (Large Homogeneous Cell (LHC)). It is assumed that the portfolio consists of J sub-portfolios, called cells. Each cell j D 1; : : : ; J contains a sufficiently large number of issuers having the same characteristics:
The same weight of all issuers in one cell. The same default probability Qj .t/. The same recovery Rj . The same correlation to the market factor aj 2 .0; 1/.
The weight of the cell j in the portfolio is denoted as wj , so that J X
wj D 1:
j D1
We also assume throughout this thesis that the recovery rates are the same for all rating cells: Rj D R; j D 1; : : : ; J: Now, the LHP Gaussian model is applied within each cell. The standardized asset return up to time t of the i th issuer in the cell j , Aij .t/, is assumed to be of the form: Aij .t/ D aj M.t/ C
q 1 aj2 Xij .t/;
(7.1)
where M.t/ and Xij .t/; i D 1; : : : ; mj are independent standard normally distributed random variables. The factor M is the systematic common market factor for all cells. The variable Aij .t/ is mapped to default time ti of the i th issuer using a percentile-to-percentile transformation (see Sect. 4.2.1). Hence, with Qj .t/ D QŒi t, the i th instrument in the cell j defaults up to time t if Aij .t/ ˚ 1 Qj .t/ , i.e. ˚ 1 Qj .t/ aj M.t/ q : Xij .t/ 1 aj2 Then the probability that any instrument from cell j defaults up to time t, conditional on the factor M.t/, is
7.1 LHC Gaussian Model
179
0 B˚ pj .tjM / D ˚ @
1
1
Qj .t/ aj M.t/ C q A: 1 aj2
(7.2)
Now, assuming that the number of instruments in each cell is infinitely large, we get the expression for the portfolio loss, conditional on the realization of the systematic factor M : 0 1 J 1 X Qj .t/ aj M.t/ C B˚ .1 R/ wj ˚ @ q L.t/ D lt .M.t// D (7.3) A: 1 aj2 j D1 Lemma 7.1. The loss distribution of an infinitely large homogeneous cell portfolio with the asset returns following a one factor Gaussian copula model Aij .t/ D aj M.t/ C
q 1 aj2 Xij .t/;
(7.4)
where M.t/; Xij .t/ are independent standard normally distributed random variables, is given by LHC F1 .t; x/ D ˚ lt1 .x/ ; (7.5) with x 2 Œ0; 1 the percentage portfolio loss. The inverse function lt1 .x/ must be computed numerically. Proof. The distribution function of the portfolio loss L.t/ is given by LHC .t; x/ D QŒL.t/ x D Q Œlt .M.t// x ; F1
(7.6)
where the portfolio loss conditional on M.t/, lt .M.t//, is computed as in (7.3). Note, that the function lt .M.t// is strictly monotonic decreasing in M.t/. Then lt .M.t// x if and only if M.t/ lt1 .x/. So we have for the portfolio loss distribution: LHC F1 .t; x/ D Q M.t/ lt1 .x/ D ˚ lt1 .x/ :
(7.7)
In order to compute the price of a CDO tranche, the expected tranche loss must be derived from the overall portfolio loss distribution. The next Lemma gives an important result for the calculation of the tranche expected losses in the LHC Gaussian model. Lemma 7.2. In the LHC Gaussian model, the following expected loss can be computed semi-analytically according to the formula:
180
7 Large Homogeneous Cell Approximation for Factor Copula Models
J h i X E .L.t / K/C D .1 R/ wj ˚2 ˚ 1 Qj .t / ; lt1 .K/; j K˚ lt1 .K/ ; j D1
(7.8)
with the covariance matrix of the bivariate normal distribution j D
1 aj aj 1
Proof. First, the above expectation is decomposed in two parts: E .L.t/ K/C D E L.t/1fL.t /Kg KE 1fL.t /Kg :
(7.9)
The second term is simply the probability LHC .t; x/ D ˚ lt1 .K/ : E 1fL.t /Kg D Q ŒL.t/ K D 1 F1
(7.10)
The first term is calculated as: E L.t/1L.t /K D
J X
2 0
6 B˚ .1 R/ wj E 4˚ @
1
j D1
D
J X j D1
D
J X
1
3
Qj .t/ aj M.t/ C 7 q A 1fL.t /Kg 5 2 1 aj
h i .1 R/ wj E 1fAij .t /˚ 1 .Qj .t //g 1fM.t /l 1 .K/g t
.1 R/ wj ˚2 ˚ 1 Qj .t/ ; lt1 .K/; j ;
j D1
with the covariance matrix given by the correlation aj between the standard normal random variables Aij .t/ and M.t/: j D
1 aj aj 1
According to (4.8), the expected tranche loss is given by 0 EL.K1 ;K2 / .t/ D
1 B @ K2 K 1
Z1
Z1 .x K1 /dF .t; x/
K1
1 C .x K2 /dF .t; x/A
K2
(7.11) D
1 K2 K 1
E .L.t/ K1 /C E .L.t/ K2 /C :
7.2 LHC NIG Model
181
Thus, the expected tranche loss in the LHC Gaussian model can be computed semianalytically according to (7.11) and Lemma 7.2.
7.2 LHC NIG Model We are going to apply the LHC extension to the term-structure NIG factor copula model. As already mentioned, we use the non-standardized formulation of the model from now on since it is consistent with the simulation framework that will be introduced in Chap. 9. Again, K rating cells as described above are considered. The asset return up to time t of the i th issuer in cell j , Aij .t/, is thus assumed to be of the form: Aij .t/ D aj M.t/ C
q 1 aj2 Xij .t/;
(7.12)
where M.t/ and Xij .t/; i D 1; : : : ; mj are independent processes such that Xij .t/ D N r1a2 .t/, M.t/ D N.1/ .t/. Then, Aij .t/ D N 1 .t/. aj
aj
j
The probability that any instrument from cell j defaults up to time t, conditional on the factor M.t/, is 0
1 FN11 .t / .Qj .t// aj M.t/ B .a/ C 1 .t / @ q pj .tjM / D FN0 r A; 2 1a 2 C B j 1 a C B j @
aj
(7.13)
A
and the portfolio loss, conditional on the realization of the systematic factor M , for a portfolio with infinitely large numbers of issuers in each cell is given by: lt .M.t// D
J X
.1 R/ wj pj .tjM /:
(7.14)
j D1
Lemma 7.3. The loss distribution of an infinitely large homogeneous cell portfolio with the asset returns following a one-factor term-structure NIG copula model is given by LHC F1 .t; x/ D 1 FN.1/ .t / lt1 .x/ ; (7.15) with x 2 Œ0; 1 denoting the percentage portfolio loss. The inverse function lt1 .x/ must be computed numerically. Proof. Analogue to the LHC Gaussian model, LHC F1 .t; x/ D Q M.t/ lt1 .x/ D 1 FN.1/ .t / lt1 .x/ :
(7.16)
182
7 Large Homogeneous Cell Approximation for Factor Copula Models
Table 7.1 Pricing iTraxx tranches with different maturities with the LHC model Maturity (years) 5 7 10 iTraxx spread 32 bp 41 bp 52 bp AAA spread 10.19 bp 13.75 bp 17.00 bp AA spread 14.51 bp 19.40 bp 24.74 bp A spread 24.68 bp 32.95 bp 41.41 bp BBB spread 44.68 bp 62.09 bp 68.51 bp Market
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22%
23.53% 62.75 bp 18 bp 9.25 bp 3.75 bp
36.875% 189 bp 57 bp 26.25 bp 7.88 bp
48.75% 475 bp 124 bp 56.5 bp 19.5 bp
Gaussian LHC
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Absolute error 2nd–5th tranches aAAA aAA aA aBBB
28.85% 92.02 bp 32.70 bp 13.74 bp 2.76 bp
53.43% 198.81 bp 71.91 bp 32.88 bp 7.88 bp
63.19% 445.90 bp 133.39 bp 65.30 bp 18.42 bp
49.44 bp
30.85 bp
48.37 bp
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Absolute error 2nd–5th tranches aAAA aAA aA aBBB ˛
24.92% 58.42 bp 23.4 bp 14.25 bp 7.59 bp
48.19% 202.08 bp 53.31 bp 27.08 bp 12.05 bp
56.09% 475.00 bp 124.00 bp 51.93 bp 18.87 bp
18.61 bp
22.27 bp
5.20 bp
NIG(1) LHC
128.66 bp 0.6052 0.0004 0.7211 0.0005
46.09 bp 0.4217 0.5139 0.4522 0.2598 0.2269
For the NIG model, no semi-analytical expression for the expected tranche loss exists. The integrals in (7.11) can be approximated by the corresponding sums on a x-grid. To compute the inverse loss function lt1 .x/ for each spread payment time t, the generation of a look-up table for the function lt .x/ is the most efficient possibility.
7.3 Calibration of the LHC Models For the empirical comparison of the two LHC models, the same iTraxx data for the 12th of April 2006 is used. For the rating cells extension, some additional input on the rating composition of the portfolio and the ratings-specific default probabilities
7.3 Calibration of the LHC Models
183
is required. The iTraxx portfolio contained 0:8% AAA rated issuers, 10:4% AA rated issuers, 42:4% A rated issuers, and 46:4% BBB rated issuers on this day. Choosing the right data for the rating default probabilities is an important issue in the calibration of the LHC model. Recall, that the rough assumption of an infinitely large number of issuers in each cell was made. If the assumption was eligible, one could use the rating-specific credit-spread data to deduce the default probabilities. In reality, the average credit spread for the rating cells of the iTraxx portfolio deviate from the overall EUR rating spreads quite much. However, using default probabilities that are, e.g., much higher than those of the real portfolio, makes it quite impossible to get a good fit of the model to CDO prices. We have taken the CDS spreads of all issuers in the iTraxx portfolio and computed the average rating spreads out of them. Note, that the weighted sum of those spreads should be close to the iTraxx index spread. These spreads are reported in Table 7.1. The table also contains the calibration results and absolute errors as well as the model parameters. With 46 bp, the fit of the LHC NIG model is very good in comparison to the LHC Gaussian copula model. It is also much better than the LHP term-structure NIG model that was investigated in the previous section.
.
Chapter 8
Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
The large homogeneous cell extension of the NIG factor copula model was introduced and investigated in the previous chapter. With this extension the number of parameters is increased from two to six: ˛ and five correlation parameters for the rating classes AAA, AA, A, BBB and BB. Issuers with a rating lower than BB have not been observed in the iTraxx portfolios so far. Still we do not believe to be able to achieve a good fit of the complete history of the iTraxx prices with this model with the correlation parameters constant over time. During only the last 4 years when the iTraxx tranches were traded, different correlation regimes were observed. Very high correlations are observed during the current sup-prime crisis. The year before the crisis in July 2007 began, the correlation was in contrast very low. For this reason, an extension of the NIG factor copula model allowing for different correlation regimes is expected to better reflect the reality than the model with the constant correlation. This chapter is devoted to the derivation of the regime-switching extension of the NIG LHC model. Before we start with it in the second section of this chapter, we examine the relevant properties of the NIG model in the first section. In the third section, the pricing formulas for CDO tranches are derived. Finally, the empirical calibration is performed in the last section of this chapter.
8.1 Note on Some Properties of the Term-Structure NIG Factor Copula Model We consider the term-structure NIG factor copula model, where the increment of the asset return in the rating cell j is given by dAij .t/ D aj dM.t/ C
q 1 aj2 dXij .t/;
(8.1)
where M.t/; Xij .t/; i D 1; : : : ; m are independent processes with
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 8, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
185
186
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
0q 1 q q q 1 aj2 1 aj2 1 aj2 ˇ 2 1 aj2 3 B C dXij .t/ N I G @ ˛; ˇ; dt; dt A; aj aj aj ˛2 aj ˛2 dM.t/ N I G
ˇ 2 3 ˛; ˇ; 2 dt; 2 dt : ˛ ˛
Then the increments of the asset returns are NIG distributed with following parameters: 1 1 ˇ 2 1 3 1 dAij .t/ N I G ˛; ˇ; dt; dt : aj aj aj ˛ 2 aj ˛ 2 It is easy to see, that for any time increments tk D tk tk1 and tkC1 D tkC1 tk , the sum of the corresponding increments M.k 1; k/ C M.k; k C 1/ of the process M is again an increment of the process M : M.k 1; k/ C M.k; k C 1/ ˇ 2 3 N I G ˛; ˇ; 2 tk ; 2 tk ˛ ˛ 3 ˇ 2 CN I G ˛; ˇ; 2 tkC1 ; 2 tkC1 ˛ ˛ 2 3 ˇ N I G ˛; ˇ; 2 .tk C tkC1 / ; 2 .tk C tkC1 / ˛ ˛ Mk1;kC1 : The same is also valid for Xij and Aij . This property makes the model well defined for a simulation: it can be discretized in an arbitrary way. However, the necessary condition for this is the constant parameters ˛, ˇ and aj . The unrealistic assumption of the constant correlation we have just discussed in the beginning of this chapter. The aim of the next section is to find a possibility to incorporate different correlation regimes into the model.
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model As already stated, we want to integrate a second regime of high correlation to the NIG model. Thereby, the model has to satisfy some requirements that are important for the simulation framework. In the next proposition, these requirements are listed and the Crash NIG model is derived. Proposition 8.1. Consider the Crash-NIG model, which is given by dAij .t/ D aj dM.t/ C
q 1 aj2 dXij .t/;
(8.2)
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model
187
with independent factors following NIG distributions dM.t/ D d N.1/ .t/ and dXij .t/ D d N r1a2 .t/, i.e., .
aj
j
/
3 ˇ 2 (8.3) ˛; ˇ; 2 dt; 2 dt ; ˛ ˛ 0q 1 q q q 2 2 2 2 1 aj 1 aj 1 aj ˇ 2 1 aj 3 B C ˛; ˇ; dt; dt A dXij .t/ N I G @ 2 aj aj aj ˛ aj ˛2 dM.t/ N I G
in the first state, and in the second state by aj d c M .t/.t/ C db Aij .t/ D b
q
b ij .t/; 1 b a 2j d X
(8.4)
b ij following a NIG distribution. Let us further with independent factors c M and X assume that Crash-NIG model has to satisfy the following requirements: (i) The distributions of both factors in different states are stable under convolution. (ii) The asset return has the same distribution in both states to ensure an easy derivation of the default thresholds. (iii) The distributions of the factors in both states have zero mean. (iv) The distribution of the market factor does not depend on the correlation. Then, there exists a real number k > 0 such that the asset return in the second state can be written as: q b ij .t/; db Aij .t/ D aj d c M .t/ C 1 aj2 d X (8.5) with the distributions of the factors given by 3 ˇ 2 ˛; ˇ; k 2 dt; k 2 dt ; ˛ ˛ 0q q 1 aj2 1 aj2 b ij .t/ N I G B dX ˛; ˇ; @ aj aj dc M .t/ N I G
1 kaj2 1 aj2
1 q q 2 2 1 aj2 ˇ 2 1 a 3 1 kaj j C dt; dt A ; 2 2 2 aj ˛ aj ˛ 1 aj
and the distribution of d b Aij .t/ is the same as dAij .t/.
(8.6)
(8.7)
188
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
Proof. We start with general NIG distribution for the factors: dc M .t/ N I G ˛ CM ; ˇ CM ; CM ; ı CM ; d Xij .t/ N I G ˛ CX ; ˇ CX ; CX ; ı CX :
b
(8.8) (8.9)
It follows from the requirement .i / and the convolution property of the NIG distribution, that the first two parameters of the distributions must be equal to those in the first state: q q 1 aj2 1 aj2 ˛CM D ˛; ˇ CM D ˇ; ˛ CX D ˛; ˇ CX D ˇ: (8.10) aj aj Besides, the requirement .i i i / means that: CM D ı CM
ˇ CX ˇ ; D ı CX :
(8.11)
Now we consider the distribution of the asset return in the second state. This is the distribution of the sum of two NIG random variables: ˇ ˛ ˇ b aj d c (8.12) a j ı CM ; M .t/ N I G ; ; b aj ı CM ; b b aj b aj 0 q q q 1 aj2 1 aj2 B 2 1 b aj d Xij .t/ N I G @ q ˛; q ˇ; (8.13) aj 1 b a 2j aj 1 b a2j q q 2 CX ˇ 2 CX aj ı aj ı : ; 1 b 1 b
b
The both distributions are stable under convolution if the first two parameters are equal. This is the case when q
1 aj2 1 D q ; b aj aj 1 b a2j that is equivalent to
q
1 b a2j b aj
q D
1 aj2 aj
:
This is only possible if b aj D aj :
(8.14)
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model
189
So the distribution of the asset return in the second state is given by
dAij .t/ N I G aj ı CM
q ˇ ˛ ˇ ; ; aj ı CM C 1 aj2 ı CX ; aj aj q C 1 aj2 ı CX :
(8.15)
According to the requirement .i i /, the distribution must be the same as in the first state, i.e. the third and the fourth parameter must be: q ˇ 1 ˇ 2 dt; D aj ı CM C 1 aj2 ı CX aj ˛ 2 q 1 3 aj ı CM C 1 aj2 ı CX D dt aj ˛ 2
(8.16) (8.17)
The two equations are actually the same. So we have only one equation to solve for two variables ı CM and ı CX . We also have the last requirement .i v/ that still is not satisfied. So we look at the parameter ı CM : q ı CM D
3
1 dt aj2 ˛ 2
1 aj2 aj
ı CX :
ı CM can be independent of aj only if it has the form ı CM D k
3 dt; ˛2
for some constant k > 0. Then corresponding ı CX is ı CX D
1 kaj2 1 aj2
q 1 aj2 3 dt; aj ˛2
and we come up with the distributions in (8.6) that completes the proof.
t u
Remark 8.1. Recall, that in the first correlation regime, the variance of all factor changes is dt. Now, the variance of the factors in the second regime is given by V .d c M / D kdt;
b ij / D V .d X
1 kaj2 1 aj2
dt:
Thus, the correlation of asset returns of an issuer i1 from the rating cell j1 and an issuer i2 from the rating cell j2 is
190
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
C orr dAi1 j1 .t/; dAi2 j2 .t/ D p
M/ aj1 aj2 V .d c V .dAi1 j1 .t//V .dAi2 j2 .t//
D aj1 aj2 k:
The higher correlation in the second regime is implied by the higher variance of the market factor, i.e. by choosing k > 1. The variance of the idiosyncratic factor is then lower than normal. a ˇ
Factor Aij .t/ has zero mean, variance t, skewness 3 2jpt and kurtosis 2 a2 ˛2 j 3 C 3 1 C 4 ˇ˛ . 4t Definition 8.1 (Crash-NIG copula model). The asset return of the i th issuer in cell j for j D 1; : : : ; J , Aij .t/, is assumed to be of the form: dAij .t/ D aj dM.t/ C
q 1 aj2 dXij .t/;
(8.18)
where M.t/; Xij .t/; i D 1; : : : ; m are independent processes with the following distributions: ˇ 2 3 (8.19) dM.t/ N I G ˛; ˇ; 2t 2 dt; 2t 2 dt ; ˛ ˛ 0q q 2 1 a 1 aj2 j B ˛; ˇ; (8.20) dXij .t/ N I G @ aj aj 1 2t aj2 1 aj2
1 q q 2 2 2 1 aj2 ˇ 2 1 a 3 1 t aj j C dt; dt A : 2 2 aj ˛ aj ˛2 1 aj
t is a Markov process with state space f1; g, an initial distribution D f1 ; 2 g and a .2 2/ transition function fP .h/gh0 . The distribution of the increment of the asset return is dAij .t/ D N. 1 / .t/, i.e., aj
dAij .t/ N I G
1 1 ˇ 2 1 3 1 ˛; ˇ; dt; dt : aj aj aj ˛ 2 aj ˛ 2
Remark 8.2. The Crash-NIG copula model can be easily extended to a higher number of regimes. Then, the Markov process t has the state space f1; 1 ; : : : ; n1 g, an initial distribution D f1 ; 2 ; : : : ; n g and a .n n/ transition function fP .h/gh0 . The next Lemma (see e.g. [6] and [60]) defines the intensity matrix O of the Markov process which is sufficient to define the complete transition function fP .h/gh>0 and stays in one to one correspondence with it. The Lemma summarizes the results in Sect. 3.4.
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model
191
Lemma 8.1. Let fP .h/gh>0 D f pij .h/i;j D1;:::;n gh>0 be a .n n/ transition function. Then it holds: (i) There exist the limits pij .h/ 1fi Dj g ; h#0 h
oij D li m
for all states i; j D 1; : : : ; n. Denote the limit matrix O D li m h#0
P .h/ I : h
(ii) It holds: oij 0; i ¤ j;
n X
oij D 0:
j D1
(iii) It holds for all h 0 P .h/ D expfhOg D
1 k X h kD0
kŠ
Ok:
(iv) The other way around, given an arbitrary matrix O such that oij 0 for i ¤ j n P and oij D 0. Then the matrix exponential fexpfhOggh0 is a transition j D1
function with intensity O. t u
Proof. See e.g. [6] and [60].
Proposition 8.2. Consider an asset return of the i th issuer in cell j for j D 1; : : : ; J , Aij .t/, as defined in Definition 8.1. Assume, the process t was in state 0 r 2 f1; 2g at the time 0. Let T r .t/ WD T1r .t/; T2r .t/ be a stochastic process giving the duration of the stay in state i starting from the state r at time t D 0: Zt Tir .t/
D
1fstate i at time sg ds:
(8.21)
0
Then the distributions of M.t/ and Xij .t/, the cumulated returns on Œ0; t, conditional on the realization of T r .t/, are NIG with the following parameters: ˇ 2 ˛; ˇ; T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ ; ˛2 r 3 T1 .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ 2 ; ˛
M.t/jT r .t/ N I G
(8.22)
192
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
0q B Xij .t/jT .t/ N I G @ r
1 aj2 aj
q ˛;
1 aj2 aj
ˇ;
(8.23)
q 1 aj2 ˇ 2 ; aj ˛2 1 aj2 1 q r 2 2 2 r 1 a 3 t aj T1 .t/ C T2 .t/ j C A: 2 aj ˛2 1 aj t aj2 T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/
The distribution of Aij .t/ is as before Aij .t/ N I G
1 1 ˇ 2 1 3 1 ˛; ˇ; t; t : aj aj aj ˛ 2 aj ˛ 2
Proof. Due to convolution property of the NIG distribution, we just have to integrate the third and fours parameters in (8.19). To do so, the following integral must be calculated: Zt
Zt 2s ds
D
0
1fstate 1 at time sg C 2 1fstate 2 at time sg ds D T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/: (8.24)
0
t u
Remark 8.3. All the results are analogue for more than two states changing T1r .t/C 2 T2r .t/ for a suitable expression, e.g. T1r .t/ C 21 T2r .t/ C 22 T3r .t/ for three states. Remark 8.4. Let fT r .t / W ˝t ! R with ˝T D Œ0; t2 be the density function of the duration of the stay in some state starting from state r 2 f1; 2g. Then the unconditional densities of the factors M.t/ and Xij .t/ are Z fM.t / .x/ D
fN I G ˝t
ˇ 2 3 2 2 ; z1 C z2 2 xI ˛; ˇ; z1 C z2 ˛2 ˛
fT r .t / .z1 ; z2 /d.z1 ; z2 / fXij .t / .x/ Z D
0
B fN I G @xI
˝t
t
aj2
q
1 aj2 aj
z1 C 2 z2
1
aj2
q
q ˛;
1 aj
1 aj2 aj
aj2
ˇ ;
t
aj2
z1 C z2 2
1 aj2
1 3 C A fT r .t / .z1 ; z2 /d.z1 ; z2 /: ˛2
q 1 aj2 ˇ 2 ; aj ˛2
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model
193
Unfortunately, the distributions of the duration of stay T r .t/ are very complicated even for two states (see [66]). To our knowledge it is impossible to compute the unconditional densities of the factors analytically. A numerical integration would be very time and memory consuming and could only make sense if a very exact pricing on a single day is needed and can be performed on a high-end machine. However, the four moments of the unconditional distributions can be computed quite easily. So, an approximation of the unconditional distributions with a NIG distribution matching the four moments seems to be a good alternative to the exact computation. The next proposition gives the formulas for the four moments. Proposition 8.3. The moments of the unconditional distribution of the factor M.t/ are: E .M.t// D 0 V .M.t// D E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/
! 3ˇ 1 S .M.t// D 2 E p r T1 .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ 2 2 ! ˛ 1 ˇ : E K .M.t// D 3 C 3 1 C 4 r r 2 ˛ T1 .t/ C T2 .t/ 4
The moments of the unconditional distribution of the factor Xij .t/ are: E Xij .t/ D 0
V Xij .t/ D
t aj2 E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ 0
1 aj2
1
1 3ˇaj B C S Xij .t/ D E @q A 2 2 r r 2 t aj T1 .t/ C T2 .t/ ! 2 2 2 ! aj ˛ ˇ 1 r K Xij .t/ D 3 C 3 1 C 4 : E 2 r 2 ˛ 4 t aj T1 .t/ C T2 .t/ Proof. For the i th central moment of the unconditional distribution of M.t/ we have: Z1 x i fM.t / .x/dx 1
Z1 Z
D
x i fN I G 1˝t
ˇ 2 3 2 xI ˛; ˇ; z1 C 2 z2 ; z C z 1 2 ˛2 ˛2
fT r .t / .z1 ; z2 /d.z1 ; z2 /dx
194
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
3 21 Z Z 2 3 ˇ D 4 x i fN I G xI ˛; ˇ; z1 C 2 z2 ; z1 C 2 z2 2 dx 5 ˛2 ˛ ˝t
1
fT r .t / .z1 ; z2 /d.z1 ; z2 /: So we must just integrate the moments of M.t/jT r .t/, i.e. the moments of a NIG distribution, over the distribution of the duration stays. Since the expectation of the conditional distribution of M.t/jT r .t/ is zero, the unconditional expectation is zero as well, i.e. E .M.t// D 0. Further, the variance of M.t/ is:
3 ˛2 V .M.t// D E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ 2 3 ˛
D E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ :
The skewness of M.t/ is: 0
1
3ˇ B S.M.t// D E @ q p ˛ T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/
! 1 3ˇ C : A D 2E p r 3 T1 .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ ˛2
And finally, the kurtosis of M.t/ is: ! 2 ! ˇ 1 K .M.t// D 3 C 3 1 C 4 E 3 ˛ T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ ˛2 2 2 ! ˛ ˇ 1 D 3C3 1C4 E : ˛ T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ 4 t u
The derivation of the moments for Xij .t/ is analogue and straightforward.
Remark 8.5. To approximate the unconditional distribution of M.t/ with a NIG distribution: q b b M.t/ ' N I G b ˛ .t/; ˇ.t/; b .t/; ı.t/ ; with b .t/ D b ˛ 2 .t/ b ˇ 2 .t/ (8.25) the following system of four equations has to be solved for b ˛ .t/, b ˇ.t/, b .t/, b ı.t/: b ˇ.t/ D0 b .t/ b ˛ 2 .t/ b D E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ ı.t/ 3 b .t/
b .t/ C b ı.t/
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model
195
!
1 3ˇ 3b ˇ.t/ q D 2E p r T1 .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ b ˛ .t/ b ı.t/b .t/ 0 !2 1 2 ! 2 b ˇ ˇ.t/ ˛ 1 1 @1 C 4 A D 1C4 : E r r 2 b b ˛ .t/ ˛ T1 .t/ C T2 .t/ 4 ı.t/b .t/ Analogue, to approximate the unconditional distribution of Xij .t/ with a NIG distribution: Xij .t/ ' N I G b ˛ .t/; b ˇ.t/; b .t/; b ı.t/ ; (8.26) the following system of four equations has to be solved for b ˛ .t/, b ˇ.t/, b .t/, b ı.t/: b ˇ.t/ D0 b .t/ C b ı.t/ b .t/ 2 t aj2 E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ b ˛ .t/ b D ı.t/ 3 b .t/ 1 aj2 1 0 b 3ˇaj B 3ˇ.t/ 1 C D E @q q A r 2 2 r 2 t aj T1 .t/ C T2 .t/ ı.t/b .t/ b ˛ .t/ b 0 1 !2 ! 2 ! b ˇ.t/ 1 1 ˇ @1 C 4 A E D 1C4 b b ˛ .t/ ˛ t aj2 T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ ı.t/b .t/
aj2 ˛ 2 4
:
In general, these systems of equations cannot be solved analytically. In the special case of ˇ D 0, however, the systems are easy to solve. The parameter for M.t/ are: q b ˛ 2 .t/ b ˇ 2 .t/ D b ˛ .t/; ˇ.t/ D 0; b .t/ D 0 and, using b .t/ D b ˛ b ˛ .t/ D r ; 1 E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ E T r .t /C 2 T r .t / 1 2 v u E T r .t/ C 2 T r .t/ u 2 b 1 : ı.t/ D ˛ t 1 E T r .t /C2 T r .t / 1
2
The parameters for Xij .t/ are: b ˇ.t/ D 0; b .t/ D 0 and, using b .t/ D
q b ˛ 2 .t/ b ˇ 2 .t/ D b ˛ .t/;
196
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
q b ˛ .t/ D
aj q
b ı.t/ D
1 aj2
1 aj2 aj
˛ s t aj2 E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ E t a2 v u aj2 E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ ˛ u u t : u 1 aj2 t E t a2 T r .t1/C2 T r .t / / 2 j. 1
;
1 r 2 r j .T1 .t /C T2 .t //
Remark 8.6. The expectation E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ can be easily computed as: E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ D E T1r .t/ C 2 E T2r .t/ D hr1 .t/ C 2 hr2 .t/; Zt hr1 .t/
D
.exp .sO//r;1 ds
(8.27)
.exp .sO//r;2 ds:
(8.28)
0
Zt hr2 .t/ D Proof.
0
0t 1 Z r E T1 .t/ D E @ 1fstate 1 at time sg ds A 0
Zt D
Q Œstate 1 at time s ds 0
Zt D
.exp .sO//r;1 ds: 0
Besides, we have E T2r .t/ D t E T1r .t/ .
t u
The last remark shows that the variance of the distributions of M.t/ and Xij .t/ is easy to compute. The computation for the skewness and kurtosis is not that straightforward. For applications where the computation speed is a more important issue than the accuracy, the simple fitting of the variance of the distributions may be a better choice. In this case, the parameters of the approximating NIG distribution can be chosen as described in the next remark. Remark 8.7. Approximation of M.t/ and Xij .t/ with r ˇ 2 r 3 2 r 2 r M.t/ ' N I G ˛; ˇ; h1 .t/ C h2 .t/ ; h1 .t/ C h2 .t/ 2 ˛2 ˛
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model
0q B Xij .t/ ' N I G @
197
1 aj2 aj
˛;
q 1 aj2 aj
ˇ;
q 1 aj2 ˇ 2 ; aj ˛2 1 aj2 1 q r 2 2 2 r 1 a 3 t aj h1 .t/ C h2 .t/ j C A 2 aj ˛2 1 aj t aj2 hr1 .t/ C 2 hr2 .t/
fits the first two moments of the exact distributions. The third and the fourth moments of the approximate distribution are not higher than those of the exact distribution. In the special case of a non-skewed distributions, i.e. ˇ D 0, the skewness is zero for the approximate and the exact distributions. Proof. The computation of the first two moments of the approximate distributions are straightforward. They are equal to the first two moments in the Proposition 8.3. The skewness of the approximate distribution of M.t/ is 0
1
! 3ˇ B 1 1 C 3ˇ @q A 2 E pT r .t/ C 2 T r .t/ : 2 1 2 E T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ The inequality is given by Jensen’s inequality since f .x/ D tion. The proof for the kurtosis is analogue.
p1 x
is a convex funct u
Remark 8.8. All the results are analogue for more than two states changing hr1 .t/ C 2 hr2 .t/ for a suitable expression, e.g. hr1 .t/ C 21 hr2 .t/ C 22 hr3 .t/ for three states. We have simulated some examples of the model and computed the unconditional distribution functions in order to get a feeling of how good the described approximations are. The first example is a two-state model with following parameter: OD
0:9962 0:0038 0:0038 0:0038 ; P .1/ D 0:0119 0:9881 0:0120 0:0120
D .0; 1/; ˛ D 0:4; D 2; aj D 0:5; t D 3: The states of the Markov process are simulated over a 3-years period. The durations of the stays corresponding to the simulated paths were used to simulate the unconditional distribution of M.t/ and Xij .t/. Figure 8.1 shows the histogram of T1r .t/ C 2 T2r .t/ as well as the unconditional distribution function of the factor
198
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
(a) Histogram of T1r .t / C 2 T2r .t / 1 exact distribution two moments match four moments match
0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
−6
−4
−2
0
2
4
6
(b) Distribution function of M.t / Fig. 8.1 Example of a two-state model
M.t/. The distributions of the approximation of the factor M.t/ fitting two and four moments are also plotted to compare the approximation error. The three distribution functions are nearly the same for a model with two states. The results for the factor Xij .t/ are similar. We get even similar results if we increase the transition probability of one state into another.
8.2 Crash-NIG Copula Model
199
3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0
0
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
10
(a) Histogram of T1r .t / C 21 T2r .t / C 22 T3r .t / 1 exact distribution two moments match four moments match
0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 −5
−4
−3
−2
−1
0
1
2
3
4
5
(b) Distribution function of M.t / Fig. 8.2 Example of a three-state model with no absorbing states
Next, we consider two examples of a three-state model. The first example has the following parameter: 0
1 0 1 0:0139 0:0140 0:0001 0:9863 0:0137 0 O D @ 0:0142 0:0231 0:0089 A ; P .1/ D @ 0:014 0:9773 0:0087 A 0:0127 0:0001 0:0126 0:0125 0 0:9875 D .0; 1; 0/; ˛ D 0:4; 1 D 0:25; 2 D 1:75; aj D 0:5; t D 3:
200
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
4500 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(a) Histogram of T1r .t / C 21 T2r .t / C 22 T3r .t / 1 0.9
exact distribution two moments match four moments match
0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 −5
−4
−3
−2
−1
0
1
2
3
4
5
(b) Distribution function of M.t / Fig. 8.3 Example of a two-state model with an absorbing state
The approximation of the unconditional distribution of the factors with a NIG distribution matching two or four moments is also very exact (Fig. 8.2). Another three-state model under consideration is a model with an absorbing state: once we are in state three, it is not possible to escape from it. The parameter of the model are:
8.3 Valuation of CDO Tranches with the Crash-NIG Copula Model
201
0 1 1 0:9953 0:0047 0 0:0048 0:0048 0 O D @ 0:0165 0:0216 0:0051 A ; P .1/ D @ 0:0163 0:9787 0:005 A 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
D .0; 1; 0/; ˛ D 0:4; 1 D 0:25; 2 D 1:75; aj D 0:5; t D 3: For this case, the distribution of T1r .t/ C 21 T2r .t/ C 22 T3r .t/ is quite different than in the previous examples (Fig. 8.3). The approximations of the distribution of factor M.t/ are not that exact anymore. However, they are still very accurate. The difference between the exact unconditional distribution function of Xij .t/ and the approximations is much smaller.
8.3 Valuation of CDO Tranches with the Crash-NIG Copula Model Now all distributions necessary to describe the portfolio loss distribution are available. It depends on the application if the more exact four moment matching approximating distributions for M.t/ and Xij .t/ or the two moment matching approximations that are easier to compute should be used. Since the approximation matching only two moment appeared to be very good, we choose to use it in the future analysis. The next lemma updates the formulas of the distribution of a large homogeneous cell portfolio for the Crash NIG extension. Lemma 8.2. The approximate loss distribution of an infinitely large homogeneous cell portfolio with the asset returns following a Crash-NIG copula model is given by ˇ 2 LHC F1 .t; x/ D 1 FN I G lt1 .x/I ˛; ˇ; hr1 .t/ C 2 hr2 .t/ ; (8.29) ˛2 3 r h1 .t/ C 2 hr2 .t/ 2 ; ˛ with x 2 Œ0; 1 denoting the percentage portfolio loss. The function lt .M.t// is the portfolio loss conditional on the realization of the systematic factor M.t/ and is given by: 0 q q 2 J 1 a 1 aj2 X j B Cj .t/ aj M.t/ lt .M.t// D .1 R/ wj FN I G @ q I ˛; ˇ; aj aj 1 a2 j D1
t aj2 hr1 .t/ C 2 hr2 .t/
q
j
1 aj2 ˇ 2 ; aj ˛2 1 aj2 1 q r 2 2 2 r 1 a 3 t aj h1 .t/ C h2 .t/ j C A: 2 aj ˛2 1 aj
(8.30)
202
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
The default thresholds are computed as Cj .t/ D
1 FN IG
1 1 1 ˇ 2 1 3 ˇ; t; t : Qj .t/I ˛; aj aj aj ˛ 2 aj ˛ 2
Proof. Analogue to Lemma 7.3 with the corresponding distributions for M.t/, Xij .t/ and Aij .t/. t u As it was already the case for the single-regime LHC NIG copula model, there exist no analytical expressions for the expected tranche loss. They have to be computed numerically by approximating the corresponding integrals over the portfolio loss distribution function. We have implemented two versions for CDO valuations using the Crash-NIG copula model. First, the inverse conditional loss function lt1 .x/ was implemented with the help of a look-up table. For all NIG distribution and inverse distribution functions the corresponding routines where called in each evaluation point. Such implementation is quite time consuming taking approximately 25 s1 in Matlab for one trading day. Of course, it is not acceptable for the calibration of a 4 year history and a simulation. So we have implemented a second, vector version with additional look-up tables. Since it is necessary to call the NIG distribution and inverse distribution functions with different parameters and for different time increments for a calibration, this is exactly the part of the pricing function that takes most of the computation time. A possibility to avoid this is the creation of look-up tables for the NIG distribution and the NIG inverse distribution functions. This implementation takes us only 3 s to price the iTraxx tranches on one day, and 25 s for a simultaneous pricing on 200 days on the same computer. Now, the n-dimensional interpolation in the look-up tables is taking most of the computation time. We have not spent any additional effort trying to accelerate this and have simply used the Maltab function “interpn”. However, we believe that this is not the fastest possible implementation and Matlab in general is not the fastest programming environment. Nevertheless, this computation speed is acceptable for the research of this thesis.
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model 8.4.1 Data Description Collecting and preparing the relevant data is a very important and sensitive issue in the calibration of the Crash-NIG copula model. The reasons for this are, first, the complexity of the financial instrument we are going to price, and, second, the application of the more detailed information by the large homogeneous cell model 1
On a computer with Intel Core Duo with 2.2 GHz Processor.
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
203
in comparison to the large homogeneous portfolio model. Note that the LHC model needs the information on the rating cells of the portfolio while, the average default probability deduced from the iTraxx index spread is enough for the LHP model. We use the complete history of the iTraxx Europe tranched index since its origination on the 21st of June 2004 until the 6th of May 2008. The 7-year maturity became available only since the end of March 2005. The data is presented in Figs. 8.4–8.6. Figure 8.7 presents the data on the index spread for the three maturities. We used the data downloaded from the MorganMarkets,2 the internetbased data source of JP Morgan. These are the proprietary quotes of JP Morgan and not the official market quotes. The official quotes were not available for us. However, we don’t find this a big problem since the bid-ask spreads on iTraxx are very small. The data described so far is the basic iTraxx data necessary for any valuation model. This data would be even enough for the LHP model. For LHC model, a more specific rating-based data is needed. First of all, we need to know the rating composition of the iTraxx portfolio at any point in history. Unfortunately, such data is not available for download. We had to create the rating composition manually. All issuers ever been in the iTraxx Europe portfolio can be found in a convenient Excel format on the website of Markit.3 We have created a rating history for all issuers and finally computed the rating composition for the iTraxx Europe portfolio
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07 55
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
600
0−3% (right axis)
50 45
500
40 35
400
30 300
25
up−front fee (%)
700
20
200
15 100 0
10 Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
5
Fig. 8.4 Market quotes of the 5-year iTraxx tranches
2
https://mm.jpmorgan.com/redirect/bankone. Indices matrix available to download as an Excel sheet from http://www.markit.com/information/ products/category/indices/itraxx/asia/matrix.html.
3
204
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
700
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
55 50
600 spread (bp)
60
0−3% (right axis)
45
500
40 400 35 300
30
200
25
100 0
up−front fee (%)
800
20 Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
15
Fig. 8.5 Market quotes of the 7-year iTraxx tranches Sep04
Oct05
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
800
spread (bp)
Mar05
May06
75
0−3% (right axis)
70
700
65
600
60
500
55
400
50
300
45
200
40
100
35
0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
up−front fee (%)
900
30
Fig. 8.6 Market quotes of the 10-year iTraxx tranches
on every trading day in the history. This rating history is presented in Fig. 8.8. Most of the time the iTraxx Europe portfolio contained only issuers with ratings AA, A and BBB. The quote of the AA rating in the portfolio varied from 10 to 20%. Rating A was fluctuating around 40% and rating BBB around 45%. The rating AAA and BB were present in the portfolio only for short periods of time with a very small percentage.
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
205
180 5 years 7 years 10 years
160
spread (bp)
140 120 100 80 60 40 20
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Fig. 8.7 Market quotes of the iTraxx index spread 100 AAA AA A BBB BB
90 80 70
%
60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Fig. 8.8 Historical rating composition of the iTraxx portfolio
The last data building block necessary for the LHC model are the average rating spreads. They are required to compute the rating specific default probabilities. As already discussed in the Sect. 7.3, the market average rating spreads are not appropriate for the LHC model since the rating cells of the iTraxx Europe portfolio are not
206
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model 550 AAA AA A BBB BB
500 450 400 spread (bp)
350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Fig. 8.9 Average 5-year spreads of the rating cells of the iTraxx portfolio
large enough. Since the most tradable and liquid issuers are selected for the iTraxx Europe portfolio, they tend to be in the upper segment of the particular rating. So the average spreads of the iTraxx rating cells tend to be lower than the average European rating spreads. As there exist no traded iTraxx Europe rating sub-indices, we had to compute them from the issuers’ CDS data. In particular, we downloaded the data for the senior secured CDS with maturities of 5, 7 and 10 years for each issuer and constructed the average spreads for every rating at each point in time. The results are presented in Figs. 8.9–8.11. Note that the average rating spreads are computed based on the issuers with the corresponding rating for the point in time. This is the reason why the AAA and BB spreads are available only partially. This concludes the presentation of the data that is needed to calibrate the large homogeneous cell model. Besides of it, we also used the base correlation data for our analysis. It is also available from MorganMarkets. We do not provide any further explanation and figures of it at this point and will return to it in the next section.
8.4.2 Calibration of the Model with Two States To calibrate the Crash-NIG copula model to the data, we have to estimate the following parameters: ˛; ˇ; aj ; j D 1; : : : ; 5;
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model AAA AA A BBB BB
600
500
spread (bp)
207
400
300
200
100
0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Fig. 8.10 Average 7-year spreads of the rating cells of the iTraxx portfolio 700 AAA AA A BBB BB
600
spread (bp)
500 400 300 200 100 0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Fig. 8.11 Average 10-year spreads of the rating cells of the iTraxx portfolio
and
P D
p11 p12 p21 p22
:
We choose to fix the parameter ˇ D 0 since it was shown in Sect. 5.5 to be the best choice. So we can also keep the computation and the computer memory low.
208
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
The estimation of the parameters will be performed in two steps. (i) The Hidden Markov Model (HMM) is estimated separately. Since the correlation values are not observable, we have to use some other relevant observable process to estimate the model. This process follows two probability distributions depending on the state of the Markov chain. It is obvious from Fig. 8.7 of the historical data, that the two states of the market have an impact not only on the correlations, but also on the iTraxx index spread. The spreads were very high during the observed crisis. We will use the 5 and 10 years iTraxx index spreads to derive the parameters of the Hidden Markov Model. We try to estimate the HMM with two distribution assumptions for the spread: normal and log-normal. If the Markov chain is in state one, the distribution of the spread or the log-spread is assumed to be N.1 ; 1 /. In state two, the distribution is N.2 ; 2 /. We also employed another process instead of the iTraxx spread, the base correlation of the equity tranche to calibrate the HMM. However, this data is only available since September 2004. We assume base correlation to be normally distributed. Note, that the base correlation is the implied correlation of the Gaussian copula model. The important difference between the iTraxx spread and the implied correlation of the equity tranche is that the iTraxx spread does not contain the correlation information directly. This information comes into the iTraxx spread indirectly, e.g., the correlation is typically high in the turbulent markets with high credit spreads. Since the implied correlation is a product of another credit portfolio model, we do not actually tend to use it in our model, but we employ this data series in the Hidden Markov Model analysis of this chapter for the comparison and better understanding of the market. The transition matrix P is estimated with the help of the Baum–Welch Algo-
rithm 3.3.1 described in Sect. 3.3.4 The algorithm provides also the initial distribution and the parameters of the distribution of the observable process. Afterwards, we use the function Viterbi of the R package, that computes the most likely sequence of the states of the Markov chain given the estimated transition matrix, the initial distribution and the distribution parameters of the observable process. This function uses the Viterbi Algorithm 3.3.2 described in Sect. 3.3. Using the transition matrix and the sequence of the most likely states, the probabilities hr1 .t/ and hr2 .t/ of the states one and two respectively on the time segments Œ0; t, with r 2 1; 2 denoting the initial state at time 0, are computed according to (8.27). These probabilities are calculated for all t, the time points of the premium payments. (ii) In the second step, the probabilities hr1 .t/ and hr2 .t/ are used for the valuation of the iTraxx tranches and the optimization of the other model parameters. For this we use weekly data of the 5, 7 and 10 years iTraxx Europe tranches and compute the sum of the absolute error between the quoted and the model prices.
4
We use the R package “HiddenMarkov”.
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
209
For the tranches 3–6%, 6–9%, 9–12% and 12–22% the spreads are expressed in bp and the errors weighted with the weight 1. For the equity tranche 0–3%, the upfront fee is expressed in % and the error is weighted with the weight 0.1 to avoid its domination over the other tranches. For the optimization we use the Matlab function “fminsearch”. Although, this is a local minimization algorithm, the convergence of the optimization problem is very good. We have tested it with different starting points and found the algorithm always converging to the same values. The results of the estimation of the two-state model with the 5 and 10 year iTraxx spread and equity tranche base correlation data with the Baum–Welch algorithm are presented in the Table 8.1. In all cases, the probabilities of staying in the same state are very high with more than 98%. The probability of changing from the first state to the second state is approximately 0.4% for the iTraxx spread data and even lower with 0.14% for the correlation data. The probability of changing from the second state to the first is with over 1% higher for the spread data. The model estimated with the base correlation data do not return from the second state to the first. For all versions, the first state is associated with the lower values of the spread and the base correlation, and the second state with the higher values.5 This can also be seen in Fig. 8.12 presenting the Viterbi most likely sequence of the states based on the three model estimations with the 5 and 10 year data. Besides of the three state sequences we have also plotted the iTraxx index spread and the base correlation of the equity tranche that were used to calibrate the Hidden Markov Model. Thus, we can better compare the change of the states with the evolution of
Table 8.1 Parameter of the two-state model with 5-year data Data Transition matrix 0:9962 0:0038 5-year spread normal 0:0119 0:9881 0:9959 0:0041 5-year spread lognormal 0:0131 0:9869 0:9986 0:0014 5-year 0–3% correlation normal 0 1 0:9961 0:0039 10-year spread normal 0:0103 0:9897 0:9961 0:0039 10-year spread lognormal 0:0099 0:9901 0:9986 0:0014 10-year 0–3% correlation normal 0 1
Initial distribution 10
01 10 10 10 10
Distribution parameters 32:78I 6:48 74:79I 30:43 3:44I 0:19 4:13I 0:38 0:15I 0:04 0:36I 0:09 52:10I 6:25 86:18I 25:64 3:94I 0:12 4:41I 0:26 0:125I 0:03 0:35I 0:10
5 Distribution parameters in the table are organized as follows: the first column contains and the second of the distribution, the first row represents the first state and the second row the second state.
210
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model 160
Mar05
Oct05
May06
5 year iTraxx spread 5 year base correlation 0−3% (left axis)
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
states − normal spread states − lognormal spread states − base correlation (right axis)
120 2
100
state
spread (bp) / correlation (%)
140
Sep04
80 60 1 40 20 0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
(a) Calibration with the 5-year data 180
Mar05
Oct05
May06
10 year iTraxx spread 10 year base correlation 0−3% (left axis)
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
states − normal spread states − lognormal spread states − base correlation (right axis)
140 120
2
100
state
spread (bp) / correlation (%)
160
Sep04
80 60
1
40 20 0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
(b) Calibration with the 10-year data Fig. 8.12 Viterbi states in the two-states model
the observed processes. As already mentioned, we use the base correlation data only for the comparison of the states of the estimated HMM. The state sequences based on the normal 5 and 10 year spreads and the lognormal 10-year spreads are similar. They all detect the second state during the market turbulences after the downgrade of Ford and General Motors in May 2005, and during the sub-prime crisis starting in July 2007, with a short break in
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
211
September–October 2007. The major difference of the three sequences are in the length of the turbulence in May 2005. It is longer in the sequence corresponding to the 10-year log-normal spread than to the 10-year normal spread data, and that of the sequence corresponding to the 5-year normal spread data is even shorter. The 5-year log-normal spread yields an additional period of the second state at the very beginning of the history, in June–August 2004. The state sequences of the 5 and 10 year base correlations are identical and quite unspectacular with the only change from the first to the second state in July 2007. This also explains the zero probability of returning to the first state based on this data. Before the calibration of the parameters of the other Crash NIG factor copula model can be performed, the segment state probabilities must be computed. Those are compared in Figs. 8.13 and 8.14. These graphs are to be read in the following manner. The first row of plots assumes the first state at the beginning of the time segment, and the second row the second state at the beginning of the time segment. The three Hidden Markov Models calibrated to the three data series are organized in the three columns: the calibration to the iTraxx spread with normal and log-normal distribution, and to the base correlation with normal distribution assumptions. For each time t on the x-axis of the plots, the black area gives the overall probability of the first state during this time segment, and the white area, showing the probability of the second state, fills it up to one. The formulas for the probabilities are: hri .t/ ; t
(8.31)
with r denoting the initial state and i the state during the time period. Figure 8.13 corresponds to the calibration of the models with the 5-year data and Fig. 8.14 with the 10-year data. The results of the four normal and log-normal spreads models are similar, with the probabilities of the first state a bit lower for the 10-year data. Note that the plots for the different initial states differ significantly only for the time segments up to 5 years. For the initial state one, it is first more probable to be in the state one. For the longer time segments, this probabilities decreases to some asymptotic level. For the initial state two this is the other way around. The asymptotic probability of the first state is a bit higher for the initial state one than for the initial state two. These asymptotic probabilities a slightly higher for the 5-year data than for the 10-year data. For the base correlation data the behavior of these segment probabilities is quite different. Given the initial state one, the probability of being in the state one is decreasing very fast in time. Given the initial state two, the probability of the state one is zero since the probability to return there is zero. Table 8.2 reports the calibration results of the six two-state Crash NIG models. Although the calibration was performed with the weekly data to save the computation time, the absolute pricing errors were computed for all 971 data points. This error is the daily average of absolute deviations of the market quoted spread and the model spread in % over the five tranches and three maturities. An average absolute
212
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model Lognormal spread
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.4 0.2
probability
1
0
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
6
8
0
10
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
t
6
8
0
10
Lognormal spread 0.8
0.8
0.4 0.2
probability
0.8 probability
1
0.6
0.6 0.4 0.2
4
6
0
8
6
8
10
Base correlation
1
2
4 t
1
0
2
t
Normal spread Start in state 2
Base correlation
1
probability
Start in state 1
Normal spread 1
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
t
6
0
8
t
state 1
2
4
6
8
t
state 2
Fig. 8.13 Probabilities of the states on increasing time segments: the two-state models on the 5-year data Lognormal spread
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.4 0.2
probability
1
0
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
6
8
0
10
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
t
6
8
0
10
Lognormal spread 0.8
0.8
0.4 0.2
probability
0.8 probability
1
0.6
0.6 0.4 0.2
4
6 t
8
0
6
8
10
Base correlation
1
2
4 t
1
0
2
t
Normal spread Start in state 2
Base correlation
1
probability
Start in state 1
Normal spread 1
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
6 t
0
8 state 1
2 state 2
4
6
8
t
Fig. 8.14 Probabilities of the states on increasing time segments: the two-state models on the 10-year data
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
213
Table 8.2 Parameters of the two-state Crash-NIG copula model Data 5-year 5-year 10-year normal log-normal normal spread spread spread ˛ 0.1717 0.1753 0.2121 a1 0.3869 0.2038 0.4545 0.4493 0.4623 0.5850 a2 0.4494 0.4623 0.5448 a3 0.2820 0.2870 0.2791 a4 a5 0.2541 0.2236 0.1498 2.1141 2.0551 1.6240 Average error (%)
25.76
25.79
25.27
10-year log-normal spread 0.2100 0.3523 0.5137 0.5137 0.2466 0.1648 1.8495 25.08
Table 8.3 Average absolute deviations of tranche model spreads from the market spreads for the time period from 21 March 2005 to 8 May 2008: Crash NIG with 2 states estimated with the 5-year log-normal spread Maturity 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% 5 years 7.1101% 41.60 bp 15.18 bp 14.30 bp 8.69 bp 7 years 7.8196% 81.42 bp 25.95 bp 16.65 bp 10.23 bp 10 years 6.5018% 128.71 bp 52.35 bp 28.24 bp 12.50 bp
deviation of approximately 25% for 15 quotes seem to be quite high, however the greatest part of it is due to the three equity tranches that are quoted in the term of the up-front fee. We see this on the example of the 5-year log-normal spread model in Table 8.3, that reports the average absolute error for each tranche individually. All models estimated with the HMM calibration on the iTraxx spread produce similar results. First of all, we want to look at the calibration errors and investigate the reason for these. Figure 8.15 shows the errors of the 5-year tranches of the two-state Crash-NIG copula model estimated with the 5-year log-normal spread data. In particular, the attention should be paid to numerous points in time, where the differences between the market and model spreads of all tranches are negative. This means that the model spreads are higher than the market quotes for all tranches. To give an example, we pick up the values for the 20th of August 2007, and present them in Table 8.4. All model spreads are much higher for all tranches with all maturities. Actually, we would not be able to fit the market quotes with the model even with an individual calibration for this day. It is impossible to produce such low prices with any set of parameters. The reason for this is far too high default probabilities implied by the rating spreads we have used. On this point, it is time to note that so far we have not incorporated any liquidity premium into the model. Actually, the risk-neutral default probabilities were calculated from the average rating CDS spreads without any deduction for the liquidity premium. Valuation of the liquidity premium is a very complex subject with no good data sources. Figure 8.16 shows a graph with Libor credit liquidity premium data
214
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
error (bp)
0
10
0
−200
−10
−400
−20
−600
−30
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
−800
−1000
Sep04
Mar05
error (%)
200
−40 0−3% (right axis)
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
−50
Fig. 8.15 Deviations of the 5-year tranche model spreads from the market spreads: Crash NIG with 2 states estimated with the 5-year log-normal spread Table 8.4 Market quotes vs. two-state Crash NIG one factor copula model prices for the 20th of August 2007 Maturity 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Market quotes 5 years 25.75% 100.00 bp 54.50 bp 34.00 bp 17.50 bp 7 years 36.50% 180.00 bp 93.00 bp 56.00 bp 26.50 bp 10 years 45.75% 462.50 bp 170.00 bp 89.00 bp 49.00 bp Model prices
5 years 7 years 10 years
33.49% 50.59% 58.66%
130.80 bp 299.95 bp 605.88 bp
59.19 bp 102.45 bp 228.36 bp
Fig. 8.16 Libor credit liquidity premium (Source: Lehman Brothers)
40.35 bp 60.25 bp 116.79 bp
26.03 bp 33.47 bp 54.55 bp
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
215
available from Lehman Brothers. Unfortunately, Lehman Brother does not provide the data sheet of it but only the graph. It shows the high liquidity premiums during the sub-prime crisis. However, liquidity premiums are usually quite different for various market segments, single CDS market, iTraxx index and iTraxx tranches. Our findings below reflect that the liquidity premium in the single CDS market is higher than that of the iTraxx tranches. Liquidity premiums can be incorporated into the model in a simple way by deducing a fixed percentage of the credit spread. So we introduce the liquidity indicators lr , with r D 1; 2 the current state, such that the part of the credit spread representing the credit quality is lr times the spread. Then the liquidity premium is .1 lr / times the spread. Now the default probabilities that are used in the CrashNIG copula model are not computed based on the complete spread but only on the part of it cleaned from the liquidity premium. We assume these liquidity indicators to be constant in the same state of the market and estimate them together with the other model parameters. Table 8.5 presents the calibration results of the two-state Crash-NIG copula model with liquidity coefficients. The detailed errors for the case of 5-year normal spreads are given in Table 8.6. The calibration error could be reduced significantly with the help of the liquidity coefficients. Still it is quite high, and Fig. 8.17 shows that the errors are especially high after December 2007. So two states seem to be not enough to describe the history of the last 4 years. This gives us a hint that the two
Table 8.5 Parameters of the two-state Crash-NIG copula model with liquidity coefficients Data 5-year 5-year 10-year 10-year normal log-normal normal log-normal spread spread spread spread ˛ a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 l1 l2
0.3917 0.1680 0.4275 0.4275 0.1767 0.1705 2.2220 0.9439 0.7330
0.3669 0.1624 0.4226 0.4225 0.1781 0.1870 2.2482 0.9523 0.7678
0.3538 0.3798 0.4564 0.4366 0.1823 0.2041 2.0816 0.9541 0.7597
0.3957 0.4151 0.4459 0.4410 0.1630 0.1926 2.1305 0.9547 0.7691
Average error (%)
18.13
19.01
18.99
19.20
Table 8.6 Average absolute deviations of tranche model spreads from the market spreads for the time period from 21 March 2005 to 08 May 2008: Crash NIG with 2 states and liquidity estimated with the 5-year normal spread Maturity 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% 5 years 4.6751% 23.67 bp 16.35 bp 14.46 bp 9.22 bp 7 years 5.5094% 44.13 bp 24.09 bp 17.22 bp 11.64 bp 10 years 4.7840 % 79.25 bp 39.89 bp 24.21 bp 12.06 bp
216
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model 120
100
error (%)
80
normal spread 5y log−normal spread 5y normal correlation 5y normal spread 10y log−normal spread 10y normal correlation 10y
60
40
20
0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Fig. 8.17 Absolute calibration errors of the two-states Crash-NIG copula model with liquidity coefficients
observed crises are actually of a different nature and have different characteristics. We can find another confirmation of this in Fig. 8.12 if we compare the evolutions of the iTraxx spread and the base correlation. The correlations were moving in the opposite direction than the spreads until July 2007. Also, during the small crisis in May 2005, the correlation was falling as the spread was growing. Since the beginning of the sub-prime crisis in July 2007, the correlation changed its behavior. Since then it was growing or falling together with the spread. On this point we can make a conclusion of the calibration results of the two-state Crash-NIG copula model. All two-state Hidden Markov Models estimated with the iTraxx spread data determined the second state, corresponding to the crisis in May 2005, and from July 2007. This turned to be not a good choice since the two events have different characteristics. So, two states are actually not enough to describe the 4 year iTraxx history from June 2004 to May 2008. The two crisis that took place during this time were of different nature, the first one was a smaller branch-specific crisis while the second one has become a huge global market crisis. In the next section we calibrate the Crash-NIG copula model with three possible states.
8.4.3 Calibration of the Model with Three States Analogue to the calibration procedure of the two-state Crash-NIG copula model, the first step is the estimation of the Hidden Markov Model on the 5 and 10 year iTraxx spreads with the assumptions of normal and log-normal distributions.
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model Table 8.7 Parameters of the three-state model with 5-year data Data Transition Initial matrix distribution 0 1 0:9953 0:0047 0 @ 0:0163 0:9787 0:005 A 5-year spread normal 010 0 0 1 0 1 0:9863 0:0137 0 @ 0:014 0:9773 0:0087 A 5-year spread lognormal 001 0:0125 0 0:9875 0 1 0:9925 0:005 0:0025 @ 0:0069 0:9931 0 A 5-year 0–3% correlation 100 normal 0 0 1 0 1 0:9843 0:0157 0 @ 10-year spread normal 010 0:0110 0:9823 0:0067 A 0 0:0101 0:9899 1 0 0:9843 0:0157 0 @ 0:0112 0:9820 0:0068 A 010 10-year spread lognormal 0 0:0101 0:9899 0 1 0:9986 0:0014 0 @0 10-year 0–3% correlation 100 0:9908 0:0092 A normal 0 0 1
217
Distribution parameters 0 1 31:25I 5:54 @ 46:50I 5:92 A 99:34I 26:69 0 1 3:28I 0:14 @ 3:60I 0:05 A 4:10I 0:37 0 1 0:17I 0:01 @ 0:11I 0:02 A 0:36I 0:09 0 1 45:61I 3:22 @ 56:54I 2:99 A 85:72I 25:56 0 1 3:82I 0:07 @ 4:03I 0:05 A 4:41I 0:12I @ 0:28I 0:45I 0
0:26 1 0:03 0:04 A 0:06
Again, we estimate the model with the base correlation time series of the 0–3% equity tranche as well. The transition probabilities, initial distribution and the distribution parameters estimated with the Baum–Welch algorithm are reported in the Table 8.7. In all cases the probabilities of staying in the same state are very high with more than 97%. The probability to stay in state three is equal to one in the case of the 5-year normal spread as well as 5 and 10 year correlation. All models except of the 5-year log-normal spread can change from state one only to state two directly. All models estimated with the spread data have the first state when the expected value of the spread is the lowest. The expected value of the spread is the highest in the third state. So the first state is the quiet state of the market, the second state is a bit turbulent and the third is the crisis state. This can also be seen in Fig. 8.18 where the most likely states estimated with the Viterbi algorithm are plotted. However, only the states of the 5 years normal spread are exactly as discussed in the previous section: May 2005, is recognized as state two, together with June–August 2004 and July and September 2007. The rest of the history since December 2007 is estimated as the third state. The 5 and 10 year log-normal spreads and the 10 year normal spread put May 2005 to the same, third, state with the crisis after July 2007. The states of the 5-year correlation results have exactly the characteristics we have discussed in the previous section: the mean of the correlation is the lowest in the second state and the highest in the third state. Indeed, the Viterbi state in May 2005 of the 5 year correlation model is the second. However, different to the 5 year normal spread, this model has the second state also over a long time segment from
218
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model 160
Sep04
Oct05
May06
5 year iTraxx spread 5 year base correlation 0−3% (left axis)
140
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
states − normal spread states − lognormal spread states − base correlation (right axis)
3
120 100
2
80
state
spread (bp) / correlation (%)
Mar05
60 1
40 20 0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Jun07
Dec07
(a) Calibration with the 5-year data 180
Mar05
Oct05
May06
10 year iTraxx spread 10 year base correlation 0−3% (left axis)
Nov06
states − normal spread states − lognormal spread states − base correlation (right axis)
140
3
120 100 2 80
state
spread (bp) / correlation (%)
160
Sep04
60 1
40 20 0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
(b) Calibration with the 10-year data Fig. 8.18 Viterbi states in the three-states model
September 2005 until October 2006. The third state starts already in July 2007. The 10-year correlation model states are different. Here, May 2005 is considered as a first, normal, state together with the complete time segment from August 2004 until July 2007. July to December 2007 is classified as the second state. And the spread explosion after December 2007 is recognized as the third state.
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model Lognormal spread 1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.4
0.6 0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
2
4
6
8
probability
1
0.4
2
4
6
0
8
Lognormal spread 0.8
0.8
0.4
0.6 0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
6
8
10
probability
0.8 probability
1
0.6
0.6 0.4
2
4
6
8
0
10
Lognormal spread 0.8
0.8
0.6 0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
6 t
8
probability
0.8 probability
1
0.4
6
8
10
Base correlation
1
4
4 t
1
2
2
t
0.6
8
0.2
t
Normal spread
6
Base correlation
1
4
4 t
1
2
2
t
Normal spread Start in state 2
0.6
0.2
t
Start in state 3
Base correlation
1
probability
Start in state 1
Normal spread
219
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
6
8
0
t
2
4
6
8
t state 1
state 2
state 3
Fig. 8.19 Probabilities of the states on increasing time segments: three-state models on the 5-year data
The effects of the transition matrices of the estimated Hidden Markov Models are clearer when looking at the segment state probabilities in the Figs. 8.19 and 8.20. These plots are organized in the following way. The first row gives the probabilities of the three states over the time segment Œ0; t with increasing t starting from state one at time zero. The second row assumes that the initial state at time zero is two, and the third row state three. First, we examine the probabilities of the 5 and 10 year log-normal spreads and the 10 year normal spread. Here, the segment probabilities of the three states, given different initial states, differ from one another only during the first 2 years. Afterwards, they converge very fast to asymptotic levels that are very similar for the three initial states. This means that the three states probably cannot have a big impact on the CDO pricing. In contrast, the segment probabilities of the 5-year normal spread as well as of the both correlations are absolutely different, given different initial states. Starting in the first state, the probability of being in the first state during the time segment Œ0; t is decreasing continuously. The probability of the second state is almost the same,
220
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model Lognormal spread
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.4
0.6 0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
2
4
6
8
probability
1
0.4
2
4
6
0
8
Lognormal spread 0.8
0.8
0.4 0.2
probability
0.8 probability
1
0.6
0.6 0.4 0.2
4
6
8
0
10
0.6 0.4
2
4
6
8
0
10
Lognormal spread 0.8
0.8
0.2
probability
0.8 probability
1
0.4
0.6 0.4 0.2
4
6 t
8
10
0
6
8
10
Base correlation
1
2
4 t
1
0
2
t
0.6
8
0.2
t
Normal spread
6
Base correlation
1
2
4 t
1
0
2
t
Normal spread Start in state 2
0.6
0.2
t
Start in state 3
Base correlation
1 probability
Start in state 1
Normal spread 1
0.6 0.4 0.2
2
4
6
8
10
0
t
2
4
6
8
10
t state 1
state 2
state 3
Fig. 8.20 Probabilities of the states on increasing time segments: the three-state models on the 10-year data
quite low, for any time segment, while the probability of the third state continuously increases. Given the initial state is the second, the picture is quite similar with a much higher probability of the second state at the beginning and the overall level of the first (third) state being lower (higher). For the 10-year correlation, the probability of the first state is even zero while the probability of the third state increases very fast up to almost one. Conditional on the third state as the initial one, the three models stay in this third state with probability one. Since the conditional state probabilities are so different for these models, we would expect the prices of the CDO tranches to be quite different from those of the model with only one state. The estimated values of the parameters of the three state models are presented in Table 8.8. The parameter ˛ of the NIG distribution is similar for all versions of the model. The five correlation parameters a1 ; : : : ; a5 do not differ much as well, having the highest value for a2 , the correlation parameter in the rating cell AA, and the lowest for a5 , in the rating cell BB. The two factors 1 and 2 giving the reduction
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
221
Table 8.8 Parameters of the three-state Crash-NIG copula model Data 5-year 5-year 10-year normal log-normal normal spread spread spread ˛ 0.3274 0.3287 0.3476 a1 0.2562 0.3926 0.3167 0.5437 0.4247 0.4534 a2 0.3429 0.4247 0.4461 a3 0.2130 0.2150 0.2006 a4 a5 0.0828 0.1795 0.1739 0.2353 0.6773 0.7375 1 1.7443 2.2369 2.0920 2 0.9679 0.9122 0.9971 l1 l2 0.8827 0.9867 0.9394 0.7361 0.7679 0.7717 l3 Average error (%)
14.80
18.99
19.08
10-year log-normal spread 0.3728 0.4001 0.4168 0.4168 0.1899 0.1917 0.6350 2.2790 0.9792 0.9198 0.7589
One State model 0.3615 0.2476 0.9607 0.4975 0.3256 0.1161
19.05
23.98
0.9562
or increase in correlation in the second and the third states vary across the models. The value of 1 is below one for all models meaning the reduction in correlation in the second state. The lowest value of 0.23 has the model with the 5-year normally distributed spread. The other three versions have much higher values of 0.63–0.73. The liquidity coefficients l1 ; l2 ; l3 are similar for all the models. All the models, except of the 5 year log-normal spread, have the highest liquidity of 0.95–0.99 in the first state. The liquidity is a bit lower with 0.88–0.92 in the second state. The third state representing the global crash has the lowest liquidity of 0.73–0.77. In particular, this value means that around 23–27% of the credit spread is the liquidity premium and only 73–77% represent the price for the default protection. The model estimated with the 5-year normally distributed spreads performs much better than the others. This is actually exactly what we expected, since the probabilities of being in different states, reported in Figs. 8.19 and 8.20, for 5-year normal spread are very different for different initial states, while these probabilities for the other three models, estimated with the spread data, are only different for the first 2 years converging afterwards to the asymptotical values, that are very similar for all initial states. We have also calibrated the LHC NIG model with only one state to be able to evaluate the added value of the Crash-NIG copula model. The absolute error of 23.98% is much higher for this model than the error of all three-state models. The problem of the one-state model to deal with a crash scenario can be also seen on the values of the estimated correlation parameters. The correlation parameter a2 of the AA rating cell is estimated to be 0.96, which is rather typical for the crash state and not for the normal correlation state. The average absolute deviations for each tranche and maturity are reported in Table 8.9 for the best performing model estimated with 5-year normal spreads. This is actually the breakdown of the overall error of 14.80% over the 15 tranches with different maturities. For comparison, the breakdown of the error over the 15 tranches with different maturities is also presented for the one-state model in Table 8.10. As
222
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
Table 8.9 Average absolute deviations of tranche model spreads from the market spreads for the time period from 21 March 2005 to 8 May 2008: Crash-NIG copula model with 3 states and liquidity estimated with the 5-year normal spread Maturity 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% 5 years 3.36% 19.62 bp 13.93 bp 10.52 bp 4.64 bp 7 years 4.43% 42.33 bp 19.34 bp 13.73 bp 7.62 bp 10 years 4.35% 61.36 bp 39.87 bp 23.21 bp 8.33 bp Table 8.10 Average absolute deviations of tranche model spreads from the market spreads for the time period from 21 March 2005 to 8 May 2008: NIG copula model with one state Maturity 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% 5 years 6.45% 36.09 bp 12.46 bp 12.11 bp 7.44 bp 7 years 7.48% 74.62 bp 20.80 bp 12.29 bp 8.50 bp 10 years 6.36% 116.41 bp 42.30 bp 17.02 bp 9.79 bp 150 normal spread 5y one state model
error (%)
100
50
0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Fig. 8.21 Absolute calibration errors of the three-states Crash NIG model with liquidity coefficients: comparison of the best three-state model with one-state model
we can see, the average absolute deviation is higher for the one-state model almost for all tranches. Besides, we also present the comparison of the two models for the 12th of April of 2006 (Table 8.11), for which we compared the Gaussian and LHC NIG model in Table 7.1. The overall absolute error is twice higher for the one state model. Figure 8.21 shows the absolute calibration error of the models during the history. The plot compares the error of the Crash-NIG copula model estimated with the 5-year normal spread data with the error of the plain NIG model without crash.
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model
223
Table 8.11 Pricing iTraxx tranches with different maturities with the Crash-NIG model with 3 states and the NIG model with one state on 12th of April 2006 Maturity (years) 5 7 10 iTraxx spread 32 bp 41 bp 52 bp AAA spread 10.19 bp 13.75 bp 17.00 bp AA spread 14.51 bp 19.40 bp 24.74 bp A spread 24.68 bp 32.95 bp 41.41 bp BBB spread 44.68 bp 62.09 bp 68.51 bp Market
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22%
23.53% 62.75 bp 18 bp 9.25 bp 3.75 bp
36.875% 189 bp 57 bp 26.25 bp 7.88 bp
48.75% 475 bp 124 bp 56.5 bp 19.5 bp
Crash NIG
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22%
20.60% 79.70 bp 27.79 bp 14.85 bp 6.41 bp
37.39% 225.25 bp 74.04 bp 36.22 bp 14.08 bp
48.01% 434.67 bp 171.97 bp 83.06 bp 30.16 bp
Absolute error All tranches 2nd–5th tranches
328.03 bp 35.01 bp
120.89 bp 69.47 bp
199.94 bp 125.62 bp
0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22%
17.58% 75.97 bp 31.39 bp 22.515 bp 13.96 bp
35.06% 195.08 bp 66.41 bp 39.28 bp 23.61 bp
47.28% 414.40 bp 148.74 bp 70.54 bp 35.20 bp
Absolute error All tranches 2nd–5th tranches
644.82 bp 50.09 bp
225.83 bp 44.24 bp
262.11 bp 115.07 bp
One state NIG
648.86 bp 230.10 bp
1132.76 bp 209.40 bp
The Crash model performs better during almost all the history. In particular, the advantage of the model is especially high during the crash period. Figure 8.22 splits the aggregate error up for the individual tranches with 5-year maturity. Comparing the figure to the case of the two-state model without liquidity coefficient in Fig. 8.15, we can see that there are no days anymore when all tranches were overpriced simultaneously. The errors of the higher tranches are very small with only some basis points during almost all the time. During the normal correlation state, the error of the equity tranche is also not very high with up to 5%. The errors are higher during the crash period for all tranches. Of course, the quoted spreads are also much higher during the crash. For this reason we take a look on the relative errors for all tranches and maturities in Fig. 8.23. Relative errors are calculated as a deviation of the model tranche fair spread from the quoted one divided with the quoted spread. So, for example, the relative error for a model spread of 11 bp of a tranche quoted with 10 bp would be 10%. The relative errors are in
224
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model Sep04
Mar05 3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
200 150
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
20 15 10
100 error (bp)
25
0−3% (right axis)
50
5
0
0
error (%)
250
−50
−5
−100
−10
−150
−15
−200
−20
−250
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
−25
Fig. 8.22 5-year tranche errors of the Crash-NIG copula model with three states estimated with the 5-year normal spread 5 year tranches relative error (%)
150 100 50
0 −50 −100 −150
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
7 year tranches relative error (%)
150 100 50
0 −50 −100 −150
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
10 year tranches relative error (%)
150 100 50
0 −50 −100 −150
Sep04
Mar05 0−3%
Oct05 3−6%
May06 6−9%
9−12%
12−22%
Fig. 8.23 Relative tranche errors of the Crash-NIG copula model with three states estimated with the 5-year normal spread
8.4 Calibration of the Crash-NIG Copula Model Sep04
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
600
spread (bp)
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
70
0−3% (right axis)
60
500
50
400
40
300
30
200
20
100
10
0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
up−front fee (%)
700
225
0
Fig. 8.24 5-year iTraxx quotes vs. three-state Crash-NIG copula model prices
Sep04
800
spread (bp)
Mar05 3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
90
0−3% (right axis)
80
700
70
600
60
500
50
400
40
300
30
200
20
100
10
0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
up−front fee (%)
900
0
Fig. 8.25 7-year iTraxx quotes vs. three-state Crash-NIG copula model prices
absolute value not higher for the crash period in comparison to the normal correlation period. The relative errors of the two most junior tranches are even very often lower then those of the more senior tranches. Of course, the errors do not look like white noise. However, there are no errors that are systematically to high or too low. Figures 8.24–8.26 show the quoted versus the model spreads. Here we also can see
8 Regime-Switching Extension of the NIG Factor Copula Model
1000
Sep04
3−6% 6−9% 9−12% 12−22% (left axis)
900 800
spread (bp)
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
100
0−3% (right axis)
90 80
700
70
600
60
500
50
400
40
300
30
200
20
100
10
0
Sep04
Mar05
Oct05
May06
Nov06
Jun07
Dec07
up−front fee (%)
226
0
Fig. 8.26 10-year iTraxx quotes vs. three-state Crash-NIG copula model prices
that the fitting ability of the Crash-NIG copula model is very good. A model with more states could possibly fit the data even better, but one should also be aware of potential overfitting. We will employ the three-state Crash-NIG copula model with the parameters estimated with the 5 year normally distributed spread data for our further asset allocation analysis in the next chapter.
Chapter 9
Simulation Framework
In this section we develop a simulation framework that includes all factors necessary to model a portfolio of traditional credit instruments and synthetic CDOs: Rating migration and default model Credit spread model Interest rate model.
Such a simulation framework is useful in the application fields like portfolio optimization and asset-liability management. First, a risk-factor scenarios are simulated. Afterwards, the present values of various instruments can be computed along the simulated paths. Finally, taking into account the development of present values and cash flows of the instruments along the simulated paths, a portfolio optimization can be performed and an optimal asset allocation can be determined. As we have already discussed, the possibility of different correlation regimes in the Crash-NIG copula model is not that important for a pure pricing application. For pricing of CDO tranches, the correlation coefficients can be simply adjusted on every pricing day by a new calibration. In contrast, different correlation regimes are very important for a scenario simulation. Such scenarios take into account the possibility of market turbulence with correlation shifts like we could observe currently. The big advantage of our simulation framework is that the same model can be used for both simulation and pricing: the Crash-NIG copula model is powerful enough to be able to generate realistic simulation paths and at the same time admits a semi-analytical solution for the fair value computation. The simulation framework allows to use both a one-period setting in the case when only the distributions at some final horizon are of interest, and a multi-periodsetting when the complete simulation path is used, e.g. for an investment strategy. We consider time discretisation 0 t0 < t1 < < tk1 < tk < < tn and denote the time increments by tk D tk tk1 :
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 9, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
227
228
9 Simulation Framework
9.1 Rating Migration and Default Model The migration of credit instrument i with a rating j within the time increment dt is driven by the realization of the asset return that follows the one-factor Crash-NIG copula model q dAij .t/ D aj dM.t/ C
1 aj2 dXij .t/;
(9.1)
where dM.t/ is the return of the market factor and dXij .t/ the return of the idiosyncratic factor. aj is the correlation coefficient of the asset return to the market factor for the rating cell j . All factors are assumed to be independent and NIG distributed with following parameters ˇ 2 3 ˛; ˇ; 2t 2 dt; 2t 2 dt ; ˛ ˛ 0q q 2 1 aj2 B 1 aj ˛; ˇ; dXij .t/ N I G @ aj aj dM.t/ N I G
1 2t aj2 1 aj2
(9.2)
1 q q 2 2 2 1 aj2 ˇ 2 1 a 3 1 t aj j C dt; dt A : (9.3) 2 2 2 aj ˛ aj ˛ 1 aj
t is a Markov process with the state space f1; 1 ; 2 g, an initial distribution D f1 ; 2 ; 3 g and a transition function P .u/. So the NIG model without regimeswitching extension is a special case of this model, if only one regime with t D 1 is considered. The distribution of the increment of the asset return is 1 1 ˇ 2 1 3 1 ˛; ˇ; dt; dt : dAij .t/ N I G aj aj aj ˛ 2 aj ˛ 2 Recall, that the Crash-NIG copula model was defined in the Sect. 8.2 in such way that it can be discretized in an arbitrary way and the distributions of the increments of all factors are stable under convolution. The parameters of the model are the same for any time horizon since the time component is taken into account by dt. To simplifynotations we denote the distribution function FN I G .xI s˛; sˇ; 2 3 s ˇ t; s ˛2 t with FN.s/ .t / .x/. So the distribution function of the asset return ˛2 Ai .tkC1 / on the time increment tkC1 is FN 1 .tkC1 / .x/. .a
j
/
Now we consider the rating migration of the credit instrument i within the time increment tk . Given its rating Rj at time tk , the rating migration of the credit instrument depends on the realization of the variable Aij .tkC1 /. The rating at time tkC1 is Rh if the variable Aij .tkC1 / lies in the bucket .bjh ; bjh1 . The migration thresholds bjh , h D 1; : : : ; J 1 are calibrated to the migration probabilities:
9.1 Rating Migration and Default Model
229
Fig. 9.1 Determination of the rating migration buckets
P ŒAij .tkC1 / > bj1 D 1 FN
P Œbjh1
::: Aij .tkC1 / > bjh D FN
.tkC1 / . a1 / j
.tkC1 / . a1 / j
.bj1 / D P .Rj ;R1 / .tkC1 /
.bjh1 / FN
.tk / . a1 / j
.bjh / (9.4)
D P .Rj ;Rh/ .tkC1 / ::: P ŒbjK1 Aij .tkC1 / D FN
.tkC1 / . a1 / j
.bjK1 / D P .Rj ;RK / .tkC1 /
The real-world migration probabilities P .Rj ;Rh / .tkC1 / can be computed from the migration matrices as described in Sect. 3.4. The idea of the determination of the rating transition bounds is visualized in Fig. 9.1. The buckets are defined so that the corresponding areas under the distribution function fN 1 .tkC1 / .x/ equal the .a
j
/
migration probabilities. Simulation of the rating migrations is performed in the following way. First, the states of the Markov process t are simulated on a daily grid. Then the duratkC1 R tion stays for the time segments Tir .tkC1 / D 1fstate i at time sg ds are computed tk
for each path. Afterwards, the increments of the market factor M.tkC1/ and the idiosyncratic factor Xij .tkC1 / are simulated from the NIG distributions given by Proposition 8.2 and Remark 8.3:
230
9 Simulation Framework
ˇ 2 ˛; ˇ; T1r .tkC1 / C 21 T2r .tkC1 / C 22 T3r .tkC1 / ; ˛2 ! 3 r 2 r 2 r T1 .tkC1 / C 1 T2 .tkC1 / C 2 T3 .tkC1 / 2 ; ˛ 0q q 1 aj2 1 aj2 B Xij .tkC1 / N I G @ ˛; ˇ; aj aj M.tkC1 / N I G
q 1 aj2 ˇ 2 t aj2 T1r .tkC1 / C 21 T2r .tkC1 / C 22 T3r .tkC1 / ; aj ˛2 1 aj2 1 q 1 aj2 3 t aj2 T1r .tkC1 / C 21 T2r .tkC1 / C 22 T3r .tkC1 / C A: aj ˛2 1 aj2
Now, the asset return can be computed according to Aij .tkC1 / D aj M.tkC1 / C
q
1 aj2 Xi .tkC1 /;
(9.5)
and a new rating can be now assigned, depending on the bucket where the return lies. For the correct understanding of the factor copula models, it is important to note the important difference to a structural models like Merton’s. In the structural model, the asset process is considered. A default occurs if the asset process goes below the default threshold. In the factor copula model, the market and individual factors as well as the asset return are only fictive variables that are used only for defining a correlation structure for a portfolio of issuers. Here, not the asset process is considered but the asset return, and the default threshold is implied by the marginal default probability. On each time increment of the simulated path, we consider the incremental asset return and decide on the rating transition or default according to the probability buckets given by the transition matrix. If the asset return of a certain issuer indicated default, the asset is removed from the portfolio. On the next time increment, the same procedure is applied to the survived portfolio assets. So fraction of defaulted assets up to each time step is exactly as given by the default term structure of the transition matrix. We choose to simulate the states on a fine grid and compute the duration stays from them since the distributions of the duration stays are too complex to be able to simulate them directly on the discretisation ftk gkD1;:::;n . Besides, we use the paths of states for the credit spread simulation described below as well. Before we continue with presenting the models for the other risk factors and the case study, we want to investigate the difference between the Crash-NIG and the one-state NIG models. We assume ˛ D 0:35 and the correlation parameters for all ratings in thefirst regime to be 0.2. We consider a two-state model with 0:98 0:02 and D 1; 2; 3; 4; 5. Please note, that with D 1 the model P .1/ D 0:02 0:98
9.1 Rating Migration and Default Model
231
1 λ=1 λ=2 λ=3 λ=4 λ=5
0.9 0.8
default probability
0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
0
2
4 6 tranche attachment point (%)
8
10
Fig. 9.2 Tranche default probability in a simulation with the Crash-NIG and one-state models
has actually only one state, and with D 5 the portfolio is perfectly correlated in the second regime. We simulate the rating transition of a large portfolio (600 issuers) with five equally weighted rating cells from AAA to BB over a time horizon of 5 years starting in the first correlation regime. To compare the five simulated portfolios, we calculate the probability to default for senior tranches with different attachment points (from zero to 10%) (see Fig. 9.2). This means that for each attachment point on the x-axe, we compute a quote of paths where the tranche suffered defaults. Since the overall average default probability in the portfolio is the same for all models and is implied by the rating migration matrix, the influence of different correlation values can be seen on the probability of simultaneous defaults. As we would expect, there are more simultaneous defaults that hit upper tranches (with attachment point over 3%) for the model with the higher . For the lower attachment points, this probability is lower for higher since the probability of no defaults is higher. We have also plotted the histograms of the portfolio default rate (Fig. 9.3) for the two extreme cases: for D 1, which is the one-state model, and for D 5, which leads to the perfect correlation in the second regime. Here we also can see, that the probability of no defaults is higher for the D 5 case as well as the probability of a high number of simultaneous defaults.
232
9 Simulation Framework 4000 λ=1 λ=5
3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0
0
10
20
30 40 50 Default rate of the portfolio(%)
60
70
80
Fig. 9.3 Portfolio default rate distribution after 5 years
9.2 Interest Rate Model The dynamics of the risk free nominal short rate r is described by the Vasicek model: dr.t/ D r . r r.t// dt C r d Wr .t/;
(9.6)
with kr and r positive constants, r a non-negative constant and Wr .t/ a Brownian motion. The Brownian motion can be correlated to the market factor M.t/: r D C orr.d Wr .t/; dM.t//:
(9.7)
Since the distribution of the short rate in Vasicek’s model is known for any t, the simulation can be performed for an arbitrary time discretisation, in our case ftk gkD1;:::;n , and the grid should not necessarily be fine for exact results. The short rate r.tkC1 / conditional on Ftk is normally distributed with mean and variance given by E r.tkC1 /jFtk D r.tk /e r tkC1 C r 1 e r tkC1
2 V r.tkC1 /jFtk D r 1 e 2r tkC1 : 2r
(9.8)
9.3 Credit Spread Model
233
The short rate is simulated according to the formula: C r 1 e r tkC1 C
s
r2 1 e 2r tkC1 kC1 ; 2r (9.9) where kC1 are independent standard normal random variables. r.tkC1 / D r.tk /e
r tkC1
9.3 Credit Spread Model As we have seen already from the spread historical data, spreads have very different distributions during different market regimes. During a crises, spreads rise very fast to a much higher level and are very volatile. The affine models cannot incorporate these properties. We extend the Vasicek model to a regime-switching model by introducing an individual parameter set for each regime: r r r d Wj;i .t/; j;i sj;i .t/ dt C j;i dsj;i .t/ D kj;i
(9.10)
r r r with kj;i and j;i positive constants and j;i a non-negative constant, r D 1; : : : ; 3 the states of the economy and Wj;i .t/ Brownian motions. j D 1; : : : ; J is the index corresponding to the rating and i D 1; : : : ; L enumerate the different maturities. Spreads for different maturities Ti ; i D 1; : : : ; L must be modeled with an own process. The Brownian motions for different ratings and maturities are correlated according to
s D fC orr.d Wj1 ;i1 .t/; d Wj2 ;i2 .t//g1j1 ;j2 K;1i1 ;i2 L :
(9.11)
It is natural to assume that the Brownian motion of the spread Wj;i .t/ is negatively correlated to the market factor M.t/. In the periods of economic growth when then asset returns are high, the credit spreads are typically low since the credit quality of the firms is good. On the other hand, the asset returns are negative and the spreads high during the economic recession. The corresponding correlation is denoted by: s;M D fC orr.d Wj;i .t/; dM.t//g1j K;1i L :
(9.12)
Of course, the formulas for the mean and variance in (9.8) are not valid for the regime switching version of spreads. However, simulation on the finer grid can be avoided by approximating the exact mean and variance by the values corresponding to simulated paths for the states of the Markov process. For example, consider the finer discretisation tj1 ; tj2 ; : : : ; tjm of the time period Œtk ; tkC1 such that tj1 D tk and tjm D tkC1 . We assume that the economy is in state ri during the time period Œtji ; tji C1 , i D 1; : : : ; m 1. We omit the indices corresponding to the maturity and rating of the spread for simplicity of notations and consider a spread process s.t/. Starting with the value s.tj1 / D s.tk / in i D 1, we would compute s.tj2 / according
234
9 Simulation Framework
to (9.9): r1 C r1 1 e tj2 C
s
r1 2 2 r1 tj2 1 e 2 ; 2 r1 (9.13) where 2 is standard normal random variable. Repeating this recursion for i D 2, we get: s.tj2 / D s.tj1 /e
r1 tj2
0 s.tj3 / D @s.tj1 /e
e
r1 t
r2 t j3
C
j2
C
r2
r1
1e
1 e
r1 tj2
r2 t j3
s C
s C
1
r1 2 r 1 1 e 2 tj2 2 A 2 r1
r2 2 r 1 e 2 2 tj3 3 ; r 2 2
(9.14)
with 3 standard normal. So, the mean of s.tj3 / conditional on s.tj1 / and r1 and r2 can be computed recursively: E s.tj3 /js.tj1 /; r1 ; r2 (9.15) r r r r 1 1 2 2 D s.tj1 /e tj2 C r1 1 e tj2 e tj3 C r2 1 e tj3 r2 r2 D E s.tj2 /js.tj1 /; r1 e tj3 C r2 1 e tj3 : The variance of s.tj3 / conditional on s.tj1 / and r1 and r2 is: V s.tj3 /js.tj1 /; r1 ; r2 (9.16) 2 2
r2
r1 r1 r2 r2 D r 1 e 2 tj2 e 2 tj3 C r 1 e 2 tj3 2 1 2 2 r2 2 2r2 t
r2 j3 C r 1 e 2 tj3 : D V s.tj2 /js.tj1 /; r1 e 2 2 We can continue this recursion until tkC1 is reached and compute E.s.tkC1 /js.tk /; r1 ; : : : ; rm1 / and V .s.tkC1 /js.tk /; r1 ; : : : ; rm1 /. Then the value of the spread at tkC1 is simulated according to s.tkC1 / D E .s.tkC1 /js.tk /; r1 ; : : : ; rm1 / C
p
V .s.tkC1 /js.tk /; r1 ; : : : ; rm1 / kC1 ; (9.17)
where kC1 is standard normally distributed and correlated to the return of the market factor according to (9.12). In this way, the realisations of the states of the simulation on the daily grid can be taken into account without simulating daily paths of the spread processes. This trick makes the simulation procedure faster.
9.4 Case Study
235
9.4 Case Study 9.4.1 Model Calibration 9.4.1.1 Rating Migration and Default Model The simulation will be performed with the three state Crash NIG model with parameters estimated in the previous chapter. The best performing model with the Hidden Markov Model calibrated with the 5 year iTraxx spread under the assumption of a normal distribution is chosen for the simulation. Recall, that the calibrated transition matrix has a probability zero of getting out the third state which is the crash state. Since the data history available to us ends in the state three, the simulation results would not be very exciting if we start from this date. The simulated paths would just stay in the third state over the complete simulation. For this reason we choose to start our example simulation on the 20th of September 2007, when the model was in the second state. The Crash-NIG copula model parameters are given in the Table 9.1. The transition matrix P given in the table is for a one day period. We assume the real-world parameters are the same as the risk-neutral. The real-world rating transition and default probabilities are given by the S&P global transition matrix in Table 9.2. The threshold boundaries for the asset returns, computed from the rating transition matrix as described in the previous section, are presented in Table 9.3. The table has to be read in the following way. Given the current rating AAA, the firm stays AAA in the next time step (after a 3 month period) if its asset return is higher than 1:0899. The firm will be downgraded to AA if its asset return is between 3:1243 and 1:0899. The firm defaults if its asset return is below 10:3611.
9.4.1.2 Interest Rate Model In the Vasicek model, the link between the real-world and risk-neutral processes is given via the market price of risk r , such that r D r r
r : r
(9.18)
The parameters r and r are the same for the both measures. The parameters of the Vasicek short-rate model are given in Table 9.4. First we estimated the real-world parameters from the overnight historical rates from July 2004 to July 2008. Then the market price of risk was calibrated to the zero curve on 20th of September 2007.
236 Table 9.1 Parameter of the three-state Crash-NIG copula model
9 Simulation Framework 0 P
1 0:9953 0:0047 0 @ 0:0163 0:9787 0:005 A 0 0 1
˛
0.3274
a1
0.2562
a2
0.5437
a3
0.3429
a4
0.2130
a5
0.0828
1
0.2353
2
1.7443
l1
0.9679
l2
0.8827
l3
0.7361
Table 9.2 Global average 1-year transition rates, 1981–2007 AAA AA A BBB BB AAA 91.39% 7.95% 0.48% 0.09% 0.09% AA 0.62% 90.99% 7.62% 0.56% 0.06% A 0.04% 2.17% 91.49% 5.62% 0.41% BBB 0.01% 0.18% 4.24% 90.07% 4.31% BB 0.02% 0.06% 0.23% 5.90% 83.88% B 0.00% 0.06% 0.18% 0.32% 6.73% CCC/C 0.00% 0.00% 0.28% 0.42% 1.18% D 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
B 0.00% 0.10% 0.17% 0.77% 7.93% 83.01% 13.60% 0.00%
CCC/C 0.00% 0.02% 0.03% 0.17% 0.87% 4.50% 54.89% 0.00%
D 0.00% 0.01% 0.06% 0.25% 1.11% 5.20% 29.64% 100.00%
9.4.1.3 Credit Spread Model To calibrate the parameters of the regime-switching credit spread model, the average credit spreads of the constituents of the iTraxx portfolio with ratings AAA, AA, A, BBB and BB are used. The data was described in Sect. 8.4. The parameter calibration is performed for the 5 and 10 year data. Since the calibration of a regimeswitching spread model is not straightforward, we set the mean-reversion level to the mean of the historical data in this state. The mean-reversion speed is set to 3
9.4 Case Study
237
Table 9.3 Rating migration boundaries of the Crash-NIG copula model AAA AA A BBB BB AAA 1.0899 3.1243 3.8377 4.3112 7.6247 AA 3.1094 1.0618 3.2093 4.4675 4.7996 A 4.8290 1.8477 1.2609 2.7696 3.4087 BBB 4.1760 2.7775 1.3468 1.2648 1.9484 BB 3.7857 3.1930 2.7024 1.2266 1.0480 B 1 3.3268 2.6596 2.4203 1.1685 CCC/C 1 1 2.5361 2.1334 1.7775 Table 9.4 Short rate Vasicek model parameters
r r
r r r.0/
B 9.2366 6.6708 4.2074 2.3933 1.7541 1.0615 0.8524
Real world 1.3331 0.0557 0.0136
CCC/C 10.3611 8.9032 4.5556 2.6743 2.0500 1.3616 0.6425 Risk neutral 0.0476 0.7940
0.0403
Table 9.5 Five-year credit spread parameter State AAA AA 1 5.8776 13.2783 2 9 21.3611 3 25 64.5190
A 21.9964 29.8321 63.7510
BBB 45.5698 54.4007 97.4304
BB 181.7816 186.5635 210
Table 9.6 Ten-year credit spread parameter State AAA AA 1 9.5511 24.2406 2 15 34.7418 3 26 67.0590
A 38.9602 48.9437 76.8028
BBB 70.1553 76.7142 111.1784
BB 213.0992 224.2761 260
in each state, a typical value for the mean-reversion speed for spreads. The volatility parameter is computed as the annualized standard deviation of the absolute spread returns in each state. The parameter values are reported in Tables 9.5–9.8. The cursive entries in the tables correspond to extrapolated values. These parameters are impossible to estimate due to lack of data. Further, we need a correlation matrix of spreads with different maturities and ratings, and the correlations between the spreads and the market factor M . The correlation matrix is assumed to be the same for all states of the market. We use the absolute spread returns to estimate the correlation. The results are given in Table 9.9. For the correlation between the spreads and the systematic migration factor M , we use the values estimated by [30]. These value were estimated with the spreads of Lehman Euro Corporate Bond Indices and DJ Euro Stoxx 50. The starting values of the credit spreads for different ratings and maturities are given in Table 9.10. These values are also used to price the corresponding single
238
9 Simulation Framework
Table 9.7 Five-year credit spread parameter
State AAA AA 1 12.9622 19.3861 2 25 34.2298 3 50 73.1025
A 18.5510 33.1457 63.6117
BBB 21.4499 46.3581 88.3875
BB 50 100 150
Table 9.8 Ten-year credit spread parameter
State AAA AA 1 20.8544 23.8436 2 30 53.3234 3 55 79.1013
A 25.9443 50.8085 71.3535
BBB 63.3332 76.2667 89.8982
BB 120 140 160
Table 9.9 Correlation matrix for spreads and market factor 5y AAA 5y 5y 5y 5y 5y 10y 10y 10y 10y 10y M
AAA AA A BBB BB AAA AA A BBB BB
5y AA
5y A
1 0:2669 0:2779 0:2669 1 0:9441 0:2779 0:9441 1 0:2396 0:8961 0:8779 0:0496 0:4848 0:5051 0:1120 0:0227 0:0342 0:2147 0:6657 0:6482 0:0926 0:5079 0:6411 0:1427 0:4672 0:4483 0:0027 0:1500 0:1195 0:02 0:06 0:23
5y BBB
5y BB
10y AAA
10y AA
10y A
0:2396 0:0496 0:1120 0:2147 0:0926 0:8961 0:4848 0:0227 0:6657 0:5079 0:8779 0:5051 0:0342 0:6482 0:6411 1 0:6139 0:0646 0:6747 0:3664 0:6139 1 0:0100 0:4516 0:2223 0:0646 0:0100 1 0:0127 0:0064 0:6747 0:4516 0:0127 1 0:3741 0:3664 0:2223 0:0064 0:3741 1 0:5334 0:3595 0:0161 0:4746 0:2556 0:1662 0:4653 0:0034 0:0581 0:0193 0:32 0:36 0:02 0:06 0:23
Table 9.10 Credit spread starting values on the 20th of September 2007 Maturity AAA AA A BBB 5 years 9 25.9136 28.0531 44.0323 7 years 11 30.3917 35.4494 56.0619 10 years 15 39.5771 46.7494 69.7117
10y BBB
10y BB
0:1427 0:0027 0:4672 0:1500 0:4483 0:1195 0:5334 0:1662 0:3595 0:4653 0:0161 0:0034 0:4746 0:0581 0:2556 0:0193 1 0:0849 0:0849 1 0:32 0:36
BB 186 198 224
name credit default swaps. The quotes of the iTraxx tranches for different maturities on the 20th of September 2007 are presented in Table 9.11.
9.4.2 Simulation of the Economic Factors and Pricing of the Credit Instruments As already described in Sect. 9.1, in a first step the states of the Markov process are simulated on the daily grid for a time horizon of 5 years. Then the duration times are computed for each time increment of 3 month on each simulation path. Afterwards, only 3 month time increments are considered. Using these values the
9.4 Case Study
239
Table 9.11 iTraxx spreads on the 20th of September 2007 Maturity 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 5 years 18.1880% 83.50 bp 38.50 bp 7 years 28.2500% 150.50 bp 72.00 bp 10 years 38.5000% 376.00 bp 146.75 bp
9–12% 23.00 bp 43.00 bp 79.50 bp
12–22% 14.00 bp 26.50 bp 45.50 bp
3-month increments of the market factor M.t/ are simulated. The 3-month increments for the idiosyncratic processes Xij .t/ are simulated for the 125 issuers of the iTraxx portfolio and five additional single name CDS issues with different initial ratings. At each time step the corresponding asset returns are computed. The new ratings of all 128 issuers are verified according to the rating migration boundaries in Table 9.3. Besides the rating migrations of the credit portfolio, the interest rate and the credit spreads are also simulated on the 3 month grid. We simulate the interest rate according to the Vasicek model independent from the other factors (r D 0). The 5 and 10 year credit spreads with ratings AAA, AA, A, BBB and BB are simulated as Vasicek processes correlated to the market factor M.t/ as described above. We do not consider the ratings B, CCC/C since there is no historical credit spread data for these ratings. We assume that the BB spread represents the spread for all non-investment grade ratings. However, we keep all non-investment rating classes separate in the simulation of the rating migrations to prevent the Markov property of the rating migrations. Now we have all factors and rating migrations necessary to price the credit instrument on the 3-month grid of the simulation. We compute the prices of the following instruments: credit default swaps with initial ratings AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB and maturities on the 20th of September 2012, 2014 and 2017, i.e. 5, 7 and 10 years; the 5, 7 and 10 year iTraxx index and five tranches with maturities on the 20th of December 2012, 2014 and 2017. In particular, the following return ingredients have to be computed: Present values:
– The present values of the CDS with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 and ratings Rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 P VCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk /I – The present values of the iTraxx index with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 P VCDOindex.Ti / .tk /I – The present values of the iTraxx tranches with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 and tranches t rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 P VCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk /:
240
9 Simulation Framework
Outstanding notionals:
– The outstanding notionals of the CDS with different ratings Rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 (the outstanding notionals are the same for CDS with different maturities) NCDS.Rj / .tk / D
1 not defaulted 0 defaulted
– The outstanding notionals of the iTraxx index at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 NCDOindex .tk / D 1
nD I 125
with nD number of defaulted instruments in the iTraxx portfolio – The outstanding notionals of the iTraxx tranches t rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 0 NCDO.t rj / .tk / D 1 mi n @
max
nD 125
.1 R/ K1j .t0 /; 0
K2j .t0 / K1j .t0 /
1 ; 1A :
Spreads payments:
– The spread payments of the CDS with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 and ratings Rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 SpreadCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk / D NCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk / sCDS.Ti ;Rj / .t0 / tk I – The spread payments of the iTraxx index with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20 SpreadCDOindex.Ti / .tk / D NCDOindex.Ti / .tk / sCDOindex.Ti / .t0 / tk I – The spread payments of the iTraxx tranches with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 and tranches t rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 0; : : : ; 20 SpreadCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk / D NCDO.t rj / .tk / sCDO.Ti ;t rj / .t0 / tk : To compute the present values of the instruments, the new default intensities are bootstrapped from the simulated 5 and 10 year spreads for the particular rating as described in Sect. 3.2.3. For the computation of the present values of the iTraxx tranches, the new rating composition is used besides of the new default intensities. j j Note, that the lower and upper attachment points K1 .tk / and K2 .tk / of the tranche j , that are used in the pricing formulas, are expressed in percent of the outstanding notional, and so must be updated at every time step. For the computation of
9.4 Case Study
241 j
j
outstanding notional, the initial lower and upper bounds K1 .t0 / and K2 .t0 / are used. The new notionals are also taken into account for the computation of the present values. The spread payments represent the amounts paid at the particular time step according to the accrual time and the outstanding notional. The up-front fee of the equity tranches is paid at time t0 and is taken into account by the entry SpreadCDO.Ti ;1/ .t0 / D NCDO.1/ .t0 / upf rontCDO.Ti ; 1/.t0 /. The entries of this variable for the time t0 are zero for mezzanine and senior tranches. Now we compute cumulated payments for all instruments at each time point of the simulation. We compound them to the next time step with the corresponding interest rate R.tk1 ; Rk /, that is calculated according to the Vasicek model and the simulated short rate: The cumulated payments of the CDS with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 and
ratings Rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20
PaymentCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk / D NCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk / NCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk1 / .1 R/ C SpreadCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk / CPaymentCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk1 /e R.tk1 ;tk /tk ; where R .tk1 ; tk / is the zero rate observed at time tk1 with maturity tk .
The cumulated payments of the iTraxx index with different maturities Ti , i D
1; 2; 3 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20
PaymentCDOindex.Ti / .tk / D NCDOindex.Ti / .tk / NCDOindex.Ti / .tk1 / .1 R/ CSpreadCDOindex.Ti / .tk / CPaymentCDOindex.Ti / .tk1 /e R.tk1 ;tk /tk : The cumulated payments of the iTraxx tranches with different maturities Ti , i D
1; 2; 3 and tranches t rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 0; : : : ; 20 PaymentCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk / D NCDO.t rj / .tk / NCDO.t rj / .tk1 / CSpreadCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk /
CPaymentCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk1 /e R.tk1 ;tk /tk : Finally, the profit and loss (P&L) of the credit instruments is computed as the sum of the cumulated payment and the present value of the instrument at time tk (note that the value of a CDS at time zero, that should be substracted, is zero): The profit and loss of the CDS with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 and ratings
Rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20
PLCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk / D PaymentCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk / C P VCDS.Ti ;Rj / .tk /:
242
9 Simulation Framework
The profit and loss of the iTraxx index with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3 at
time steps tk , k D 1; : : : ; 20
PLCDOindex.Ti / .tk / D PaymentCDOindex.Ti / .tk / C P VCDOindex.Ti / .tk /: The profit and loss of the iTraxx tranches with different maturities Ti , i D 1; 2; 3
and tranches t rj , j D 1; : : : ; 5 at time steps tk , k D 0; : : : ; 20
PLCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk / D PaymentCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk / C P VCDO.Ti ;t rj / .tk /:
9.4.3 Asset Allocation Results Recall that all credit instruments we consider are unfunded. The investors that are not allowed to act as a protection seller in unfunded portfolio or single name credit swaps or tranches, may choose the funded version of these credit instruments that are also available in the market. The funded instruments can also be seen as a combination of the unfunded product with a risk-free floating rate note. So the P&Ls of the unfunded instruments can be interpreted as the excess returns over the risk-free rate. Using the P&L distributions of the considered credit instruments, the optimal portfolios can be determined using mean-variance or CVaR optimization approaches described in Sect. 3.5. However, before we start with the optimization, we take a look at the histograms and statistics of the P&L distributions. Figure 9.4 contains some examples of histograms of the P&L distributions of the CDS, the iTraxx tranche and the iTraxx index for the 5 years investment horizon. The most of the probability weight is distributed around the mean. For the P&L distribution of the CDS, some little weight on very extreme left points is very typical. While the variance of the main part of the P&L distribution is explained with the variation in the interest rates and the present value of the CDS, the extreme points correspond to the default event which happens with a low probability. The points at the most left tail correspond to very early defaults: the defaulted amount that is 0.6 is compounded up to the considered investment horizon. In case of the later defaults, the loss is a bit lower since the investor receives the spread payments before the firm defaults. The P&L distribution of the iTraxx tranches is quite different from those of the single name CDS. The left tail spreads over the complete interval between 1 to 0. The upper part of the negative returns is generated by a relative small number of defaults and the deviation in the present values. The lower part is due to more defaults. Besides, the distribution function is slowly increasing on the left part since the present value of the tranche decreases as defaults in subordinated tranches occur. The distributions of the equity tranches have a different form. In particular, the right tail of the equity tranche P&L distribution is not capped in contrast to that of the mezzanine and senior tranches. Thanks to the high spread of the equity tranche, much higher returns are possible in the scenarios with no defaults in the portfolio.
9.4 Case Study
243
a 1 year horizon
3 year horizon
5 year horizon
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0 −1
−0.5
0 −1
0
−0.5
0 −1
0
−0.5
0
(a) 10 year CDS with initial rating A
b 1 year horizon
3 year horizon
5 year horizon
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0 −1
−0.5
0
0.5
1
0 −1
−0.5
0
0.5
1
0 −1
−0.5
0
0.5
1
(b) 10 year 0–3% iTraxx tranche
c 1 year horizon
3 year horizon
5 year horizon
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0 −1
−0.5
0 −1
0
−0.5
0 −1
0
−0.5
0
(c) 10 year 6–9% iTraxx tranche
d
1 year horizon
3 year horizon
5 year horizon
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0 −1
−0.5
0
0 −1
−0.5
0
0 −1
−0.5
(d) 10 year iTraxx index Fig. 9.4 P&L distributions of credit instruments for the time horizons of 1, 3 and 5 years
0
244
9 Simulation Framework
Table 9.12 P&L statistics of the 5-year CDS for the 5 year investment horizon Statistic AAA AA A BBB Mean (%) 0:5232 1:3335 1:3456 1:2348 Median (%) 0:5228 1:5051 1:6293 2:5556 Std. deviation (%) 0:0165 3:3996 4:4138 9:6178 VaR (%) 0:4881 1:4028 1:5165 66:2866 CVaR (%) 0:4846 15:8956 26:4219 73:2672 Min (%) 0:4757 72:0215 78:5192 84:5722 Max (%) 0:6061 1:7451 1:8892 2:9653 Skewness 0:3164 19:6594 15:5349 7:1922 Kurtosis 3:1993 389:2875 244:5369 53:2748
BB 7:5212 10:7863 14:9387 65:7747 71:6827 85:3481 12:5258 4:3809 20:5658
Table 9.13 P&L statistics of the 7-year CDS for the 5 year investment horizon Statistic AAA AA A BBB Mean (%) 0:0423 0:9253 1:0639 0:9786 Median (%) 0:2467 1:4216 1:7233 2:7838 Std. deviation (%) 0:9599 3:5887 4:5906 9:7187 VaR (%) 3:3723 3:2639 4:6458 65:8944 CVaR (%) 4:2188 20:3367 31:2966 73:0291 Min (%) 7:5413 71:9942 78:5192 84:4404 Max (%) 0:9223 2:5483 2:9724 4:6487 Skewness 1:8052 16:3497 13:5316 6:7896 Kurtosis 7:8800 303:4154 202:9187 49:4482
BB 8:3517 11:7509 15:2270 65:4902 71:4683 85:3481 16:3800 4:1981 19:5410
Table 9.14 P&L statistics of the 10-year CDS for the 5 year investment horizon Statistic AAA AA A BBB Mean (%) 0:4974 1:0334 1:3416 1:2285 Median (%) 0:1367 1:8971 2:4201 3:5883 Std. deviation (%) 2:1476 4:3338 5:3198 10:3630 VaR (%) 7:7900 8:1905 11:0650 65:4495 CVaR (%) 9:5542 24:9459 35:5858 72:7589 Min (%) 16:2675 71:9383 78:5192 84:2909 Max (%) 1:6549 4:3665 5:1578 7:6266 Skewness 1:6801 9:5071 8:9109 5:5923 Kurtosis 6:9959 141:9653 112:7417 38:0828
BB 11:1967 14:6115 16:3707 65:0412 70:9063 85:3481 24:3487 3:6357 16:4002
The main difference of the P&L distributions of the iTraxx index to those of the single name CDS and the iTraxx tranches is the very light left tail. This feature of the iTraxx index is due to the high diversification of the default risk in the portfolio. One default in the portfolio makes only approximately 0.5% loss of the notional.
9.4 Case Study
245
Table 9.15 P&L statistics of the 5-year iTraxx index and tranches for the 5 year investment horizon Statistic Index 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Mean (%) Median (%) Std. deviation (%) VaR (%) CVaR (%) Min (%) Max (%) Skewness Kurtosis
1:2197 1:4144 25:3200 1:0899 6:2785 49:2589 2:3178 22:5404 765:5153
25:6104 3:4863 31:0747 4:9013 25:3200 10:2092 57:7998 66:1395 71:7561 85:1482 107:7067 106:7024 60:9567 5:5737 1:0910 8:0195 4:6798 69:3853
1:6942 2:2246 5:0664 18:4211 43:5611 91:0295 2:5699 12:1482 164:7355
0:5466 1:3058 6:8785 30:2798 63:8573 93:4781 1:5353 10:4520 116:4823
0:4159 0:7889 9:2213 60:6619 84:3547 96:8785 0:9345 8:5784 77:8712
Table 9.16 P&L statistics of the 7-year iTraxx index and tranches for the 5 year investment horizon Statistic Index 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Mean (%) 0:9483 19:7398 4:5635 2:7008 1:1109 0:1034 Median (%) 1:2715 21:5442 9:2644 4:4672 2:4891 1:5124 Std. deviation (%) 31:6918 31:6918 14:2168 8:2085 7:5991 9:3131 VaR (%) 3:6007 52:7275 71:1998 38:6875 40:3172 62:1790 CVaR (%) 8:6810 61:4328 85:5544 67:9394 68:2475 83:3786 Min (%) 49:0511 93:2323 103:8978 95:9329 96:4581 97:5039 Max (%) 3:5670 86:1033 12:9465 6:1937 3:6990 2:2796 Skewness 9:1704 0:1882 4:1369 8:3661 9:2280 8:2327 Kurtosis 212:7107 2:5291 23:3526 83:9359 95:9282 73:2876
Table 9.17 P&L statistics of the 10-year iTraxx index and tranches for the 5 year investment horizon Statistic Index 0–3% 3–6% 6–9% 9–12% 12–22% Mean (%) 1:0875 21:1478 15:1625 5:8179 2:4818 0:8444 Median (%) 1:7063 16:0346 22:2583 10:0288 5:0608 2:8661 Std. deviation (%) 33:2251 33:2251 23:6050 12:7470 8:9761 8:1476 VaR (%) 7:5679 37:7244 58:5571 49:4597 36:7589 49:5259 CVaR (%) 12:1298 47:5123 69:5417 69:5103 63:3696 66:9396 Min (%) 48:6122 78:4875 94:4585 91:7277 94:3406 92:8224 Max (%) 5:8833 114:8403 42:0709 16:4200 8:8215 5:0488 Skewness 2:9789 0:5728 1:2674 3:2175 4:9770 6:8328 Kurtosis 35:7005 2:8436 4:3828 17:8058 37:9990 59:4782
The corresponding statistics of the P&L distribution of CDS are summarized in Tables 9.12–9.14. The expected values of all CDS are positive after 5 years. The expected means of the BBB CDS returns are lower than those of the higher rated A CDS. This means that the difference between the BBB and A credit spreads is not high enough to compensate for a higher default probability of a BBB firm. The same
246
9 Simulation Framework 12 5 year 7 year 10 year
10
return (%)
8 6 4 2 0 −2
0
2
4
6 8 10 12 standard deviation (%)
14
16
18
(a) Mean-variance optimization 12 5 year 7 year 10 year
10
return (%)
8 6 4 2 0 −10
0
10
20
30 40 CVaR (%)
50
60
70
80
(b) CVaR optimization Fig. 9.5 Efficient frontiers of the portfolios of CDS with different maturities for the 5 year investment horizon
observation can be made for BBB CDS with 7 and 10 years maturity. The expected returns of AA and A CDS are very similar for the 5 years maturity. The difference between them is higher for longer maturities. The expected returns as well as the standard deviations of BB CDS are much higher than those of the investment grade CDS. For the iTraxx tranches, returns and variances decrease with the increasing tranche seniority (Tables 9.15–9.17). We compute the 99% VaR and CVaR for the P&L distributions. The negative values of those indicate that the highest of the worst
9.4 Case Study
247 Maturity 5y, Mean−Var
Maturity 5y, CVaR 100 portfolio position (%)
portfolio position (%)
100 80 60 40 20 0
4 6 return (%) Maturity 7y, Mean−Var portfolio position (%)
portfolio position (%)
60 40 20 0
2
4 6 return (%) Maturity 10y, Mean−Var
20 2
4 6 return (%) Maturity 7y, CVaR
portfolio position (%)
80 60 40 20
80 60 40 20 0
8
100 portfolio position (%)
40
100
80
0
60
0
2
100
0
80
5 return (%) AAA
8
50
10
AA
4 6 return (%) Maturity 10y, CVaR
100
0 0
2
A
2
4 6 8 return (%) BBB
10
BB
Fig. 9.6 Composition of the efficient portfolios of CDS with different maturities for the 5 year investment horizon
1% of the CDS returns is positive. In general, for more risky instruments VaR and CVaR are higher. Now we start with the optimization analysis of the credit portfolio. First, we allow only the traditional CDS, and perform an optimization for CDS with different ratings. We consider three maturities, 5, 7 and 10 years, separately. For each set of credit instruments we consider the 5 years investment horizon. Figure 9.5 shows the efficient frontiers of the mean-variance and the CVaR optimization. Longer maturities allow to get more return by accepting more risk. Five year maturity CDS portfolios dominate portfolios of longer maturities in the low risk part. Afterwards,
248
9 Simulation Framework 30 5 year 7 year 10 year
25
return (%)
20 15 10 5 0
0
5
10 15 20 25 standard deviation (%)
30
35
(a) Mean-variance optimization 30 5 year, long 5 year, long and short 7 year, long 7 year, long and short 10 year, long 10 year, long and short
25
return (%)
20 15 10 5 0
0
10
20
30
40 50 CVaR (%)
60
70
80
(b) CVaR optimization Fig. 9.7 Efficient frontiers of the portfolios of the iTraxx index and tranches with different maturities for the 5 year investment horizon
the efficient frontiers of different maturities cross and portfolios with 10 years maturity dominate the others for higher risk budgets. The portfolio composition for both optimization approaches is presented in Fig. 9.6 and is very similar for the two approaches. It starts with a high quote of AAA CDS, exchanging it for lower rated CDS in portfolios with higher risk. BBB CDS are almost not present in portfolios. Now we consider portfolios with only alternative credit investments: the iTraxx index and its tranches. Besides the mean-variance optimization, we perform two
9.4 Case Study
249 Maturity 5y, Mean−Var
Maturity 5y, CVaR long
60 40 20 10 15 20 25 return (%) Maturity 7y, Mean−Var
40 20 5
10 15 20 25 return (%) Maturity 7y, CVaR long
50 0 −50 −100 −150
5 10 15 20 25 return (%) Maturity 7y, CVaR long and short 100
60 40 20 10 15 return (%) Maturity 10y, Mean−Var
40 20 10 15 return (%) Maturity 10y, CVaR long
40 20 5
10 15 return (%)
20
0−3% tranche
80 60 40 20 0
50
0
−50
5
5 10 15 return (%) Maturity 10y, CVaR long and short 100
portfolio position (%)
portfolio position (%)
60
iTraxx index
60
100
80
0
80
0
5
portfolio position (%)
80
100 portfolio position (%)
60
100 portfolio position (%)
portfolio position (%)
100
0
80
0
5
portfolio position (%)
80
0
Maturity 5y, CVaR long and short 100
100 portfolio position (%)
portfolio position (%)
100
50
0
−50 5
3−6% tranche
10 15 return (%)
20
6−9% tranche
5
10 15 return (%)
9−12% tranche
20
12−22% tranche
Fig. 9.8 Composition of the efficient portfolios of the iTraxx index and tranches with different maturities for the 5 year investment horizon
versions of the CVaR optimization for the alternative credit portfolios. In the first version, only long positions are allowed. This means that it is only allowed to buy protection. In the second version, both long and short positions are permitted, i.e. the investor can also act as protection seller. The dashed lines in Fig. 9.7 represent the second approach with long and short positions. As we would expect, the additional possibility of short positions creates portfolios with higher expected return for the same risk. The mean-variance approach finds portfolios with instruments of 5 year maturity to be dominating. In general, the alternative credit instruments can produce portfolios with much higher returns than the traditional single-name CDS and, correspondingly, higher standard deviations. Figure 9.8 gives the compositions of the alternative credit portfolios. The iTraxx index and the equity tranche are the most dominating in these portfolios. The index represents the investment with the lowest risk. The equity tranche has the highest risk compared to the other tranches, and thus contributes 100% to the most risky portfolios. Other tranches are included in the mean-variance portfolios with risk-return profiles in between the two extremes. The portfolios with the minimal risk start with 100% of the iTraxx index, that is first replaced with the less risky mezzanine tranches. Further, with higher possible risk, these tranches are replaced with more risky tranches. This explains the curves in the plots. The compositions of
250
9 Simulation Framework 30 5 year 7 year 10 year
25
return (%)
20 15 10 5 0 −5
0
5
10 15 20 25 standard deviation (%)
30
35
(a) Mean-variance optimization 30 5 year, long 5 year, long and short 7 year, long 7 year, long and short 10 year, long 10 year, long and short
25
return (%)
20 15 10 5 0 −10
0
10
20
30 40 CVaR (%)
50
60
70
80
(b) CVaR optimization Fig. 9.9 Efficient frontiers of the portfolios of CDS and iTraxx index and tranches with different maturities for the 5 year investment horizon
both CVaR versions are quite unspectacular including almost only the most senior tranche 12–22% besides of the two main positions: the iTraxx index and the equity tranche. For the portfolios with both long and short positions, the long, protection seller, positions are summed up in the positive part of the scale, while the short, protection buyer, positions are summed up in the negative part of the scale. As in the version with only long positions, the less risky portfolios include at most long iTraxx index position. For more risky portfolios, the share of the long iTraxx index is
9.4 Case Study
251
Fig. 9.10 Composition of the efficient portfolios of CDS and iTraxx index and tranches with different maturities for the 5 year investment horizon
reduced and the tranches, especially the equity tranche, are added. Buying protection on some mezzanine or senior tranches allows to limit loss for a small premium. Last, we mix the traditional and alternative credit investments. The efficient frontiers of the mean-variance and CVaR optimization are presented in Fig. 9.9. Again, we consider two cases: the solid lines represent portfolios with only long instruments, the dashed lines correspond to portfolios with both, long and short instruments. We allow to sell protection on iTraxx instruments. Again, the meanvariance optimization prefers the 5 year instruments while CVaR optimization invests in the 10 year instruments.
252
9 Simulation Framework Maturity 5y, Mean−Var
Maturity 5y, CVaR
return (%)
30
20
10
return (%)
0
0
10 20 standard deviation (%) Maturity 7y, Mean−Var
10
20
20
15
15
10 5 0
0
10 20 30 standard deviation (%) Maturity 10y, Mean−Var
0
40
20
15
15
10 5
CDS
20
40 60 CVaR (%) Maturity 7y, CVaR
80
100
10
20
0
0
5
return (%)
return (%)
20
0
30
return (%)
return (%)
30
0
20
0
20
40 60 CVaR (%) Maturity 10y, CVaR
80
10 5
0
10 20 standard deviation (%) iTraxx, long
30
iTraxx, long and short
0
40 CVaR (%)
CDS & iTraxx, long
60
80
CDS & iTraxx, long and short
Fig. 9.11 Efficient frontiers of the portfolios of CDS and iTraxx index and tranches for the 5 year investment horizon
Figure 9.10 shows the portfolio compositions for CDS and iTraxx instruments. The dominating portfolios with lower risk are represented by traditional CDS, with the highest quote of AAA. Further, with increasing risk, iTraxx index, AA, A and BB CDS are added. The highest risk segment is represented with the iTraxx equity tranche. The middle risk segment additionally includes the senior and mezzanine iTraxx tranches for the mean-variance optimization, and mainly only the senior iTraxx tranche for the CVaR optimization. The long positions for the long-short portfolios of the CVaR approach are similar to the long only portfolios. As we see, additional return can be achieved by buying protection on senior iTraxx tranches and so limiting the loss. Figure 9.11 presents all the efficient frontiers, considered above, once more. Now, we have ordered them in different ways. Traditional CDS investments and alternative iTraxx investments as well as their mixture are compared in one plot, for different maturities. The alternative credit instruments generate more return than the traditional ones. Combining both types of credit instruments allows to construct investment portfolios dominating all portfolios with only one of the instrument types.
Chapter 10
Conclusion
In the first part of the dissertation, all necessary and important background information is presented. It gives the introduction to credit derivatives and markets and mathematical preliminaries for the further results. The second part is devoted to the static types of copula models where the distributions of the factors are given by the same, (0,1)-distributions. The third chapter gives details on the basic one factor model for credit portfolios, namely the one using the Gaussian distribution for all factors. The section contains the complete definitions of the model and derivation of all related formulas. The result for the portfolio loss distribution is generalized also for arbitrary distributions of the factors. After the theoretical results are presented, we also analyzed fitting abilities of the model empirically. We discussed the problem of the correlation smile and the effort of fixing it with the help of base correlation. We showed that base correlation is not arbitrage-free. This chapter is concluded with an overview of existing extensions of the Vasicek model. We did not perform the comparative analysis of these extensions since it was already done by several authors. Extending the model by using a heavy-tailed distribution for factors proved to bring the most improvement into the model for the fixing of the correlation smile. In particular, the double-t copula achieved the best empirical results being, however, not very convenient and fast to handle because of the instability under convolution of Student-t distribution. Motivated by the findings presented in the third chapter, we decided to concentrate our research into the direction of extending the Vasicek model with the help of another heavy-tailed distribution having more convenient properties than the Student-t distribution. So we have chosen the Normal Inverse Gaussian distribution and presented the straightforward extension in the second chapter of the second part. We performed an empirical analysis of the NIG factor copula model in this section: it showed that the second free parameter of the NIG distribution, ˇ, did not bring any improvement into the fitting ability of the model. The optimal fitting results could be achieved with a zero value of the ˇ, that means that the market quotes of the iTraxx tranches do not assume any skew for the distribution of the asset returns. The calibration ability of the NIG factor copula model proved to be
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0 10, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
253
254
10 Conclusion
especially good when using only the data of the four upper tranches. This can be explained by the fact that the market for the equity tranche differs from the market for the upper tranches. Since recovery is assumed to be an input parameter in the model, we performed sensitivity analysis. We found that: (1) the fair tranche spreads are not very sensitive to change in recovery, (2) recovery cannot be used as a free parameter for calibration since the optimal value would be zero. The third part of the thesis presents a term-structure model, that takes the time component into account for modeling the factors for different time horizons, as well as some further model features. In the third part we show, that, in contrast to the Gaussian model, it is possible to include a time dependence into the NIG factor copula model and to model the asset returns with a NIG process with a zero mean and variance t. However, calibration of the term-structure NIG copula model proved to be not so successful. The major reason for this is the fact that it is difficult to describe 15 or more market quotes with only two free parameters. Nevertheless, we decided to further track this model due to its good qualities as a simulation model: model factors described by such NIG processes can be discretized in an arbitrary way. Besides, the term-structure NIG copula model combined with the next extension, the large homogeneous cell, considered in the third section, achieved good calibration results. The second chapter of the third part presents a further extension of the NIG factor copula model. As we have seen in the previous chapter, it is difficult to fit all quotes with only two parameters. So a model extension relaxing some assumption and introducing some further parameters could help. We applied the Large Homogeneous Cell assumption instead of the Large Homogeneous Portfolio. In our case, we introduced four rating cells representing four parts of the underlying portfolio with the same rating. Using the default probabilities, that are averaged over each rating cell, and four correlation parameters instead of only one, we could achieve really good calibration results, comparing with both the LHC Gaussian model and the LHC term-structure NIG copula model. This model extension is even more suitable for a simulation framework, which is the goal of this thesis, because so we can naturally model the changes in the portfolio credit spread that are not only due to the usual market fluctuations but also due to the rating migration in the portfolio. Still the model is very convenient for a simulation and can be arbitrarily discretized. The third and the last extension of the NIG factor copula model is introduced in the third chapter of the third part. So far, we still had constant over time correlations in our model. Especially after the market development of 2008, it became obvious that this assumption is very unrealistic. We incorporated a regime switching component into the model. However, we did not do it simply by allowing two (or more) states for the correlation parameter, but by deriving the distributions of the factors in such a way that their increments are still stable under convolution for different states. This property allows not only an arbitrary discretisation of the model for a simulation, but also semi-analytical pricing. However, the pricing cannot be performed exactly since the distributions of the durations of a stay in a particular regime are not known. It turned out that a good moment matching approximation for the distributions of the factors is possible. The approximating distributions are NIG distributions again and the pricing can be performed in a similar way as in the
10 Conclusion
255
previous version of the model. Now we believe to have a model that must be able to fit not only the spreads of all tranches with all maturities on a single day, but also to describe the complete history of the quotes. The third part of the dissertation is concluded with the calibration of the CrashNIG copula model. During the calibration we detected also the existence of different liquidity regimes, since the implied default probabilities from the market single CDS spreads appeared to be too high to fit the tranche prices. We also found that the history of 2004–2008 of the iTraxx quotes can be explained with three correlation regimes: a normal regime, a regime with lower correlation and a bit lower liquidity during the crisis of May 2005, and a regime with higher correlation and much lower liquidity during 2008. The calibration of the Crash-NIG copula model turned out to be very unproblematic giving reasonable parameter values. The data preparation is of course quite work intensive since the rating distribution of the iTraxx portfolio is not directly available over time and the average rating spreads should also be computed from the individual spreads of the portfolio constituents. The reason for this is that the number of issuers in each rating cell of the iTraxx portfolio is rather small. So the average EUR rating spreads are not representative for them. Finally, we developed a simulation framework, which is consistent to the CDO pricing model. The rating migration and default model is the same LHC CrashNIG copula model, that was also used for pricing. We used a Vasicek process, that can be correlated to the market factor, for the short interest rate. Credit spreads for different ratings and maturities are modeled with correlated Vasicek processes, that are also correlated to the market factor, with regime switching coefficients. In the case study, we showed how to perform the simulation and compute the total returns of single-name CDS and CDS index and tranches. Using the distributions of the total returns, an asset allocation optimization can be performed, e.g., with mean-variance or CVaR approach. To summarize, we want to point out once again the new developments of this thesis that contribute to the literature of factor copula models for CDO pricing: The NIG factor copula model was introduced in the standard setting for large
homogeneous portfolio (LHP) assumption analogue to the Gaussian copula model (Chap. 5). The term-structure NIG copula model introduced in Sect. 6.2 allows to model CDO tranches with different maturities in a consistent way. The properties of NIG distribution make this extension possible while the term-structure dimension cannot be modeled in such way with the Gaussian copula model. In Chap. 7 we showed how the large homogeneous cell (LHC) setting, introduced for the Gaussian model by [30], can be applied to the NIG model. The calibration results demonstrated a much better ability of the term-structure LHC NIG copula model to fit the market quotes than of the Gaussian LHC model. We find the contribution of the Chap. 8 even more important. The Crash NIG copula model introduced here allows for different correlation regimes. Besides, it has a number of properties that make it possible to discretize the model for a Monte Carlo simulation and admit a semi-analytic pricing of CDO tranches.
256
10 Conclusion
To our knowledge, literature on factor copula models did not propose a regime switching model so far. Chapter 9 demonstrated the application of the Crash NIG copula model in a Monte Carlo simulation together with a number of other risk factors that are necessary to model a portfolio of traditional and structured credit instruments. The case study, closing the thesis, gave an example of a portfolio optimization with mean-variance and CVaR approaches based on the simulation.
Appendix A
Some Results in Chapter 4
A.1 Proof of Proposition 4.1 Proposition 4.1. The expected tranche loss can be written as 0 EL.K1 ;K2 / .t/ D
1 B @ K2 K 1
Z1
1
Z1
C .x K2 /dF .t; x/A :
.x K1 /dF .t; x/ K1
K2
Proof. 1 EL.K1 ;K2 / .t/ D K2 K 1
Z1 .min.x; K2 / K1 /dF .t; x/ K1
0
D
1 B @ K2 K 1 0
1 B D @ K2 K 1 Z1 C K2
D
K Z2
1
Z1
C .K2 K1 /dF .t; x/A
.x K1 /dF .t; x/ C K1
K2
Z1
Z1 .x K1 /dF .t; x/
K1
1
.x K1 /dF .t; x/ K2
C .K2 K1 /dF .t; x/A 0
1 B @ K2 K 1
Z1
Z1 .x K1 /dF .t; x/
K1
1 C .x K2 /dF .t; x/A
K2
A. Schl¨osser, Pricing and Risk Management of Synthetic CDOs, Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 646, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-15609-0, c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2011
257
258
A Some Results in Chapter 4
A.2 Proof of Proposition 4.2 Proposition 4.2. For any p and x in .0; 1 it holds: lim
Œmx X
m!1
kD0
0; if x < p m k mk D p .1 p/ 1; if x > p k
Proof. Let us consider Sm number of ones in m independent Bernoulli trials in which 1 comes with probability of p. Then, according to the law of large numbers, Sm ! p stochastically as m ! 1. m Consider the distribution function of Smm Sm x : Fm .x/ WD P m
Since the stochastic convergence implied the convergence in distribution, Fm .x/ ! F .x/ in distribution as m ! 1, where F .x/ is the distribution function of the random variable xp p: F .x/ WD P xp x D
0; if x < p 1; if x > p
Note that Fm .x/ D
m X m p k .1 p/mk k
kD0
k m x
bmxc
D
X
kD0
m p k .1 p/mk ; k
where bac denotes the integer part of a.
A.3 Lemma on Change of Limit and Integration Order Lemma A.1. For fn a convergent sequence of measurable functions and given the following conditions: Rb Rb (i) g is a function such that g C .x/dx < 1 and g .x/dx < 1. a
a
(ii) 9C a constant such that 8n 1 and 8x 2 Œa; b: jfn .x/j C , the lim fn g is integrable and n!1
A.4 Proof of Lemma on Expected Tranche Loss
Zb
259
Zb fn .x/g.x/dx D
lim
n!1 a
. lim fn .x//g.x/dx:
(A.1)
n!1
a
Proof. Using, e.g., Theorem 19.6 in [48, p. 119], we consider a sequence of measurable integrable functions fn g, for which the following condition is satisfied:
jfn gj C jgj D C g C .x/ C g .x/ ; with C jgj an integrable function. Besides, fn g is a sequence convergent to lim fn g. n!1
So the lim fn g is integrable and (A.1) holds. n!1
A.4 Proof of Lemma on Expected Tranche Loss Lemma 4.2. In the Vasicek model, the expected loss at time t of the mezzanine tranche taking losses from K1 to K2 percent of the overall portfolio assuming zero recovery is given by:
˚2 ˚ 1 .K1 / ; C.t/; ˚2 ˚ 1 .K2 / ; C.t/; EL.K1 ;K2 / .t/ D ; K2 K 1 where ˚2 is the bivariate normal distribution function and the covariance matrix D
! p 2 1 a 1 p 1 a2 1
Proof. Using integration by parts we get Z1
Z1 .x K/dF .t; x/ D F .t; x/.x K/ j F .t; x/dx 1
K
K
K
Z1 D 1K
F .t; x/dx
(A.2)
K
and thus for the function F .t; x/ D ˚ Z1
p
K
p
Z1 .x K/dF .t; x/ D .1 K/
˚ K
1a2 ˚ 1 .x/C.t / a
! 1 a2 ˚ 1 .x/ C.t/ dx: a
(A.3)
260
A Some Results in Chapter 4
We can rewrite (A.3) as Z1
p
Z1 .x K/dF .t; x/ D
1˚
K
K
1 a2 ˚ 1 .x/ C.t/ a
!! dx:
(A.4)
Note that p 1˚
1
a2 ˚ 1
.x/ C.t/
a
p
1a 2 ˚ 1 .x/C.t / a
!
Z
D 1 Z1
1
D p
1a 2 ˚ 1 .x/C.t / a
y2 1 p e 2 dy 2
y2 1 p e 2 dy: 2
Returning to (A.4) we get for the right-hand expression Z1 K
Z1 p
1a 2 ˚ 1 .x/C.t / a
y2 1 p e 2 dydx: 2
(A.5)
With the variable change ˚ 1 .x/ D x 0 , which is equivalent to x D ˚.x 0 /, we get: 1 x 02 dx D ˚ 0 .x 0 /dx 0 D p e 2 dx 0 : 2 The integration limits are from ˚ 1 .K/ to
˚ 1 .1/ D 1: So we get for (A.5) 1 Z
Z1
˚ 1 .K/
p
1a 2 x 0 CC.t / a
1 Z
2 1 0 0 y2 p ˚ .x /e dydx 0 2 1 x02 Cy 2 2 e dydx 0 2
Z1
D ˚ 1 .K/
p
1a 2 x 0 CC.t / a
˚ 1 Z .K/
Z1
D 1
p
1a 2 x 0 CC.t / a
1 x02 Cy 2 2 dydx 0 : e 2
(A.6)
A.4 Proof of Lemma on Expected Tranche Loss
261
p p 0 2 0 Now, changing the variable y 0 D ay C 1 a2 x 0 , i.e. y D 1aax Cy , we get dy 0 dy D a and the integration limits from
p a
1 a2 x 0 C C.t/ a
!
p
1 a2 x 0 D C.t/
p a1 C 1 a2 x 0 D 1:
to
Then (A.6) can be written as ˚ 1 Z .K/ 1 Z
1
C.t /
0 B 1 B @ 2a e
˚ 1 .K/C.t /
Z
Z
D 1
1
x 02 C
2 p 1a 2 x 0 Cy 0 2
1 x02 C2 e 2a
a2
1 C 0 0 C dy dx A
p
1a 2 x 0 y 0 Cy 02 2a 2
dy 0 dx 0 :
(A.7)
Recall that a bivariate normal distributed vector .X Y / with covariance matrix 1 : ˙D 1 has a distribution function written as follows: '2 .x; y; ˙/ D
p
1
2 1
2
e
x
2 2xyCy 2 2 1 2
.
/ dydx:
(A.8)
Then the function under the double integral in (A.7) is thepdensity function of a bivariate normal distributed vector .X 0 Y 0 / with D 1 a2 , and so the expression in (A.7) can be written as ˚ 1 Z .K/C.t Z /
'2 .x 0 ; y 0 ; /dy 0 dx 0 D ˚2 ˚ 1 .K/ ; C.t/;
1
(A.9)
1
with covariance matrix D
! p 2 1 1 a p : 1 a2 1
.
Appendix B
Normal Inverse Gaussian Process
Let X D X.t/; t 0 be a stochastic process defined on a probability space .˝; F ; P /, X W ˝ ! R. The process has: Independent increments if for each n2 N and each 0 t1 < t2 < ::: < tnC1 < 1
the random variables X.ti C1/ X.ti /; 1 i n are independent.
Stationary increments if each X.ti C1 /X.ti / is distributed as X.ti C1 ti /X.0/.
Definition B.1. X is called a L`evy process if: (i) X.0/ D 0 (a.s.) (ii) X has independent and stationary increments (iii) X is stochastically continuous, i.e. for all a > 0 and for all s 0 lim P .jX.t/ X.s/j > a/ D 0:
t !s
Here we are going to denote a standard Brownian motion with B D B.t/; t 0 and a Brownian motion with drift with D D D.t/; t 0. For the standard Brownian motion we have B.t/ N.0; t/. The Brownian motion with drift can be written as D.t/ D bt C B.t/. Then each D.t/ N.tb; 2 t/. Definition B.2. A subordinator T D T .t/; t 0 is a one-dimensional L`evy process that is non-decreasing (a.s), i.e. T .t/ 0 a.s. for each t 0 T .t1 / T .t2 / a.s. whenever t1 t2 :
(B.1) (B.2)
A subordinator can be thought of as a random model of time evolution. Definition B.3. The Inverse Gaussian subordinator is defined as T .ı; / .t/ D inffs > 0jD . / .s/ D ıtg;
(B.3)
with ı > 0, D . / .t/ D t C B.t/ and 2 R.
263
264
B Normal Inverse Gaussian Process
Definition B.4. The Normal Inverse Gaussian process can be defined as Z.t/ D t C D .ˇ / .T .ı; / .t//; for each t 0;
(B.4)
D .ˇ / .t/ D ˇt C B.t/;
(B.5)
where and T
.ı; /
.t/ is an inverse Gaussian subordinator such that T .ı; / .t/ D inffs > 0jD . / .s/ D ıtg; b D . / .t/ D t C B.t/;
(B.6) (B.7)
p and ˇ 2 R, D ˛2 ˇ 2 , ˛ 2 R with ˛ 2 ˇ2 and the standard Brownian b are independent. motions B.t/ and B.t/ Each Z.t/ has a density given by fZ.t / .xI ˛; ˇ; ; ı; t / D
p ıt ˛ exp .ıt C ˇ.x t // K1 ˛ ı 2 t 2 C .x t /2 ; p ı 2 t 2 C .x t /2 (B.8)
R1 where K1 .w/ WD 12 0 exp 12 w.t C t 1 / dt is the modified Bessel function of p the third kind and WD ˛ 2 ˇ 2 , which is exactly the density of a N I G .˛; ˇ; t; ıt/. Z.t/ has following moments: E.X / D t C ıt S.X / D 3
˛
ˇ p
ˇ
ı t
V .X / D ıt
˛2 3
2 ! ˇ 1 K.X / D 3 C 3 1 C 4 . ˛ ı t
The NIG process is by construction a time changed Brownian motion and is a L`evy process. The NIG process N.s/ .t/ defined in Sect. 6.2 is a special case of the general NIG process with parameters chosen in the way to have zero mean and variance t.
References
1. Aas, K., Haff, I.H.: The generalized hyperbolic skew Student’s t-distribution. J. Financ. Econom. 4(2), 275–309 (2006) 2. Albrecher, H., Ladoucette, S., Schoutens, W.: A generic one-factor L´evy model for pricing synthetic CDOs. In: Fu, M., Jarrow, R., Yen, J., Elliott, R.J. (eds.) Advances in Mathematical Finance, Birkh¨auser, Boston (2007) 3. Amato, J., Gyntelberg, J.: CDS index tranches and the pricing of credit risk correlation. BIS Q. Rev. (2005) 4. Andersen, L., Sidenius, J.: Extensions to the Gaussian copula: random recovery and random factor loadings. J. Credit Risk 1(1), 29–70 (2005) 5. Andersen, L., Sidenius, J., Basu, S.: All your hedges in one basket. Risk 67–72 (2003) 6. Anderson, W.: Continuous-Time Markov Chains. Springer, Heidelberg (1991) 7. Bamberg, G., Coenenberg, A.: Betriebswirtschaftliche Entscheidungslehre. 12. Auflage, Verlag Vahlen, M¨unchen (2004) 8. Bank for International Settlements: Credit risk transfer. Bank for International Settlements (2005) 9. Bank for International Settlements: International convergence of capital measurement and capital standards. Bank for International Settlements (2005) 10. Barndorff-Nielsen, O.: Hyperbolic distributions and distributions on hyperbolae. Scand. J. Stat. 5, 151–157 (1978) 11. Barndorff-Nielsen, O.: Normal inverse Gaussian distributions and stochastic volatility modelling. Scand. J. Stat. 24, 1–13 (1997) 12. Barrett, R., Ewan, J.: BBA credit derivatives report 2003/2004 – executive summary. Br. Bankers’ Assoc., Lond. (2006) 13. Bayern, LB: ABS Handbuch: Einf¨uhrung in Asset-Backed Securities. Bayern LB (2006) 14. Bielecki, T., Rutkowski, M.: Credit Risk: Modeling, Valuation and Hedging. 1st edn. 2002. Corrected 2nd printing, Springer, Berlin (2004) 15. Bingham, N., Kiesel, R.: Risk-Neutral Valuation. Pricing and Hedging of Financial Derivatives. 2nd edn. Springer, Berlin (2004) 16. Bluhm, C.: CDO modeling: Techniques, examples and applications (2003). Working paper 17. Bluhm, C., Overbeck, L., Wagner, C.: An Introduction to Credit Risk Modeling. Chapman & Hall/CRC, London (2003) 18. Bomfim, A.N.: Understanding credit derivatives and related instruments. Elsevier, San Diego (2005) 19. British Bankers’ Association: BBA credit derivatives report 2003/2004 – executive summary. Br. Bankers’ Assoc., Lond. (2004) 20. Brunlid, H.: A comparative analysis of hyperbolic copulas induced by a one factor L´evy model (2006). University essay from Lunds universitet/Department of Economics 21. Burtschell, X., Gregory, J., Laurent, L.P.: Beyond the Gaussian copula: stochastic and local correlation. J. Credit Risk 3(1), 31–62 (2007)
265
266
References
22. Burtschell, X., Gregory, J., Laurent, L.P.: A comparative analysis of CDO pricing models under the factor copula framework. J. Derivatives 16(4), 9–37 (2009) 23. RTE Business, US unemployment rate at 14-year high. http://www.rte.ie/business/2008/1107/ usa.html (2008). Accessed 7 Nov 2008 24. Cappe, O., Moulines, E., Ryden, T.: Inference in Hidden Markov Models. Springer, New York (2005) 25. Chaplin, G.: Credit Derivatives: Risk Management, Trading & Investing. Wiley, Chichester (2005) 26. Christie, L.: Homes: Big drop in speculation. CNNMoney.com, http://money.cnn.com/2007/ 04/30/real estate/speculators fleeing housing markets/index.htm (2007). Accessed 30 Apr 2007 27. Committee on the Global Financial System: Credit risk transfer. Bank for International Settlements. Report submitted by a Working Group established by the Committee on the Global Financial System (2003) 28. Das, S.: Structured Products Volume 2: Equity; Commoditiy; Credit & New Markets. 3rd edn. Revised. Wiley, Singapore (2006) 29. Demyanyk, Y., Hemert, O.V.: Understanding the subprime mortgage crisis (2008). Working paper 30. Desclee, A., Polbennikov, S., Schloegl, L.: Large homogeneous cells: a framework for modelling risk in a credit portfolio with CDO tranches. Quantitative Credit Research, Lehman Brothers (2006) 31. Deutsche Bank: Kreditderivate: wirkung auf die stabilitt der finanzmrkte. Deutsche Bank Res. Econ. 293 (2004) 32. Deutsche Bundesbank: Asset-backed securities in Deutschland: die verusserung von kreditforderungen durch deutsche kreditinstitute. Deutsche Bundesbank Monatsbericht 57–67 (1997) 33. Deutsche Bundesbank: Instrumente zum kreditrisikotransfer: einsatz bei deutschen banken und aspekte der finanzstabilitt. Deutsche Bundesbank Monatsbericht 27–45 (2004) 34. Duffie, D., Singleton, K.: Credit Risk – Pricing, Measurement and Management. Princeton University Press, New Jersey (2003) 35. Embrechts, P., Lindskog, F., McNeil, A.: Modelling Dependence with Copulas and Applications to risk Management (2001) 36. European Securitisation Forum: ESF securitisation – data report. European Securitisation Forum (2006) 37. European Securitisation Forum: ESF securitisation – data report. European Securitisation Forum (2008) 38. Fabozzi, F.: The Handbook of Fixed Income Securities. 6th edn. McGraw-Hill, New York (2000) 39. Finger, C.: Issues in the pricing of synthetic CDOs. J. Credit Risk 1(1), 113–124 (2004) 40. FitchRatings: Global credit derivatives survey: Risk dispersion accelerates. FitchRatings (2005) 41. FitchRatings: CDx survey – market volumes continue growing while new concerns emerge. FitchRatings (2007) 42. Giesecke, K.: Credit risk modeling and valuation: an introduction. In: D. Shimko (ed.) Credit Risk: Models and Management, vol. 2, pp. 487–526. Riskbooks, London (2004) 43. Greenspan, A.: Risk transfer and financial stability. BIS Rev. 32/2005 (2005) 44. Grill, W., Percynski, H.: Wirtschaftslehre des Kreditwesens. 29. u¨ berarbeitete Auflage, Verlag Dr. Max Gehlen, Bad Homburg vor der Hoehe (1995) 45. Hartung, J.: Statistik. 10. Auflage, R. Oldenburg Verlag, M¨unchen Wien (1995) 46. Harvard University: The state of the nation’s housing 2008 (2008). Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University 47. Harvey, C., Liechty, J., Liechty, M., Mueller, P.: Portfolio selection with higher moments (2003). Working paper 48. Hinderer, K.: Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie. 3. Auflage, Springer (1985)
References
267
49. Hull, J.: Options, Futures and Other Derivatives. Financial Times, 6th rev. edn (2005) 50. Hull, J., Predescu, M., White, A.: The valuation of correlation-dependent credit derivatives using a structural model (2005). Working paper 51. Hull, J., White, A.: Valuation of a CDO and an n-th to default CDS without a Monte Carlo simulation. J. Derivatives 12(2), 8–23 (2004) 52. International Financial Services: Securitisation 2006. International Financial Services. City Business Series (2006) 53. International Financial Services: Securitisation 2008 (2008) 54. Johnson, N., Kotz, S., Balakrishnan, N.: Continous Univariate Distributions, vol. 1, 2nd edn. Wiley, New York (1994) 55. Kalemanova, A., Schmid, B., Werner, R.: The Normal Inverse Gaussian distribution for synthetic CDO pricing. J. Derivatives 14(3), 80–93 (2007) 56. Kallsen, J.: Stochastische prozesse (2006). Lecture Notes 57. Krengel, U.: Einf¨uhrung in die Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie und Statistk. 6. Auflage, Vieweg, Braunschweig/Wiesbaden (2002) 58. Laurent, L.P., Gregory, J.: Basket default swaps, CDO’s and factor copulas. J. Risk 7(4), 103–122 (2005) 59. Li, D.X.: On default correlation: a copula function approach. J. Fixed Income 9(4), 43–54 (2000) 60. Mai, J.F.: Modellierung von finanzmrkten mit markov switching modellen. Master’s thesis, TU Munich (2007) 61. Markit: iTraxx Europe CDS indices – series 6. presentation. iTraxx indices (2006) 62. Markit: iTraxx Europe index family – index rules. iTraxx indices (2006) 63. Markit: Index methodology for the CDX indices. CDX indices (2007) 64. Markit: Markit iTraxx Europe indices series 10. presentation. iTraxx indices (2008) 65. Markowitz, H.: Portfolio selection. J. Finance 7(1), 77–91 (1952) 66. Masi, G.D., Kabanov, Y., Runggaldier, W.: Mean-variance hedging of options on stocks with markov volatilities. Theory Probab. Appl. 39, 172–182 (1994) 67. McGinty, L., Ahluwalia, R., Watts, M., Beinstein, E.: Introducing base correlation. JP Morgan Credit Derivatives Strategy (2004) 68. McNeil, A., Frey, R., Embrechts, P.: Quantitative Risk Management: Concepts, Techniques and Tools. Princeton Series in Finance. Princeton University Press, Princeton (2008) 69. Merton, R.: On the pricing of corporate debt: the risk structure of interest rates. J. Finance 29(2), 449–470 (1974) 70. Michael, J., Schucany, W., Haas, R.: Generating random variates using transformations with multiple roots. Am. Stat. 30(2), 88–90 (1976) 71. Moosbrucker, T.: Pricing CDOs with correlated variance gamma distributions (2005). Working paper, University of Cologne 72. Noris, J.: Markov Chains. Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (1998) 73. Oesterreichische Nationalbank: Best Practice im Risikomanagement von Verbriefungen. Leitfadenreihe zum Kreditrisiko. Oesterreichische Nationalbank (2004) 74. O’Kane, D., Livesey, M.: Base correlations explained. Quantitative Credit Research. Lehman Brothers (2004) 75. O’Kane, D., Schloegl, L.: An analytical portfolio credit model with tail dependence. Quantitative Credit Research. Lehman Brothers (2003) 76. Pain, A., Renault, O., Shelton, D.: Base corrlation: the term structure dimension. Fixed Income Strategy and Analysis, Citigroup (2005) 77. Rockafellar, R., Uryasev, S.: Optimization of conditional value-at-risk. J. Risk 2(3), 21–41 (2000) 78. Schloegl, L., Greenberg, A.: The shape of implied loss distribution. Quantitative Credit Research. Lehman Brothers (2005) 79. Schloegl, L., O’Kane, D.: A note on the large homogeneous portfolio approximation with the Student t-copula. Finance and Stochastics 9(4), 577–584 (2005)
268
References
80. Schoenbucher, P.: Factor models for portfolio credit risk. Working paper, Department of Statistics, Bonn University (2000) 81. Schoenbucher, P.: Taken to the limit: simple and not-so-simple loan loss distributions. Working paper, Department of Statistics, Bonn University (2000) 82. Schoenbucher, P.: Credit Derivatives Pricing Models. Wiley Finance, New York (2003) 83. Spence, A.M.: Lessons from the crisis. Pimco Viewpoints (2008) 84. Standard and Poor’s: Global cash flow and synthetic CDO criteria. Standard & Poor’s Structured Finance (2002) 85. Standard and Poor’s: Annual 2005 global corporate default study and rating transitions. Standard & Poor’s Global Fixed Income Research (2006) 86. Steiner, M., Bruns, C.: Wertpapiermanagement. 7., u¨ berarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage, Schaeffer-Poeschel Verlag, Stuttgart (2000) 87. Tempes, M.: Implementierung einer Copula-Toolbox unter Matlab. Master’s thesis, TU Munich (2005) 88. Trinh, M., Thompson, R., Devarajan, M.: Relative value of CDO tranches: a view through ASTERION. Quantitative Credit Research. Lehman Brothers (2005) 89. Vasicek, O.: Probability of Loss on Loan Portflio. Memo, KMV corporation (1987) 90. Vasicek, O.: Limiting loan loss probability distribution (1991). Memo, KMV corporation 91. Vasicek, O.: Loan portfolio value. Risk 15(12), 160–162 (2002) 92. Wikipedia: Federal reserve responses to the subprime crisis. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Federal Reserve responses to the subprime crisis (2008). Accessed 29 Dec 2008 93. Wikipedia: Government intervention during the subprime mortgage crisis. http://en. wikipedia.org/wiki/Government intervention during the subprime mortgage crisis (2008). Accessed 29 Dec 2008 94. Wikipedia: Housing and economic recovery act of 2008. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (2008). Accessed 29 Dec 2008 95. Wikipedia: Regulatory responses to the subprime crisis. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Regulatory responses to the subprime crisis (2008). Accessed 29 Dec 2008 96. Wikipedia: Automotive industry crisis of 2008–2009. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Automotive industry crisis of 2008 (2009). Accessed 13 Jan 2009 97. Wikipedia: Emergency economic stabilization act of 2008. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Proposed bailout of U.S. financial system (2008) (2009). Accessed 15 Jan 2009 98. Wikipedia: Federal takeover of fannie mae and freddie mac. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (2009). Accessed 5 Jan 2009 99. Wikipedia: Global financial crisis of 2008–2009. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Global financial crisis of 2008-2009 (2009). Accessed 15 Jan 2009 100. Wikipedia: Government policies and the subprime mortgage crisis. http://en.wikipedia.org/ wiki/Government policies and the subprime mortgage crisis (2009). Accessed 10 Jan 2009 101. Wikipedia: Hope now alliance. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hope Now Alliance (2009). Accessed 12 Jan 2009 102. Wikipedia: List of acquired or bankrupt banks in the late 2000s financial crisis. http://en. wikipedia.org/wiki/List of acquired or bankrupt banks in the late 2000s financial crisis (2009). Accessed 14 Jan 2009 103. Wikipedia: Subprime crisis impact timeline. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subprime crisis impact timeline (2009). Accessed 14 Jan 2009 104. Wikipedia: Subprime mortgage crisis. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subprime mortgage crisis (2009). Accessed 11 Jan 2009 105. Willemann, S.: An evaluation of the base correlation framework for synthetic CDOs. J. Credit Risk 1(4), 180–190 (2005) 106. Zagst, R.: Interest Rate Management. Springer, Berlin (2002)